











ee —— 
~ 


AU TAMRV RDS AW ARAM AR ARNG ARDANIAW AR AE 











me OTe 
Vat: 
"Pied 


EER ar 
WO Ce 
Wie iN DY 

FS : 5 ae 











A 


COURSE 


OF THE 


FRENCH LANGUAGE: 


INTRODUCTORY TO 


FASQUELLE’S LARGER FRENCH COURSE. 


BY 


LOUIS FASQUELLE, LL.D., 


PROFESSOR OF MODERN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE IN THE UNIVERSITY OF 
MICHIGAN, CORRESPONDING MEMBER OF THE NATIONAL INSTITUTE, 
AUTHOR OF “A NEW METHOD OF LEARNING THE FRENCH 
LANGUAGE,” ‘THE COLLOQUIAL FRENCH READER,” 
“MASUAL,OF FRENOM CONVFRSA1ION,” 

2 2° BTC, RIY., ETC. >, ? 2° 


, 


NEW YORK: 


IVISON, BLAKEMAN, TAYLOR, & COMPANY, 
188 & 340 GRAND STREET, 


1874. 


Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1888, by 
LOUIS FASQUELLE, 


In the Clerk’s Office or the District Court of the United Stases for the 
District of Michigan, 


ELECTROTYPED BY 
Tuomas B. Smitu & Son, 
82 & 84 Beekmat-strest. 


PREFACE. 





SEVEN years have now elapsed since the publication of the ‘‘ New 
French Méthod” or Larger Course; it has already passed through 
more than fifty large editions in this country, and been several times 
republished in England.* The almost general approbation bestowed 
upon “ Fasquelle’s French Course,” and the increasing popularity of 
his other text-books, induced the author, nearly two years ago, to 
commence the preparation of an easier work for children; and, after 
a longer delay than he had anticipated, he has now the pleasure of 
presenting the Introductory Course to the numerous friends of his 
French Series. 

The book is intended to impart to the young student the easier 
principles of the French language, and to give him a good knowledge 
of the regular verbs, and of those irregular verbs which may be 
classified ; in short, to form an Introduction to the “ New Method” 
or Larger Course. ‘The aim of the author, in the whole course of 
the work, has been to give simple precepts, such as children may 
easily understand, and to illustrate the same by copious examples, 
easy to be imitated. Repetition in the rules has not heen avoided 
‘ where such repetition would render the meaning more intelligible. 
The frequent repetitions in the vocabularies are also intentional ; 
and after the nouns, in these, the gender is indicated. This method 
has been preferred to that of placing the article before such nouns. 





* By the enterprising and popular publisher, Mr. Cassell, of Ludgate Hill, 
London. First in his ‘‘ Popular Educator,” and afterwards in book form, in 
two parts. Mr. Cassell has also republished Mr. Woodbury’s excellent German 


2'72528 


iv PREFACE. 


Placing the proper article, possessive or demonstrative adjective be- 
fore the nouns, will furnish the pupil with an additional and very 
beneficial exercise. ‘The explanation of the few grammatical terms 
used in the work has been left for the instructor. 

In the first part of the work, the principal rules of pronunciation 
_have been given in the plainest manner, and exercises on the rules 
placed after them. In this, the pupil should be thoroughly exer- 
cised before proceeding to the other lessons. The pupil, of course, 
should always be perfectly familiar with one lesson before taking 
another... Every exercise in translation from English into French 
should always be recited two or three times. After a rew lesson 
has been said, the exercise of the preceding one should be reviewed, 
and if there be time, that of the lesson preceding the last. Where 
the same is practicable, the exercises of the day should be committed 
to writing. 

The young pupil should be thoroughly exercised in putting the 
stem or first part of different verbs, to the terminations proper to 
them. One of the principal aims the author has had in view in the 
preparation of this Introductory Course, has been to give the pupil 
a good knowledge of the verbs, so rarely to be met with, yet without 
which no student can ever be conversant with any language. 

UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN, 
Ann Arbor, November 17th, 1838, 


CONTENTS. 


Pr eface, e e e ° ° ° e ° e 


LESSON I.—The Alphabet.—Old Names of the Tact .—New 
Names of the Consonants, . 


LESSON II.—Pronunciation.— The Shan The simp 
Vowels, 


LESSON II.—The Accents —The BS _The Dinko? 
LESSON IV.—Diphthongs and Combined Vowels, . . . 
LESSON V.—The Nasal Sounds, . : eee re ; 
LESSON VI.—The Liquid Z.—The Soft 7%, © ee eae ALLA? 
LESSON VII.—The Silent “—The Final Consonants, - 
LESSON VIII.—The Article-—Gender, pile mel dbero ee ear 
LESSON IX.—Gender continued.—Un, Une; A or An, 
LESSON X.—Place in the Sentence of the Name of Material of 
which an Object is Composed.—The Present Tense of the 
Verb Avoir, Conjugated Interrogatively, ° 
LESSON XI.—The Compound Article Du ; also, del’, de la, : 
LESSON XII.—Place in the Sentence of the Object Possessed 
and of the Name of the ‘pig cu ears gig Article Au 
also, a7’ and a la, 
LESSON XIII.—Place of the Noun ina Goeston Repetition of 
the Article, e ; 
LESSON XIV.—The Bosieava Adjectives ——Mon, Ton, sic, 
&e., ‘ P ; : 
LESSON XV.—The Piaceuiis Peubins nee mien, La mienne, 
&e., . 4 ‘ 
LESSON XVI. _The ee SE Adjoxtivs —Ce, Cat, Be: S 
This, That, Ro. oy iatee bile : 


PAGR 


vi CONTENTS. 


LESSON XVil.—Form of the Wise eee Sentence—Ne, Pas, 
Rien, : ‘ : . 

LESSON XVII. | Seudine? un, Some one, Somebody. Personne, 
Nobody, . oe ; 4 Ee 


LESSON XIX.—Pas de, pin if 2%, not any. —an gulls, 
Which, what, 


LESSON XX.—Avoir rer To be hunory —Avoir soif, To be 
thirsty, &c., : 


LESSON XXI.—Present of the inalaniivs of fine: on be.—Inter- 
rogative Form.—Negative Form.—Negative and Interroga- 


tive Form.—Order of Words in a asaees: beginning with 
Ou; Where, 


LESSON XXII.—Feminine as of Aajechiven 

LESSON XXIIi.—Irregular Adjectives, 

LESSON XXIV.—Place of the Adjective, : 

LESSON XXV.—The Plural.—The Noun.—The Article, : 

LESSON XXVI.—The Plural, continued.—Irregular Plural, 

LESSON XXVII.—The Plural, continued. —Plural of Adjectives, 

LESSON XXVIII.—The Plural, continued. —Trregular Plural of 
Adjectives, 

LESSON XXIX.—The Plural, continued.—Possessive Aajoo 
tives and Pronouns, 

LESSON XXX.—The Plural, ‘eeatieined: \Dpeitisiabeakiv' Aajec 
tives and Pronouns, 1 

LESSON XXXI.—Conjugation - Verbs. _First Doaidaahiok. 
ending in e7.—Present of Indicative of gai spa and 


Demander, ; 
LESSON XXXII.—First sia of Verbs, saieoabhh: —In- 
terrogative Form, . : ‘ : 


LESSON XXXIII.—Verbs of First Dbkeposeaeisn, atic: — 
Negative, and Negative and Interrogative Form, 

LESSON XXXIV.—Ir — Verbs. Degas er oui 
&e., . . 

LESSON XXXV. _Vorbs of eee Goibucattis ending in i. 
Present of Indicative of Punir and Finir, . . ‘ : 


PAGE 


CONTENTS 


LESSON XXXVI.—Second Conjugation, continued.—Verbs end- 
ing in tir.—Sortir and Partir, . . Nee ee 

LESSON XXXVII.—Second Congiizaireis) continued.—Verbs 
ending in enir.—- Venir and Tenir, . ° 

LESSON XXXVIII.—Third SR eS ene cating in oir. 
Devoir and Lecevoir, ‘ i : 

LESSON XXXIX.—Verbs of Fourth Conjagation, ending in re. 
Entendre and Perdre, 


LESSON XL.—Fourth Setivasinn continued. _Verbs wisi 


in wire.—Conduire and Traduire, . : ; ‘ 


LESSON XLI.—Fourth Conjugation, continued. _verbs aes 
in ditre and oitre.—Connaiire and Croitre, . é : 


LESSON XLII.—Fourth Conjugation, continued.—Verbs side 
in indre.—Peindre and Craindre, . ; ; ‘ 


LESSON XLII.—The Personal Pronouns. _Theix Place, : 
LESSON XLIV.—Personal Pronouns, continued, . 
LESSON XLV.—Respective Place of Pronouns, . : 
LESSON XLVI.—The Past Participle-—The Past Indefinite, ° 


LESSON XLVII.—The Present ee gy es of 
the Indicative, . ; : 


LESSON XLVIII.—The Fimpérfect vontinued. Es eee Verbs, 
LESSON XLIX.—The Pluperfect.—Place of Adverbs, 
LESSON L.—The Past Definite—Its Use, . 


148 


164 


LESSON Ll. —The Past Definite, continued.—Second and ee 2 


Conjugations. —Finir and Vendre.—Conduire and Peindre.— 
Veni, aie aigta 8 : 
LESSON LII.—The Past Deft, peer _Thira Conjogs 

tion. —Recevoir, ‘ 
LESSON LIII.—The Past Anterior.  nntden As; Plus whe &e., 
LESSON LIV.—The Future.—First and Second a eee 
—Donner and Finir, 
LESSON LV.—The Future, continued. _Third ia Fourth Con- 
jugations.— Conduire, Connaitre, Peindre, Avoir, Etre, 
LESSON LVI.—The Future Anterior—Autant de, As much; 
Plus de, More ; Moins de, Less, ete ; 


200 


204 


209 


i \y 


Vill CONTENTS. 


LESSON LVII.—The Conditional.—First and Second welts sas 
tions.—Sentir, Ouvrir, &e., : : é 
LESSON LVIII.—The Conditional, contintied.—Thira and 
Fourth Conjugations.— Oonduire, Connaitre, Peindre, 
LESSON LIX.—Conditional Past.—Relative Pronouns, 
LESSON LX.—The Imperative.—The Four a acta 
Donner, Finir, Recevvir, and Vendre, .  . ; 
LESSON LXI.—The Imperative, continued. Sian Verbs.— 
Avoir, Etre, ere bitets 
LESSON LXII.—Place of Pyoiiowis ith the Eapiebilive, : 
LESSON LXIII.—The regattas and Fourth ~ uga- 
tions.—Ouvrir, Cueillir, &c., 
LESSON LXIV.—The Subjunctive, continued. SSedead oa 
Third Conjugation.—Connattre ; Avoir, Lire, . ; 
LESSON LXV.—The Past of the Subjunctive, 
LESSON LXVI.—The oe of the ieee unctive.—First Con- 
jugation, : 
LESSON LXVII Ps teas of the subjunctive oasis a 
Second and Fourth Conjugations, . ° 
~ LESSON LXVIIl—Imperfect of the Sabjancive continued.— 
Third Conjugation, . Aa a 


LESSON LXIX.—The Plaperfoct of the Eien 


APPENDIX. 

I.—The Days of the Week, . : ‘ ‘ ; 

II.—The Months of the Year, ; : ; 
IlJ.—The Seasons, . ‘ : ‘ ; ; ‘ 
1V.—The Numbers, : : : : . 

V.—The Auxiliary Verbs, : Se a ea 
VI.—The Four Conjugations of vekbe: : 

Vil.—Conjugation ofa Passive Verb, . . « «+ . 
VIl.—Conjugation of a Reflective Verb, Tarek ae 


PAGE 


213 


218 


223 


228 


223 
237 


FASQUELLE’S 


INTRODUCTORY FRENCH COURSE. 


"vy vor 





LECON I. LESSON If. 
THE ALPHABET. 
1, The French language has twenty-five letters : 
Ay) BG, C, D, yo Be Ga ee dy 
ah, bay, say, day, eb, eff, jay,* ash, ee, 
owe, Ly MON, OO) ee eee 
jee,* kah, ell, emm, enn, 0, pay, ku, — err, 
Reet t,t VG a ee 
ess, tay, UU, vay, doublevay,eeks, egrec, zed. 


2. The alphabet is divided into six vowels: 
fats a RAY STI ae 
and nineteen consonants : 
Be SD, Oe Ee ee Ih Lay: is ees 
2 Me oes. Mees cal a eas a Hogan 
8. The new names given to the French consonants 
are taken from their sounds in words. They may 





* J like s in pleasure. 


Che Ot. Stn gyi a 
° 


10 |. ‘BASQ@:UELUE’s: LHTRODUCTORY 


generally be found by pronouncing a word, in English, 
ending with the required consonant and a silent e. 

The new name of B, therefore, is pronounced like be 
in the word globe ; that of D like de in glade ; F like 
Sein chafe ; G like gue in league, &c. H is pronounced 
nearly like Aw in the word hurry. 


4. The new names of the French consonants are 
seldom used. 


Exercise l. 


. Give the common or old names of the letters.—Rule 1. 


The vowels. 
The consonants. 
The new names of the consonants.—Rule 3. | 





LECON II. LESSON II. 


PRONUNCIATION.—THE CONSONANTS.—THE SIMPLE 
VOWELS. 
1, B, D, F, G before a and o, K, L,* M, N, P, T,+ 
Z, at the beginning of words or syllables, are pro- 
nounced as in English. 


2. C is hard as in English before a, 0, wu, and soft be- 





* Not liquid. See Lesson VI, Rule 1. 
+ Not before ion, ial, tel. See Lesson VI, Rule 4. 


FRENCH COURSE, 11 


fore e.and %. With the cedilla (¢) it is also soft before 
Cy Oy Ue 


3. G before e and 7 is pronounced like s in pleasure. 


4, His silent or mute in most words. It is aspirate 
or pronounced slightly in others. Sce list in Fasquelle’s 
New French Course, page 25. The words commen- 
cing with / aspirate will be in the vocabularies of this 
book marked with an asterisk (*). 


5. J is always pronounced like s in pleasure, or 2 in 


- azure. 


6. Ris pronounced more distinctly than in English. 
It has in French something of the trill or roll given to 
that letter by the Ivish. 


7. S at the beginning of a word, and when not be- 
tween two vowels, is pronounced as in the English 
word sun. Between two vowels it is pronounced like ~ 
sin rose. D7! : YU % ar3 Od: Cd 


cas 


8. V is softer in French than in English. 


9. X at the beginning of words is pronounced like 
gz. In the middle of words, generally like xs. 


10. Ch is pronounced generally as sh in English. 
Gn like nz in the English word minion. 
Gu is pronounced generally as g in get. 
Ph like 7, as in English. 
Qu is generally pronounced like & in king. 
Th is pronounced like ¢. 


& 


La 


- o ’ 
wile ft 
: _ 


12 FASQUELLE’S INTBODUCTORBY 


11. Ain French, sounds as @ in the English words 70, 7a. 


E { 


at the end of words 
of one syllable, as 


{i nearly like 


bu 66 


ee 66 


66 


66 


O between o in no”, and o in no 

U has no exact representative in English. To 
pronounce it, the lips should be compressed 
a little more closely than in whistling. 


Pha 


Qua 
Ra 


ExEerRciseE Q, 


be 
ce 
che 
de 
fe 
ge 
ene 
gue 
he 
je 
ke 
le 
me 
ne 
pe 
phe 
que 
re 


bi 


bo 
go 
cho 
do 
fo 
go 
gno 
guo 


reed, creed. 


bu 
cu 
chu 
du 
fu 
gu 
enu 





hu 
ju 

ku 
lu 
mu 
nu 
pu 
phu 
quu* 
ru 





— 


* Pronounced like ku in French in the words piqfre or piquure, 


sting ; quelqu’un, some one, &e. 


e 
FRENCH COURSE. 13 





Sa se si sO su 
Ta te ti to tu 
Tha the thi tho thu 
Va ve vi vo vu 
Za Ze Zi ZO zu 
Hes ON III. LESSON III. 


THE eee —THE APOSTROPHE, — THE DLERESIS. 
tL 


‘1, The French language has three accents: 
5€L 1, The acute (’), from right to left, and used only 
Fa over ¢, thus, é. 
» Cv 9. The grave (‘), from left to right, used over a, 
wu; thus, a, 6, 0. 
3. The circumflex (4), the other two united, used 
over a, €, i,0,u, 4, 6, i, 6, U. 


2. The grave accent on a (i) and x (of) does a 


cha nee the pre onunciation of those vowels, 2«/~ °* 
Facer An4- : et « 
is 3. Ais semuuniood AS (, in the English words far, rather. 
; é 14 74 Ge a 66 74 Cla mate, table. 
‘€ é a3 “ “we 6 <4 a4 met, bet. 
é 74 (44 (44 a 66 74 (74 dare, fare. 
oe 7 (a4 44 6¢ ee (74 44 (74 eel, feel. 
~ 6 (a4 (74 (44 O 6é cé (74 no. 


ti is longer than the unaccented w. 
: y at the end of a syllable is pronounced like the 
French 7. 


14 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


4, EK without an accent, at the end of a word of more 
than one syllable, is silent. 


5. The apostrophe (’) shows the elision or leaving 
out of ¢ in words of one syllable ;* of @ in da before a 
vowel or silent 2 ; and of 7 in sé before 7 and ds, 


~~ ~""6, The dieresis (“) is put over a vowel to separate it 
in pronunciation from a preceding vowel. 


La j é ‘ =" He & ‘a 4 
bé be bé bi bo biti 
t A a K = Zé 
ca ce Pree cé ci ¢O t+ ctl 


ha ¢ he hé hi hé ht 
eA 2 ©A A 
Paes ag ve J® j je jé ji jo ja 
. la 1é lé 1é li 16 li 
ma mé mé mé mi mo mii 
na né ne née ni no ni 


aioe 
Nig . » 


ra ré re re ri rd ru 





* Also in parce que, quoique, puisque, jusque—que is not elided 
before oui. Ex., je dis que oui, I say i is so; le, la are not elided — 
before onze, onzieme. 


% 


vs 


a 


FRENCH COURSE. 15 


st sé sd sé si sé sti 
ta, té te té ti td tii 
tha thé - the thé thi thd thi 





va vé ve Veo opt vo vi 
xa xé xe xé xi x6 xt 
za Ze Ze Ze Zi ZO zt 
a 
LEGON IV. LESSON IV. 


DIPHTHONGS AND COMBINED VOWELS. 


Pronounce: 





i, abs) 

“a" | like the letter a in the English words fate, 

table. 

ay 

Cy. | ro 

/ai Geeks by s, d, t, x, like ai in the English) 

eai word pair. ) 
2, au 


y nearly like o in the English words oh, home. 


af 


3. eu : ab 3? 
cig t nearly like wu in the English word megffe —2* 


4, oi, nearly like wa in was. 
5. ou, like oo in the English word cool. 


6.-ia,—nearly—like-¢@-in-the-English~- word medial. 





* Hy in the verb avoir like the French wu in vu 


16 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


7. ie like ee in the English word bee. 


8. ua) the wis pronounced lightly; thoughdistinetly, | 
_the g_or-o-more.strongly. 


) 


. ul ; : hy 
8. t have no equivalent in English, 02/4 = A;ex 


10. In ay, ey, oy, uy, followed by a vowel, y is pro- 
nounced like two 7’s: moyen, cMoyen, are pronounced 
moi-ien, citoi-ien ; pays, payeass, paysan, etc., are pS 
nounced pai-is, pai-isage, pai-isan. 


11, Gua, gué, gui, guo, are pronounced like gah, ga, 
gee, go; gue is pronounced like gue in tongue. The 
u after g is not sounded before the other vowels. 


v 
. Y 8 
\y ¥ 4 \ 
Exercise 4, Ree. 
bai bais pan beau boeu beu 
S gai cais cau ceau ‘“ceu “ceu 
dai dais dau deau dcoew deu 
e . e \> 
fei fais fau fai few, feu 
~» geai geais geau gal geu ~ geu 


A guai guais gau gel gueu “gay 
gnai gnais gnau gneau gneu,< gneu 


jai jais jau jeau jeu jeu 
lai lais lau leau leeu leu 
mai mais mau meau meu meu 


nai nais nau neau nou neu 


FRENCH COURSE. 


pais 
phais 
quais 
rails 
sais 
tais 
thais 
vais 
ke 
xais 
ZAls 


bie 
cle 
die 
fie 
gie 


Exercise §, 


pau 
phau 
quau 
rau 
sau 
tau 
thau 


vau 


gz 
xau 


Zau 


pie 
phie 
quie 
rie 
sie 


bua bui 
cua cul 
dua dui 
fua fui 
gua! Kgui 
gua gul 
ene eni 
jua jui= 
lua lui 
mua mui 
nua nui 
aC, 
peau = peu 
pheau pheu 
queau quceu 
reau reeu 
seau sceu 
teau toeu 
theau theu 
veau vou 
ks gz 
xeau xceu 
zeau zZceu. 
pua pul 
phua _— phui 
qua qui 
rua ruil 
sua sul 


17 


18 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 





tue tia tie tua tui tuo 
thue thia thie thua thui thuo 
vue via vie vyua .-s- vul vuo 
gz ge. ks gz gz. gz 
xue xla xi1e xua xl XO 
zue Zia zie zua zui Zuo 
LEGON V. LESSON YV. 


THE NASAL SOUNDS. 


1. The nasal sounds are: 
am } 
an 
ean } pronounced nearly like az in want and pant. 
em 
en 





A 
en, after 7, at the end of a word, is pronounced 
nearly like an in sank, crank. = tau 


2. aim ) 


. _ > nearly like an in sank, crank. 





3. eon 
om } nearly like on in song, wrong. 
on 


FRENCH COUBSE. 19 


4, um ) pronounced nearly like um in hunting, 
un wrung. 


5. When the m or » of the above combinations is 
doubled, there is no nasal sound, and the vowel is 
_ shorter than in the nasal syllable. 


6. When those combinations are followed by a vowel 
or a silent A, the m or n is carried to the next syllable, 
and the preceding vowel has its proper sound, 


Exercise 6, 


blan blen bien* bain’ bin’ bein ben _ brun 
cran can cien* cain cin cein cen clun 
dan don dien* daim din dein den dun 
fran fron flan faim fin frein fen fum 
gean gan gron grain gin gein gen gun 
guan gnan gnon gnain gnm gnein gnen gnun 
jean jain jon jain jin jein jen jun 

lan len lon iain lin lien*® lam lun 


Exercise 7. 


man men mien* main min mon mein mun 
nan nen nain naim nin non nym nun 
plan pren pain pen pin_ plon_ plom plun 
quan quen quain quien* quin quwon quw’en qu’un 
ran ren rain. rien* rin ron_ rein- run 





* See en, last line of No. 1 of this lesson. 


+ 


FASQUELLE’S 
sen sain sien* sin 
tem tain tien* tim 
ven vain vien* vin 
zem 4 zain zien = zin 


ruban 
crainte 
bonté 
aucun 
loin 
combien* 
ambigu 
empire 
bénin 
nombre 
branlé 
plaindre 
montre 
parfum 
poingon 
italien* 
dentiste 
temple 
impur 
coton 


EXERCISE 


turban 
plainte 
oncle 
tribun 
coin 
gardien* 
encore 
embléme 
malin 
ombre 
fantéme 
craindre 
faucon 
quelqu’un 
témoin 
ancien* 
encre 
tempéte 
timbre 
bonbon 


son 
ton 
von 
zon 


INTRODUCTORY 


selu sun 
tein tun 
vein vun 
zelin zun 


a 


brandon 
feinte 
monde 
lundi 
foin 
maintien* 
entrée 
empli 
imbu 
pronom 
friand 
romain 
facon 
Importun 
lointain 
comédien* 
fendre 
emploi 
enclin 
daim x 
\ 





* See en, last line of No. 1 of this lesson. 


FRENCH COURSE. 21 


LECON VI. LESSON VI. 
THE LIQUID L.—THE SOFT 77, 


‘a LL or W preceded by ¢ (7, zl), not in the begin, 
ning, but in the middle or at the end of words,* has the 
liquid sound found in the English words, William, 


brilliant.) 


2. Many of the French give to the liquid 7 the sound 
of ye in the English word eye. This pronunciation is 
now so common, that it is no longer deemed wrong. 


8. Ai, ei, preceding the liquid 7, have not their com- 
mon sound (@ in fate) ; ai has the sound of @ in fat, 
and e2 of e in there. The ¢ seems merely to indicate 

the liquid sound of the J, 


4, T is pronounced like ¢ in cedar, or s in si, in the 
combinations tial, tiel, tion, in the middle or at the end 
of words; as, portion, partial, essentiel. If these syl- 
lables are preceded by s or 2, the ¢is hard. In patient, 
patience, Gratien, initier, Egyptien, &c., it is also pro- 
nounced like s in siz, The French words in which the 
above combinations occur are very much like the 
English words which have the same meaning, and in 
which ¢ has the sound of sh. 





* Fis not liquid in fil, Brésil, Nil, mil, mille, ville, profil, tranquille, 
&. Itis silent in baril, chenil, coutil, fils, fusil, gril, outil, persil, 
pouls, sodl, sourcil. 


FASQUELLE’S 


FRENCH WORDS. 
Nation 
Notion 
Ration 
Patience 
Confidentiel 


INTRODUCTORY 


ENGLISH WORDS. 
Nation 
Notion 
Ration 
Patience 

Confidential 


5. In words ending with tie (in English cy), ¢ is also 
pronounced like ¢ in cedar: aristocratié, aristocracy ; 


démocratié; democracy. 


j 1} 
Le 


bataille , | 


bataillon 


travail 
éventail 
détail 
vieillard 
fauteuil 
linceul 
cercueil 
seuil 
deuil 
muraille 
ceil* 


ce 


N 
’ 


, 
JA 


ExERcISE 9, 


écureuil 
sommeil 
bouteille 
oseille 
cerfeuil 
ail 
postillon 
cotillon 
papillon 
Bastille 
famille 
fille 
grille 
jonquille 


mantille 
tailleur 
portail 
sérail 
abeille 
corbeille 
oreille 
merveille 
meilleur 
conseil 
mouillé 
citrouille 


grenouille 


patrouille 
bouillon 
feuille 
cueillirf 
feuillage 
médaille 
médaillon 
échantillon 
million 
paille 
portail 
orgueil* 
écueilt 
bail 





* (in ceil, and we in orgueil, are pronounced nearly like win bud. 


————— | 


+ Cue in this verb and its derivatives, as also in cercueil, is pro- 


nounced nearly like cu in curb. 


FRENCH COUBSE. 23 


Exercise 10, 





caution addition diplomatie Gratien 
ablution conviction émotion insatiable 
tradition Dalmatie discrétion minutie 
attention dalmatien _ partial national 
consolation Helvétie partiel Titien 
condition _helvétien differentiel | congestion* 
action __ aristocratic Béotie digestion* 
affliction prophétie —_ béotien fraction 
munition vénitien quotient faction 
résolution Egyptien patience satiété 
question* initial © Dioclétien _rationnel 
mixtion* initiation Domitien  conventionnel 
bastion* confidentiel initier initiation 
LEGON VII. LESSON VII. 


THE SILENT £.—THE FINAL CONSONANTS. 


At 


1. EZ without an accent sd ‘Silent at the end of words 
of more than one syllable, Ex., plime, volume, TEGiMNe. 


2. H after 7 is generally silent. Ex., bate, paiement. 

5 Ga heubonintion and familiar reading thee of the 
second monosyllable is frequently dropped :je-nele-dis 
pas, je ne sais-pas, may be pronounced je n> le dis pas; 
jew sais 





* See the second part of Rule 4, 


24 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


4, # is frequently silent at the end of a syllable in 
the middle of a word, but in that case its suppression 
should occasion no harsh sound; appeler may be pro- 
nounced app’ler, but prenant should by no means be 
pronounced pr’nant. No general rule can be given on 
this point. 


5. A consonant at the end of a word is generally 
silent. 


6. The letters c, 7, J,* r,t are generally pronounced — 
at the end of words. : 


7. A final consonant is generally pronounced with 
the vowel, or silent A, which begins the next word. 
This connection does not take place, however, when 
there is a pause between the two words. In-conver- 
sation and familiar reading, this connection is-often dis- 
pensed_with,as_it would-appear.too. formal. . 


~ 


or silent 2, which commences the next word, d sounds 


8. ty d, J, Gy 8, @, are to be joined to the vowel, 
like ¢, f like v, g like %, s like z, xJike z. 


9. The ¢ of e¢ is never pronounced. 


10. The » of mon, ton, son, un, on, en, &e., is pro- 
nounced with the next word, commencing with a vowel, 
or a silent /, as if that word began with an n, without 
however hanging the nasal sound of the preceding 





* See 1st Note, Lesson VI. 
+ & preceded by e¢ is silent except in amer, cher, cuiller, fer, enfer, 
hiver, &c. 


FRENCH COURSE. : oe 


word: son argent, un honnéte homme, en arrivant, are 
pronounced, son nargent, un nhonnéte homme, en nar- 
rivant. »/ 


+ 


Exercise l1I1., 


‘ecerise passable front huit|| . chef mer 
pomme possible poulet neufl plaisir ceuf 

poire notre* baril quatre franc$ parasol 
fraise votre fusil soufre pouvoir baptémeft 
légume centre fils} blanc§ messager baptisertt 


pere théatre os{ tard admirer compteftt 
mére montre banc§ lard.  chercher exempttt 
fete poutre dos fard banqnier argent 
figue mauvais dix|| second amateur chapelet 
table mont six] fécond{ soif Voix 

nezZ fond cing|| port clef** = poix 
fable — prét deux|| fort cerf** fer 


étable pont sept] bref  beuf cher 





* Tre, at the end of words, seems to be almost whispered, the e not 
being heard. 


+ Sin fils is pronounced by some, and dropped by others. 
+ Sis silent in this word, except before a vowel. 
§ Cis silent in banc, blanc, franc, estomac, tabac, &e. 


| The last consonant is sounded in these words, except when they 
come before a consonant. P in sept, septiéme, &c., is silent. 


4 C sounds like g in these words. 


** Fig silent in clef, cerf, and in the plural words eu/s, beufs, also 
in chef-@ ceuvre. 


++ P is silent. 





26 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 
Exercise 12. 
mes_amis leurs_efforts nous_aimons 
nos_enfants leurs_idées grand_homme 
cet_homme mes_habits neuf hommes 
un_Anglais les_yeux dix_enfants 
ces_Anglais il estLici sept_hommes 
ces hommes cet_esprit huit_hommes 
en_argent tout_a vous deux_amis 
les_ongles ils_ont lu six_ardoises 
vos_abricots nous_avons chagrin_amer 
ton_ardoise Vvous_avez clef de fer 
bon_habit nous_avions chef-d’ceuvre 
certain_Irlandais = vous_aviez pain blanc 
les_Espagnols vous_aimez mauvais tabac 
les_épingles cing livres six livres 
LEGON VIII. LESSON VIII. 

% THE ARTICLE.—GENDER, 


1. In French, as well as in English, the names of 
males belong to the masculine gender, and those of 
females to the feminine gender. 


MASCULINE, FEMININE, 
Homme, man. Femme, woman. 
Lion,2«*” lion. Lionne, lioness. 


2. The article has a different form for each gender. 
Masculine, Lz; Feminine, La, the. 
Le lion, the lion. La lionne, the lioness. 


FRENCH COURSE. OF 


3. Before a masculine or feminine noun, commen- 
cing with a vowel or silent % (Lesson II., Rule 4), the 
article is 7. 


‘L’Anglais, the Englishman. L'Anglaise, the Englishwoman. 


VOCABULARY. J 


m. indicates a masculine; f. a feminine noun. 
’) 


Aigle, m. Kagle. Horloger, m. Watchmaker. 
Bru, f . Daughter-in-lan. Mari, m. Husband. 
Cousiti, m. Cousin. Marraine, f. Godmother. 
Cousing, f. Cousin. i --Mere, f. Mother. 

Epoux, m. Husband. « <2’ Onele, m. Unele. 
Epouse, f. Wife. Orfevre, m. Goldsmith. 


Femme, f. Wife, Woman. On phehn, m. Orphan boy. 
Fille, f. Daughter, Girl. Gickeine f. Orphan girl. 
Frére, m. Brother. : Parent, m. Felation. 
Gargon, m. Boy. Parente, f. Relation. 
Géndre, m, Son-in-law. — Parrain, m. Godfather. 
Grand-pére, m. Grand- Pére, m.Fuather. 


Sather. » Seur, f. Sister. 
Grand-mére, f. Grand- Veuf, m. Widower. 
mother. 2» Veuve, f. Widow. tt 


Exercise 13. 


1 Lefrére. 2 Lascur. 8 L’orphelin. 4 Le cousin. 
5 L’aigle. 6 La parente. 7 Le pére. 8 La bru. 
9 La cousine. 10 Lépoux. 11 Lrépouse. 12 
Lehomme. 13 Wrorfévre. 14 L’horloger. 15 La 
femme. 16 La fille. 17 Le garcon. 18 Le gendre. 
19 Le veuf. 20 La veuve. 21 Le parent. 22 Le 


28 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


mari, 23 Le parrain, 24 Lamarraine. 25 La mére.. 


26 Lroncle. —~% 


et Exercise 14 /-¥ 
5 (\ 


1 The uncle. 2 The father. 3 The mother. 4 The 
sister. 5 The brother. 6 The grandfather. 7 The grand- 
mother. 8 The daughter. 9 The husband. 10 The wife. 
11 The godmother. 12 The boy. 13 The girl. 14 The 
son-in-law. 15 The daughter-in-law. 16 The goldsmith. 
17 The orphan boy. 18 The orphan girl. 19 The 
watchmaker. 20 The widow. 21’The widower. 22 The 
cousin, m. 23'The cousin, 7. 24 The godfather. 25 The 
eagle. 26 The relation, m. 27 The relation, /- 


a 
> 





LECON IX. LESSON IX. 
x GENDER CONTINUED.—UN, UNE} 4, 4W, OWE, 


1. There is in French no neuter or third gender ; the 
names of things are either masculine or feminine, 


i 
MABSBOULINE, FEMININE, 


Le papier, the paper. La plume, the pen. 
L’arbre, the tree. La branche, the branch. 
Lelivre, the book. Lraiguille, the needle, 


2. Un before a masculine noun, wre before a feminine 
noun, answer to the English a, an, one. ; 
MABOULINE, FEMININE. 

Un tailleur, a tailor, Une modiste, a milliner. 
Un crayon, « pencil. Une ardoise, @ slate. 


FRENCH COURSE. 29 


8. PRESENT TENSE OF AvoIR, 70 HAVE, 


J’ai, TL have. Nous avons, We have. 

Tu as, Zhou hast. Vous avez, You have. 

Ila, He has. Tis ont; They m. have. 
Elle a, She has. Elles ont, They f. have. 


4. The e of Je, J, is dropped before a vowel ora 
silent A. 


MopErt SENTENCES. 


a 
J’ai le seats | I have the paper. 
Nous avons un livre. We have a book, 
Le garcon a l’arbre. . The boy has the tree. 
La fille a une plume. The girl has a pen. 
Vous avez l’argent. You have the money or silver. 
Is ont lor. They have the gold. 
L’orphelin a la maison. The orphan has the house. 
Ils ont le jardin. They have the garden. 
Elles ont le pain. They (f.) have the bread. 
L’enfant a la viande, la cuiller The child has the meat, the spoon 
et la fourchette. a and the fork. 
£ - : Be Se 7 pe ms 
“Vocaputaryr. ¢- 
Arbre, m. Tyee. Cuiller, f. Spoon. 
Assiette, f. Plate. 4» Eau, f. Water. 
+ Balai, m. Broom. Et, and. 
Beurre, m. Butter. — Fourchette, f. Fork. 
Beuf, m. Beef. Jardin, m. Garden. 
Cafe, m. Coffee. Lion, m. Lion. 


Chocolat, m. Chocolate. Méuton, m. Mutton. 
: Couteau, m. Anife. Poulet, m. Chicken. 


fhe 


9 ~ Hy 


30 FASQUELLE'S INTRODUOTORY 


Plat, m. Dish. | Verre, m. Glass. 
Table, f. Zable. Viande, f. Meat. 
Veau, m. Veal. Volaille, f. Poultry. , 


Belor e translating the exercise, the pupil will give she 
nouns in the vocabulary with le, la, , the, or un, une, 
a, or an before them. | r r 


i 


Exercise 1d, 


1 L’enfant ale pain. 2 L’orphelin ale café. 8 Nous 
avons le jardin. 4 Le lionalaviande. 5 La fille ala 
volaille. 6 Vous avez le papier. 7 Elle a le chocolat. 
8 Vous avez la cuiller. 9 Nous avons le mouton. 10 Le 


_ gargon a lecafe. 11 L’orfévre a lor. 12 J’aile beurre. 


13 L’horloger a la table. 14 Elles ont le plat. 15 Is 
ont le veau. 16 Le gargon a le balai. 17 Il a le 
couteau. 18 Le pére a le chocolat. 19 La mére a 
Parbre. 20 La cousine a le plat. 


Exercise 16, 


1 The boy has the bread. 2 You have the meat. 
3 The father has the coffee. 4'The mother has the spoon. 
5 We have the chocolate. 6 We havethepen. 7 The 
child has the butter. 8 He has the gold. 9 You 
have the fork. 10 She hasthe mutton. 11 The watch- 
maker has the gold. 12 The goldsmith has the silver. 
13 Yow have the plate. 14 We have the dish. 
15 They have the chicken. 16 The girl has the coffee. 
17 The boy has the veal. 18 I have the dish. 19 The 
orphan-boy has the book. 20 The orphan-girl has the 


FRENCH COURSE. 31 


needle. 21 The brother has the table. 22 We have 
the money. 23 You havea knife. 24 The tailor has 
abook. 25 The watchmaker has a table. 26 They 
have a garden. 





LEGON X. LESSON X. 
NAME OF MATERIAL.—AVOIR INTERROGATIVELY. 


1. The name of the material of which an object is 
composed follows the name of the object, the two 
words being joined by de before a consonant, or @ be- 
fore a vowel or asilenth, _ 

Une robe de soie, A. silk dress: 
La plume d’acier, The steel pen. 


Literally: A dress of silk ; The pen of steel. 


2. PRESENT TENSE OF AVOIR INTERROGATIVELY. 


Ai-je ? Have I ? Avons-nous ? Have we ? 
_ As-tu? Hast thou?  Avez-vous? Have you ? 
A-t-il ? Has he ? Ont-ils ? Have they ? 


A-t-elle? Has she ? Ont-elles? Have they ? 


3. When, in asking a question, 22 or elle comes im- 
mediately after a verb ending with a vowel, -¢- is put 
between that vowel and the verb. 


A-t-il le livre ? Has he the book ? 
A-t-elle le bois ? Has she the wood ? 


$2 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


.\MopreLt SENTENCES. 


Le tailleur a l’habit de drap. The tailor has the cloth coat. 
La blanchisseuse a le mouchoir The washerwoman has the cam- 


de batiste. | bric handkerchief. 
La demoiselle a la robe d’in- The young lady has the calico 
dienne. dress. 


Avez-vous la bague d’or ? Have you the gold ring ? 
Avons-nous le couteau d’ar- Have we the silver. knife ? 


ent? 
,0ntils une maison de brique? Have they a brick house ? 
' Ai-je la plume d’or? _ Have I the gold pen ? 
pop) » al Vocanunapr™ Ad _ 
Ae pte ia mike 42 
Acier, m. Steel. Gilet, m. Vest- /. ( 
Argent, m. Money, silver. Ivoire, f. Ivory. © WAS) 
ie Bague, f. Ring. — Maison, f. House. 
Batiste, f. Cambrice. Monsieur, m. Sir, gentleman, 
a lanchisseuse, f. Washer- Mouchoir. ,m. . aniline aa 
woman. Non W¥e,2 7 
»e  Dois, m. Wood. Oui, Yes. 
Brique, f. Brick. Or, m. Gold. 
Canify m. Penknife. Plume, f. Pen. 
Cravate, f. Cravat. Soie, f. Silk, 2“ 
Demoiselle, f. Young lady. Tablier, m. Apron. ht f= Mae 
Dent elle, f, Lace. Tailleur, m. Zailor. 
, Drap, m. Cloth. Velours, m. Velvet. 
“Indienne, f, Print, calico. oes m, Veit. 


xe ft f 
~ Pat the proper article Ze, las 2, or un, une, before 


the nouns. 


an 
Lr « 


FRENCH COURSE. oo 


Exercise Ili, 


1 La demoiselle ale mouchoir de soie. 2 Le tailleur 
a une maison de brique. 3 Vous avez une maison de 
bois. 4 Avez-vous une bague d’argent? 5 Nous 
avons la dentelle de soie. 6 La blanchisseuse a une 
robe d’indienne. 7 Avez-vous un couteau d’acier ? 
8 Non, Monsieur, j’ai un couteau d’ivoire. 9 A-t-elle 
un voile de dentelle? 10 Elle a un voile de batiste. 
11 Avons-nous la maison de bois? 12 Vous avez la 
maison de brique. 13 La fille a un tablier de batiste. 
14 Elle a un tablier d’indienne. 15 Le garcon a un 
_ gilet dé drap. 16 Le monsieur a un mouchoir de soie. 
17 Il a un mouchoir de batiste. 18 La demoiselle a 
une plume dor. 19 Ils ont une plume d’acier, 


Exercise 18. 


1 Have you the steel ring? 2 No, sir, I have the 
gold ring. 3 The young lady hasthe silverring. 4 Has 
she the cambric handkerchief? 5 No, sir, she has 
the silk handkerchief. 6 The washerwoman has the 
steel knife. 7 The tailor has the brick house. 8 Have 
you a wood house? 9 No, sir, we have a brick house. 
10 The young lady has a print dress. 11 You have an 
ivory knife. 12 He has a silk cravat. 13 You havea 
cambric handkerchief. 14 The boy has a cloth vest. 
15 The gentleman has a velvet vest. 16 The young 
lady has a velvet dress. 17 Shehasasilk veil. 18 Has 
she a gold pen? 19 No, sir, she has a steel pen. 
20 Have youasilk apron? 21 No,sir, I have a cam- 

3 


34 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


bric apron. 22 We have the silk lace. 23 You have 


the print dress. 24 She has the silk dress. 25 She 


has the gold ring. 





LECON XI. . LESSON XI. 
DU, DE L’, DE LA$ OF THE, FROM THE, SOME, ANY, 


1. Before a masculine noun in the singular, not com- 
mencing with a vowel or a silent A, pu is always used for 


of the, some or any. (23 DE LE ts never used. _&} 


Du jardin, Of the garden. 
Du menuisier, .. ’ Of the joiner. 
Du pain, ©” Some bread. 


2. Before a feminine noun, in the singular, beginning 
with a consonant, or a pronounced /, DE LA is used 
for of the, some or any. 
De la femme, Of the looman. 
De la toile, Some linen. 


3. Before a noun of either gender, commencing with 
a vowel or a silent 4, DE 1’ is equivalent to of the, some 
or any. 
De Phomme, Of the man. 
De Vargent, . Some money. 


4, Often the word some or any is not expressed be- 
fore a noun in English, but when it may be put without. 





mes & . P > 
i 


FRENCH COURSE. 35 


changing the meaning of the sentence, DU, DE LA, DE L’, 
must. always be used in French. 


Vous avez du papier, You have (some) paper. 
Avez-vous de la cire ? Have you (any) wax? 
Ils ont de argent. They have (some) money. 


But de (or d’ before a vowel or silent /) alone is used 
when the noun following is preceded by an adjective ; as, 
Donnez-moi de bon pain. Give me good bread. 
Je bois d’excellente biére. JZ drink excellent beer. 
ll posséde de belles mai- He possesses beautiful 
sons. houses. 


5. A noun preceded by some or any, expressed or 
understood, is said to be used in the partitive sense. 


MopEL SENTENCES. 


J’ai parlé du médecin. I have spoken of the physician. 

Vous avez parlé deladame. You have spoken of the lady. 

Ont-ils parlé de homme ? Have they spoken of the man? 

Le marchand a de la toile. The merchant has (some) linen. 

Avons-nous de la dentelle ? Have we (any) lace ? 

L’épicier a du poivre. The grocer has (some) pepper. 

Le tourneur a de l’ivoire. The turner has (some) iwory. 
poh Fa » VOCABULARY. » yy 

Acheté, Bought. Huile, f O77. 

Apporté, Brought. Madame, Madam, Mrs. 

Boulanger, m. Baker. Mademoiselle, Miss. 

Blé,m. Wheat. Médecin, m. Physicion. 

Chaleur, f. Heat. Morceau, m. Piece. 

Cire, f. Wax. Orge, f. Barley. 

Confiseur, m. Confectioner. Parlé, Spoken. 

Cuisindére, f. Cook. Pluie, f. Rain. 

Drap, 1 m. Cloth. Sarrasin, m. Buckwheat. 

Fermier, m. Farmer. Seigle, m. Rye.- te. 


Garcon, m. Boy, waiter. Suere, m. Sugar. 


36 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 
Toile, f. Linen. Viande, f, Meat. 
Verre, m. Glass. Vinaigre, m. Vinegar. 


Put du, de la, de I’, of the, some or any, before the 
nouns in the vocabulary. pt 


Exercise 19, 


1 Nous avons parlé du verre. 2 Vous avez parlé 
de la chaleur. 3 Le médecin a parlé dudrap. 4 Le 
garcon a parlé de la pluie. 5 Avez-vous de Peau? 
6 Non, monsieur, j’ai de Phuile. 7 La cuisiniére a du 
vinaigre. 8 Le fermier a du blé. 9 Avons-nous du 
seigle? 10 Non, mademoiselle, nous avons du sarrasin, 
11 Le boulanger a du pain de seigle. 12 Le confiseur 
a du sucre d’orgé. 13 Avez-vous acheté de la toile? 
14 Non, madame, j’ai acheté du drap. 15 Avez-vous 
de Por? 16 Non, monsieur, j’ai de Vargent. 17 Avez- 
vous de la cire? 18 Avez-vous apporté de Deau? 
19 Oui, madame, j’ai apporté un verre d’eau. 20 Le 
gargon a apporté un morceau de bois. 21 Le fermier 
a apporté un morceau de viande. 


Exercise QO, 


1 Have you vinegar, sir? 2 No, sir, we have oil. 
3 The merchant has cloth. 4 The baker has rye-bread. 
5 No, madam, he has wheat bread. 6 The confee- 
tioner has barley sugar. 7 The merchant has silk lace. 


8 Have you spoken of the lady? 9 We have spoken ~ 


of the man, 10 You have spoken of the physician, 


11 The farmer has brought buckwheat. 12 The waiter | 


tae a. Ors t 
a ae Pe Se = or ee 


FRENCH COURSE. 37 


has brought a glass of water. 13 Have you bought 
cloth? 14 I have bought linen. 15 The cook has 
bought a piece of meat. 16 She has bought poultry. 
17 The cook has brought the oil. 18 You have 
brought oil. 19 The young lady has spoken of the 
silk lace. 20 The gentleman has bought silk lace. 
21 Have you brought meat? 22 I have brought a 
piece of meat. 23 I have spoken of the rain, 24 I 
have wax, 25 The physician has money. 


a 
i. 





LECON XII. LESSON XII. 


PLACE OF OBJECT POSSESSED.—AU, A LA, A LW’; ATOR 
TO THE, 


1. The name of the possessor must, in French, follow 
the name of the object possessed ; they are joined by 
DU, DE LA, DE WL’. 7, -ACe 


Le fusit du soldat, The soldier's gun. 
Le chapeau dela dame, The lady’s hat. 
L’écorge de Varbre, The bark of the tree. 


Literally: The gun of the soldier ; The hat of’ the 
lady, &c. 


2. The preposition A, to or at, and the article Lu, the, 
are before a masculine noun beginning with a consonant, 
contracted into au, to the, at the. (&9~ A LE ls never 
used. _&} | 

Au lebraire, To the bookseller. 
Au héros, To the hero. 


ae 


We 


-~ 


38 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


- 8. Before a word commencing with a vowel, or a 


silent 2, and before a feminine word, no contraction of 


A with the article takes place. 


A Phorloger, - To the watchmaker. 
A la dame, To the lady. 


MopEL SENTENCES. 


‘Nousavonslegantdumonsieur. We have the gentleman's glove. 


Avez-vous la clef de la porte? Have you the key of the door ? 


J'ai l’éventail de la dame. I have the lady's fan. 
Tl a parlé au médecin. He has spoken to the physician. 
Elle a parlé a l Anglais. She has spoken to the Hinglishman. 


Donnezy le livre a l’horloger. Give the book to the watchmaker. 
Vous avez le cheval du fermier. You have the farmer's horse. 


VocABULARY 


Anglais, m. Englishman. Eventail, m. Fun. 

Arbre, m. Zee. Farine, f. Flow, 
Aubergiste, m. Innkeeper. Fermitre, f. Lurmer’s wife. 
Boulanger, m. Baker. -Fusil, m. Gun. 

Café, m. Coffee. Gant, m. Glove. 

Chapeau, m, fat, bonnet. Lrbraire, m. Bookseller. 


ae =<-Chev al, m. forse. Livre, m. Book. <= oh 
Chocolat, m. Chocolate. Maison, f. House... 45 
Coupé, Cut, Maréchal, m. Blacksmith, 
Cuisiniére, f. Cook. ~ Montre, fi Watch. 
Demoiselle, f. Yo ourg lady. Neiges f. Snow. 
ieorce, f. Bark. . Orfevre, m. Goldsmith. 
Ecossais, m, Scotchman. Perdu, Lost. 4 
Envoyé, Sent. j Prété, Font. Fis aie > Me 

Py 0 


~ A 
Fa ee | 
be. teal 


FRENCH COURBSE. 39 


Pommier, m. Apple-tree. Soldat, m. Soldier. 
Pupitre, m. esx. Trouvé, Hound. 
Serrurier, m. Locksmith. Vent, m. Wind. 


Put du, de la, de ?, before the nouns in the voca- 


bulary. te 


i 


thy = Exercises Ql, 


1 Le adr ‘urier a la clef de la maison. 2 Nous avons 
la farine du boulanger. 38 Avez-vous le gant de la 
cuisiniére ? 4 Non, mademoiselle, j’ai le chapeau de la 
fille. 5 Avez-vous du chocolat? 6 Oul, monsieur, jai 
du chocolat et du café. 7 Avez-vous envoyé un livre 
au libraire ? 8 Non, monsieur, j’ai prété un livre a la 
fermiére. 9 Avez-vous léventail de la demoiselle ? 
10 Donnez la montre 4 Vorfévre. 11 J’ai donné le fer 
au maréchal. 12 Nous avons prété de argent 4 l’au- 
bergiste. 13 Avez-vous parlé 4 ’Keossais? 14 Nous 
avons parlé de la neige. 15 Vous avez parlé du vent. 
16 Vous avez coupé Pécorce du pommier. 17 Le 
serrurier a coupé Pécorce de arbre. 18 J’ai perdu la 
clef de la porte. 19 Vous avez trouvé la clef du pupitre. 


7 
/ 
jf 


atiuelaterExERcISE 22, 

1 Have you the girl’s glove? 2 No, sir, I have the 
cook’s hat. 8 Have you lost the key of the house? 
4 The locksmith has found the key of the house. 5 The 
young lady has found the gentleman’s glove. 6 The 
gentleman has lost the young lady’s fan. 7 Have you 
chocolate, sir? 8 No, madam, Ihavetea, 9 Have you 
lent a book? 10 1 have lent a book to the farmer’s 


si 


Ri 

' Pay ‘ 
, eat 

Weeew 


the 


40 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


wife, 11 Have you spoken to the goldsmith? 12 No, 
sir, I have spoken to the Scotchman. 13 Have you 
the farmer’s horse? 14 The blacksmith has the 
farmer’s horse. 15 The Englishman has the soldier’s gun. 
16 Have you cut the bark of the tree? 17 We have 
cut the bark of the apple tree. 18 Give the watch to 


the watchmaker, 19 Have youbeef? 20 No, madam, 


I have mutton. 2i Have you lent money to the book- 
seller? 22 I have lent paper to the blacksmith. 23 I 
have sent coffee to the young lady. 24 Have you lost the 
key of the desk? 25 I have found the key of the door, 





fag eg 
I: ee Sole 
s A ahora 


LECON XIII. LESSON XII. 


PLACE OF A NOUN IN A QUESTION.—~REPETITION OF . 
+. 
ARTICLE, P 


1. In a question, the subject (actor or doer) if a 
noun, is generally placed at the beginning of the sen- 
tence, the verb follows, and after the verb comes a 
pronoun having the same gender and number as the 
_ subject. 

Le tailleur a-t-il une aiguille? Hus the tailor a needle? . 
_ Lamodiste a-t-elle un chapeau? Has the milliner a bonnet ? 

Literally: The tailor has gee ricedle | 
has she a bonnet ? "agsgetes. -eegoupeiadi 


The milliner 






2... Lik, LA, 1, thes 3 vv, Dit LA, DE 1’, of the, some or 
fany ; AU, ALA, A lWisbyor to ‘the, are repeated before 
every noun or every word used as such, | 








: 
4 


FRENCH COURSE. 41 


Le couteau et lafourchette, The knife and fork. 
Du pain et du beurre, Bread and butter. 
, A Phomme et dla femme, Zo the man and woman. 


Literally: Zhe knife and the fork ; Some bread and 
some butier. 


MopEt SENTENCES. 


| L'imprimeur a-t-il un crayon? Has the printer a pencil? 
Le charpentier a-t-il du bois? Has the carpenter wood ? 
La dame a-t-elle un canif? Has the lady a penknife ? 
La tante a-t-elle un cheval? Has the aunt a horse? 
Le monsieur et la dame ont-ils Have the gentleman and lady 


apporte de largent? brought money ? 
Vous avez du pain et du fro- You have bread and cheese. 
mage, 
_ Ila parlé au monsieur et a la He has spoken to the gentleman 
\ dame, and lady. 


+ 
- 


VOCABULARY. 


A, To. Epée, f. Sword. 

Acier, m. Steel. Farine, f, Flour. 

Apporté, Brought. Fourchette, f. Fork. 

Ble, m. Wheat. Gotit, m. Zaste. © az hades 

Casse, Broken. Meunier, m. filler” 

Couteau, m. Knife. Monnaie, f. Change.” 

Cuivre, m. Brass. = Péche, f. Peach. °~ 

Dentiste, m. Dentist. Peintre, m. Painter. / 

Donné, Given. ; Pomme, f. Apple. 
»/Keolier, m. Scholar. Portrait, m. Portrait. 


 Rerit, Writteny__- Président, m. President. 
Enere, f. Ink.  “te- — Professeur, m, Professor. 


ye! 
Puls AY 


—“ 
* 


42 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


Qui, Who, whom. Sarrasin, m. Buckwheat. 
Roi, m. Aing. Tabatiére, f Snuff-box. = 
Reine f. Queen. - Tableau, m. Picture. 


Sabre, m. Broad-sword. Vu, Seen. 
Put au, ad la, d 7, before the nouns in the voca- 
bulary. 
ExERCISE Q9d., 


1 La dame a-t-elle du gotit? 2 Oui, monsieur, la 
dameadugott. 38 Le soldat a-t-il un sabre de cuivre ? 


4 Non, madame, il a un sabre d’acier. 5 Avez-vous 
apporté de Pencre? 6 J’ai apporté de lencre et du — 


papier. 7 Avez-vous une tabatiére d’argent? 8 Non, 
monsieur, j’ai une tabaticre d’or. 9 Le meunier a-t-il 
de la farine? 10 Il a de la farine de blé. 11 A qui 
avez-vous donné la péche.? 12 J’ai donné la péche au 
professeur. 13 Avez-vous vu le dentiste? 14 J’ai vu 
le dentiste et le médecin. 15 Le peintre a-t-il un 
tableau? 16 Oui, monsieur, le peintre a le portrait du 
rol. 17 Avez-vous écrit au président? 18 J’ai écrit 


 &Péecolier. 19 Avez-vousde Por et dePargent? 20 Jai 


de lor et de la monnaie. 


Exrercisse 24, 


1 Has the lady change? 2 Yes, madam, the lady . 


has change. 3 Has the gentleman gold. and silver? 
4 The gentleman has gold, silver, and paper. 5 Has 
the miller buckwheat flour? 6 The miller has buck- 
wheat flour and wheat flour. 7 To whom have you 


—_ LS ae a CO be 


FRENCH COUBSE. 43 


given the apple? 8 We have given the apple to the 
lady. 9 Have you given the peach to the professor ? 
10 Have you brought the knife and fork? 11 I have 
broken the knife and fork. 12 Has the soldier a steel 
sword? 13 The soldier has a steel broadsword. 
14 Has the gentleman a gold snuff-box? 15 The gentle- 
man has a silver snuff-box. 16 To whom have you 
written? 17 I have written to the painter. 18 Has 
the painter the king’s picture? 19 He has the king 
and queen’s portrait. 20 Have you seen the professor ? 
21 I have seen the professor and the physician, 
22 Have you written to the dentist? 23 I have 
written to the dentist and to the physician. 24 Have 
-you brought paper? 25 We have brought ink and 
paper. | 





LECON XIV. LESSON XIV. 


THE POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE.—MON, TON, SON; XY, 
THY, HIS, HER. 


1. The possessive adjectives in French are: 


Mon, Wy; Before a masculine noun, cr a 
pylon, Thy; feminine noun beginning with 
Son, Mis, Her; ) a vowel or a silent h. 
Ma My ; , 
Ta ; Thi, : Before a feminine noun commen- 
’ y) . : 
cing with a consonant. 
Sa, His, Her ; S . 


Notre, Our ; | 
Vorre, Your ; Before a noun of either gender. 
Lxur, Their ; 


44 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


2. The possessive adjectives take the gender and — 
number of the object possessed, and not, as in n English, — 
that of the possessor. 


Mon livre, My book. Ma plume, My pen. 
Son livre, His or her book. Sa plume, Wis or her pen. 


3. To avoid the meeting of two vowels, or of a 
vowel and asilent 2, the masculine form of the possessive 
adjectives, mon, ton, son, is put as mentioned above, 
before a feminine noun commencing with a vowel or a 
sient A. 

Mon ime, My soul. Son habitude, His or her habit. 


4, The possessive adjectives are not used without the 
noun, and are repeated before every noun or word 
used as such. 


Mon pére et ma mére, My father and (my) mother. 
Son oncle et sa tante, His uncle and (his) aunt. 


Mopvrnt SENTENCES. 


Quel habit avez-vous ? What coat have you ? 
J'ai habit de mon cousin. I have my cousin's coat. 
A-t-il la robe de sa cousine? Has he his cousin’s dress? - 
Il a le chapeau de son cousin. He has his cousin's hat. 
A-t-elle le soulier de son frére? Has she her brother's shoe? | 
Hille a le mouchoir de sa mére. She has her mother’s handker= — 
chief. 
Avez-vous le verre de leur Have you their mother’s glase: i<-4 
mére ? ur | 
Nous avons la tasse de notre We have our father’s cup. 
pére. 
J’ai vu votre frére et votre I have seen your brother and 
eur. sister. 


se C@URSE. . 45 


Rie yo freee lf) 


V @CABULARY. 7 
__Acier, m. Steel. Enfant, m. Child. 
“Ami, m. Friend. Epée, f. Sword. 
Apporté, Brought. Fini, Finished. 
Ardoise, f. Slate. Neveu, m. Nephew. 


Aujour@hui, To-day. Nidce, f. Niece. 
Beau-pére, m. Huather-in- Oncle, m. Unele. 


law. : Oublié, Forgotten. / 
Belle-mére, f. Mother-in- Parlé, Spoken. 
law. Perdu, Lost. 
Bois, m. Wood. : Pistolet, m. Pistol. 
Botte, f. Boot. Quel,” What, which. 
Capitaine, m. Captain. Recu, Received. 
Cassé, Br ‘oken. Relieur, m. Bookbinder. 
Cordonnier, m. Shoemaker. Secrétaire, m. Secretary. 
Cousin, m. Cousin. — Sceur, f. Sister. 
j Crayon, m. Pencil, Soulier, m. Shoe. 
‘Encre, f.-Jprk. Vu, Seen. 


Put the article le, la, ?, before the nouns. 


Exercise 28, 


1 Le secrétaire a mon crayon et monencre, 2 A-t-il 
mon épée? 3 Il a Pépée de son capitaine. 4 Avez- 
vous yu notre oncle aujourd’hui? 5 J’ai vu votre 
cousine. 6 Ont-ils parlé 4 leur beau-pére? 7 Ils ont 
parlé a leur belle-mére. 8 Le tailleur a-t-il fini mon + 

habit? 9 Ila fini habit de notre frére. 10 Le cor- 
donnier a fini ma botte. 11 Le relieur a fini le livre 


48 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


de macousine. 12 Avez-vousrecumalettre? 13 J’ai 
recu la lettre de votre ami. \14 Quel canit avez-vous? 
15 Nous avons le canif de notre sceur. 16 Avez-vous 
vu la maison de leur neveu? 17 J’ai vu la maison de - 
leur niéce. 18 Ont-ils apporté du papier et de Pencre ? 
19 Ils ont oblié leur encre et leur papier. 20 Le ~ 
capitaine a cassé son pistolet et son épée. 7 ot F 


Exercise 26... | 


1 Who has my slate and,pencil? 2 The captain 
has your slate. 3 The tailor has your pencil. 4 What 
tailor has broken your slate? 5 My brother’s tailor 
has broken my slate. 6 Has the secretary brought his 
pencil? 7 He has forgotten his pencil, 8 He has 
brought your brother’s pencil. 9 Have you seen my 
cousin’s horse? 10 I have seen your cousin’s wooden ~ 
horse. 11 Have you broken the child’s wooden horse? 
12 What penknife have you broken? 13 We have 
broken your steel penknife. 14 We have lost our 
sister’s penknife. 15 Has the shoemaker brought my 
shoe? 16 The shoemaker has forgotten your shoe. 
17 Have you seen my mother’s house? 18 We have 
seen your sister’s house and garden. 19 We have seen 
your father and mother. 20 Have you gold and silver ? 
21 We have gold and paper. 22 We have seen the 
gentleman and lady. 23 Have you my sword? 24 I. 
have seen his father-in-law and his mother-in-law, — | 


sige wan 


FRENCH COURSE. 47 


LEGON XV. LESSON XV. 


THE POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.—LE MIEN, LA MIENNE, 
: MINE, ETC. 


1. The possessive pronouns do not come before 
nouns, but merely refer to them; they are: 


MASCULINE, FEMININE, ‘ t 

Le mien, “') ~ La MIENNE, Mine. 

LE TIEN, LA TIENNE, Thine. 

Lz SIEN, LA sIENNE, His or hers. 
LE NOTRE, LA NOTRE, Ours, 

Le vO6TRE, La votTRE, Yours. 

Le LEvR, La LEUR, Theirs. 


2. The possessive pronoun and the article which it 
contains take the gender and number of the noun to 
which it refers, | 

Votre pére et le mien, Your father and mine. 

Sa mére et la mienne, His mother and mine. 


3. The contraction of the article with de and d must. 
also take place. See Lesson 11, Rule 1, and Lesson 
12, Rule 2. 


J’ai parlé de son pére et J have spoken of his father 


du mien, and of mine. 
Vous avez écrit a son frére You have written to his 
et au mien. brother and to mine. 


4, In the adjectives votre, notre, there is no accent ; 


48 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


the pronouns take the circumflex (4), de nétre, le 
votre. 
Notre livre et le votre, Our book and yours. 
Votre maison et la ndtre, Your house and ours. 


MopEL SENTENCES. 


Avez-vous vu mon jardin ? Have you seen my garden? 

J’ai vu le sien. I have seen his or hers. 
Avez-vous écrit 4 son cousin? Have you written to his cousin ? 
J’ai écrit au mien. I have written to mine. 

Nous avons parlé de votre ami. We have spoken of your friend. 
Tl a parlé du sien. He has spoken of his. 


J’ai votre encrier et le mien. J have your inkstand and mine, 


Kile a votre écritoire et la She has your inkstand and mine, 
mienne. 


Il a mon argent et le sien. Fe has my money and his, 
Il a ma plume et la sienne. He has my pen and his, 
VOCABULARY. | ¥ 
Acheté, Bought. Fruit, m. Fruit. 
Aiguille, f. Needle. Lettre, f. Letter. 
Café, m. Coffee. © Modiste, f Milliner. 
Cafetiére, f. Coffee-pot. Nettoyé, Cleaned. 
Cocher, m. Coachman. Ou, Or. 


Découpé, Cut up, carved. Panier, m. Basket. 
Domestique, m. and f. Ser- Paysan, m. Countryman. 


vant. Paysanne, f. Countirywo-— 
Ecritoire, f. Inkstand. man, 
Encrier, m. Jnkstand. Plume, f. Pen. | 
Fouet, m. Whip. Perdu, Lost. a 
"eee? : a: 


-— 


Sal 


tk 


FRENCH COURSE. 49 


Viande, f. Meat. Tasse, f. Oup. 
Voiture, f. Carriage. Thé, m. Zea. 
Soie, f. Szh. Théiére, f. Zea-pot. 


Put the possessive adjectives mon, ma, before the 
nouns in the vocabulary. apf. 
ee 2 


ExERCISE 27, 


1 Votre ami a-t-il mon fruit? 2 Ila votre fruit et 
le mien. 3 Avez-vous recu ma lettre? 4 J’ai recu 
votre lettre et la sienne. 5 Avez-vous cassé son fouet 
oule mien? 6 J’ai cassé le votre. 7 Le paysan a-t-il 
oublié son panier? 8 Il a oublié le mien. 9 Avez- 
vous découpé ma viande? 10 J’ai découpé votre 
viande et la sienne. 11 Votre cocher a-t-il nettoyé 
notre voiture ou la vétre? 12 Il a nettoyé la ndtre. 
13 Avez-vous acheté ma soie? 14 Nous avons acheté 
_lasienne. 15 Avez-vous parlé de monami? 16 J’ai 
parlé du votre et du mien. 17 Avons-nous donné du 
café & son cousin? 18 Nous avons donné du thé et 
du café au mien. 19 Vous avez son livre et le n6tre, sa 
plume et la mienne. 


Exercise 28, 


1 Have you broken my cup? 21 have broken 
mine and yours. 8 Has the coachman broken your 
earriage? 4 He has broken yours and ours, 5 Has 
the servant cleaned my coffee-pot ? 6 She has cleaned 
yours and mine. 7 Have you broken my tea-pot? 

+ 


590 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


8 Ihave broken mine. 9 Have you lost my needle? — 


—- .-” 


10 The countrywoman has lost your needle and hers, | 
11 Has the countryman forgotten my basket? 12 He - 


has forgotten his and yours. 13 Has the coachman 


lost his whip? 14 The coachman has lost my whip — 


and his. 15 Has the milliner my silk or hers? 16 She 
has hers and yours. 17 Have you spoken of my ink- 
stand or of yours? 18 I have spoken of yours and of 
mine,. 19 Have you broken mine or hers? 20 I have 
broken yours and hers. 21 Have you written to my 
friend or to hers? 22 I have written to yours, to 
hers, and to mine. 23 Have you written my letter ? 
24 I have written yours and mine. 25 Have you cut 
up the child’s meat? 26 I have cut up mine and his. 





LECON XVI. LESSON XVI. 


THE DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES.—CE, CET, CETTE; 
THIS, THAT, 
1, The demonstrative adjectives are: 
ee 


: before a masculine noun com- 
Cz, This, that ; : 
mencing with a consonant. 


: before a masculine noun begin- 
Cer, This, that ; a en 
ning with a vowel or a silent A, 


Cryre, This, that ; before a feminine noun. 


2. The demonstrative adjective always precedes 


FRENCH COUBSE. 5] 


nouns or other words used as such, and must be re 
peated before every one. 


Ce charpentier, This or that carpenter. 
Cet orfevre, This ov that goldsmith. 
Cette cuisiniére, This or that cook. 


Cet or et cet argent, That gold and (that) silver. 


8, C1 or LA joined with the hyphen (-) to the noun, 
will make, in French, the difference existing in English 
between here and there. 


Ce livre-ci, This book (here). 
Cette plume-ld, 3 That pen (there). 


4, The demonstrative prongups are never placed 
pefore nouns, but take the place of nouns mentioned 
before, and must be in the same gender and number, 
They are : gch- mo WY (ital — LEerK- . 

Crul, This, that, 

Crtutr-c1, This one, that one, 

Cette, This, that, 

Criie-cl, This one, that one, 


Mon livre et celui devotre My book an one Goin site 8. 


te 
for the maégculine. 
? ae: VA ae 


for the feminine. 
Celle 


sceur, Ccllee/ A 
Literally : My book and that of your sister. 
Ma lettre et celle-ia, My letter and that one. 


MopvEet SENTENCES. 


Avez-vousrencontré ce garcon? Have you met that boy ? 
J’ai rencontré cette fille. I have met this or that gir. 


— 


52 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 








Avez-vous leur argent ? Have you their money ? 
J’ai celui de leur frére. I have their brother's. 
¥$ Avons-nous celui-ci ou celui-ln? Have you this (one) or that 
(one) ? 

Nous avons celui de notre We have our cousin’s. | 
cousin. 

Avez-vous vu ma plume ? Have you seen my pen ? 

J’ai vu celle-ci et celle de notre I have seen this (one) and our 
amie. Friend's. 


VocABULARY. 





Acheté, Bought. Manteau, m. Cloak. 
*“Agneau, m, Lamb. Maréchal, m. Blacksmith, 

_< Aussi, Also. xy Mouton, m, Sheep. — 

Dictionnaire, m. Diction- Oiseau, m. Bird. 

ary. Petit, Smadl, little. 

Drap, m. Cloth. Quel, What, which. AGS 

Gant, m. Glove. Qu, Who. . 

Gilet, m. Vest. , Rencontré, Det. 

Laine, f. Wool. Soie, f. Silk. 

Lion, m. Lion. Tapis, m. Carpet. 

Lionne, f. Lioness. Trouvé, Found. , 4 


Put the article Ze, la, ?, before the nouns above. 


Exercise 29, >. 


. tt \ 

1 Quel tapis avez-vous ? / "2 Sai oe petit tapis. 
3 Notre frére a-t-il trouvé cet oiseau? 4 Ila trouvé 
celui de son ami. 5 Avons-nous la laine de ’agneau? 
6 Nous avons celle du mouton. 7 Avez-vous aussi la 





FRENCH COURSE. 


ieee 
hak q nen 


Mmienne? 8 Nous avons la ydtre et celle de votre 


seur. 9 Avez-vous acheté ddSant ? 10 J’ai acheté 


ce gant-ci et celui-ld. 11 Le tailleur a-t-il cette soie ?: 
12 Non, monsieur, il a ce drap. 13 Quel gilet avez- 
vous acheté? 14 J’ai acheté celui-ci et celui-la, 
15 Avez-vous,rencontré ce maréchal ? 16 Nous avong 
rencontré célici. “17 Avez-vous vu mon dictionnaire? 
18 J’ai vu celui de votre cousine. 19 J’ai votre man, 
teau, i mien, et_celni de votre seur, 
, { Gi- bir” 


ba ehh  E xERCcISE 380, 


1 Have you seen that lion? 2 We have seen that 
lion and that lioness. 8 Have you met that blacksmith ? 
4 My sister has met that blacksmith. 5 What waist- 
coat have you? 6] have mine and your father’s. 
7 Have you my brother’s? 8 I have your brother’s 
and your cousin’s, 9 Have you their money? 10 We 
have their sister’s. 11 Whichlamb have you? 12 We 
have this (one) and that (one). 13 Have you bought 
that little lamb? 14 We have bought that sheep. 
15 Which carpet has your sister? 16 My sister has 
that small carpet. 17 Has the tailor your silk or mine? 
18 He has this or that. 19 Has the lady that cloth? 
20 She has that cloth and that wool. 21 Who has 
that bird? 22 The tailor has my bird and his brother’s. 


23 Who has my sister’s cloak? 24 We have your 


re 


sister’s and your cousin’s, 25 We have this and that, 


54 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


LEGON XVII. LESSON XVII. 
THE NEGATIVE SENTENCE.—NE, PAS, RIEN, ETC. 


1. To render a sentence negative, the French use 
two words: 


Nu*—-pas, _ Not, no. 
NE—RIEN, Nothing, not any thing. 
aaa oa Never. 


2. The first rod ne, 1s put before the verb, and the 
second, pas, rien, or jamais, after it, when the verb has_ 
only one word,.and between the first word and the 
Peer 7 on tbs composed ‘of two words. 


When there is no verb, ne is not used. 


Je n’ai pas votre chapeau. I have not your hat. 

Vous n’avez pas trouvé mon You have not found my hand- 
mouchoir. kerchief. 

Qu’avez-vous? Rien. What have you? Nothing. 


8. PRESENT as OF THE VERB AvoIR, 70 HAVE, 


NEGATIVELY. 


Je n’ai ag L have not. 

Tu n’as pas, Thou hast not. 
Il n’a pas, He has not. 
Elle n’a pas, She has not. 





———~ 


* The e of ne is dropped before a vowel or a silent h. See Lesson 
3, Rule 5; also § 146 of Larger Course. 
+ The auxiliary and participle. 


gt feweol  —” 


_ FRENCH COURSE. _ 55 
lec nrLee - yo ofa ~ 


Nous n’avofs pas, We have not. : 


Vous n’avez pas, You have not. 
Ils* n’ont pas, They have not. (m.} 
Ellest n’ont pas, They have not. (f) 
NEGATIVELY peo INTERROGATIVELY. 
N’ai-je pas ? Have I not ? 
N’as-tu pas ? Hast thou not ? 
N’a-t-il pas ? Has he not ? 
N’a-t-elle pas ? Has she not ? 
N’avons-nous pas ? Have we not ? 
N’avez-vous pas? Have you not ? 
N’ont-ils* pas? Hawe they not ? (m.) 
N’ont-elles} pas ? Have they not ? (f.) 


4, QUELQUE CHOSE, something, any thing, is not used 
after ne with the ea of not any thing ; RYEN must 
be used. 7 


Vous n’avez rien apporté. You have not brought any thing. 





MopvpEL SENTENCES. 


N’avez-vous pas.mon cheval? Have you not my horse? 


J’ai celui de votre associé. I have your partner’ s. 
Avez-vous quelque chose? Have you any thing ? 
Je n’ai rien. I have not any thing. 


N’avez-vous pas:vu macravate? Have you not seen my cravat ? 
Nous n’avons pas le bouquet. We have not the bouquet. 

Je n'ai jamais vu votre jardin. J have never seen your garden. 
N’a-t-elle pas ma clef? Has she not my key ? 

Elle n’a jamais vu votre clef, She has never seen your key. 
Nous n’avons pas votre rasoir. We have not your razor. 





* For the masculine. + For the feminine. 


ee OF Oe Rs ge q 


fe x oe ge Oy a a, = OC pr bite : 





66 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 7 a" 
VOCABULARY. {0 | 
Bon, Good. - Gouyernante, f. Governess. 
Chasseur, m. “unter. Jali, Pretty. 
Chat, m. Cat. Parent, m. Relation. 
Chien, m. Dog. Petit, Small, litile. 
Chocolat, m. Chocolate. Pigeon, m. Pigeon. - 
Collier, m, Collar. Qw; que, What, which. - 
Cuivre, m. Brass.. Répandu, Spilt, grees what 
Cuir, m. Leather.. - Rabe, f. Dress. Whidhnd 
Déchiré, Zorn. Thé, m. Zea. 
Drap, m. Cloth. Tué, “Killed. 
Enfant,.m. Child. Vu, Seen. 


Put the article du, de la, de ?, before the above nouns. 


EXERCISE OL, 


1 Qu’avez-vous? 2 J’ai le bon chien de mon 
cousin. 3 A-t-il son collier de cuivre? 4 Non, mon- 
sieur, il n’a pas son joli collier de cuivre. 5 Le chat 
n’a-t-il pas un collier de cuir? 6 Le chat a un petit 
collier de drap. 7 Avez-vous la robe de cette dame ? 
8 Je n’ai pas la robe de la dame. 9 Je n’ai pas celle - 
de sa, fille- 10 N’avez-vous pas. déchiré la mienne ? 
11 Nous n’avons pas vu la votre. 12 Nous avons 
déchiré la votre. 13 N’avez-vous as vu mon parent ? 
14 Je n’ai jamais vu.votre | ii rent, 15 Votre 
frére n’a-t-il pas tué le joli pigeon? 16 Mon frére n’a 
pas tué le pigeon. 17 Le chasseur a tué mon pigeon. 
18 Il n’a pas tué celui de votre sur. 19 N’avons- 
nous pas répandu notre chocolat? 20 Vous avez ré= — 
pandu le vétre, le mien, et celui de votre gouvernante. — 





FRENCH COURSE. 57 


ExERCISE 82, 


1 Have you not my pretty dog? 2 I have not seen 
your dog, my child. 3 Have youseen my sister’s good 
dog? 4 I have not seen your sister’s. 5 I have seen 
yours and your cousin’s. 6 Have you any thing, my 
good child? 7 I have nothing, sir. 8 Has the gover- 
ness any thing? 9 She has chocolate. 10 Has the 
child seen my garden? 11 The child has never seen 
your garden, 12 Has he not seen my cousin’s? 13 He 
has not seen the hunter’s garden. 14 Have you not 
the dog’s leather collar? 15 We have the dog’s brass 
collar. 16 What collar has the cat? 17 The cat has 
a pretty cloth collar. 18 Has the lady torn her dress? 
19 The lady has not torn her dress. 20 What have you 
torn? 21 [havetornnothing. 22 Has not the gover- 
ness seen my relation? 23 She t seen your re- 
lation. 24 What dog has the hu illed? 25 He 
has killed your brother’s. 26 You have not spilt my 
tea, you have spilt my sister’s chocolate. 7 







a 
> 





LEGON XVIII. LESSON XVIII. 


QUELQU’UN ; SOME BODY,—PERSONNE; NOBODY, 


Kel - Kase 


1. QuELQU’UN means 


{ some body. 
any body. 
some one. 
| any one. 


3% 





58 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


J’ai vu quelqu’un. I have seen somebody. 
Avez-vous rencontré quelqu’un? Have you met any body ? 
{ nobody. 
not any body. 


2. NE—PEREONNBvis used for < 
; no one. 


not any one. 





38 L 
3. The firstword, ne, is put before the verb, and 


the second, poke after it.* 


Je n’ai vu personne. I have seen nobody. 
Je n'ai parlé 4 personne. I have not spoken to any body. 


When there is no verb, ne is not used. 
‘Qui avez-vous vu? Personne. Whom have you seen? Nobody. 


4, QUELQU’UN is not used after ve in the sense of 
not any one, not any person ; PERSONNE must be used, 
Nous n’avons vu personne. We have not seen any one. 


5, Nz, before the verb—gquz, after it it; only, but. 
Ng, before the verb—nt, repeated sifter it; necther, 


nor. 
Nous n’avons que le sucre. We have only the sugar. 
Nous n’avons ni le café ni le We have neither the coffee nor 
“ _ gucre. R . the sugar. 
MopeEeut SENTENCES. 
Qu’avez-vous sur la table ? What have you on the table ? | 
Nous n’avons rien. We have nothing. 7 





a | 


aa personne is the subject, it comes before the ne. Per-. a 
sonne n’a mon livre, Nobody has my book, ’ 


ee ee 











FRENCH COURSE. 59 


Avez-vous blessé quelqu’un? Have you wounded any body ? 
Nous n’avons blessé personne. We have not wounded any one. 
Qui a écrit une lettre 4 mon Who has writien a letter to my 


pére ? : father ? 
Personne. No one. Nobody. 
N’avez-vous écrit A personne? Have you not written to any body? 
Je nai Hp ce livre. I hawe only that book. 


Nous n’avons vu que notre We have seen only our cousin. 
cousin. 
Nous n’avons ni l’encre ni le We have neither the ink nor the 


~ papier. paper. 
Vous n’avez vu ni Phomme ni You have seen neither the man 
la femme, nor the woman, 


VOCABULARY. 


Vv 


Acheté, Bought. Lettre, f, Lettre. 
_ Apporté, Brought. Monsieur, m. Gentleman. 
_Aujourd’hui, 70-day. Ou, Or. 
—Champr e, f. Room. Page, f. Page. 


Chocolat, jp. Chocolate. Paix, m. Bread. 


_Commodé, f. Bureats Parlé, Spoken. 


drawers. Powre, m. Pepper. — 
Dame, f. Lady. — Poche) f. Pocket. atin 
Dans, Jn. Rien, Nothing. N 
~ Eau, f. Water. Sel, m. Salt. as 
Kerit, Written. "Temps, m. Time. 


Fromage, m. Cheese.  Trouyé, Hound. 


"Hier, Yesterday. « Vinaigre, m. Vinegar. 


/ Put the adjectives ce, cette, before the nouns, 
~ ¢ : 


, 


A. 


Sr ss 
oo 


60 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


EXERCISE 3a. 


ah . 


1 Avez-vous quelqu’un dans votre chambre? 2 Je— 
n’ai personne. 3 Mon frére n’a vu personne. 4 Qui 
a apporté du pain? 5 Personne. 6 Quelqu’un a-t-il 
parlé & mon pére ? Personne n’a parlé 4 votre pére. 
8 N’avez-vous vu qwui monsieur? 9 Jen’ai vu qu’une 
dame. 10 Qu’avez-vous trouvé dans votre poche? 
11 Je n’ai rien trouvé dans la mienne. 12 Qu’avons-— 
nous dans notre chapeau? 13 Rien. 14 Nous_ 
mavons rien, 15 °Avez-vous leau ou le vinaigre? 
16 Jen’ai pas l’eau, j’ai le vinaigre. 17 Avons-nous le 
pain ou le fromage? 18 Nous n’avons ni le pain ni le 
fromage. 19 N’avez-vous rien apporté aujourd’hui? | 
20 Nous n’avons rien apporté aujourd’hui, ne nous 


avons acheté aa ener hier, 


nny pea 


EXERCISE o4, 


ee oe Seer Or c(@ 


1 a your brother any thing i in his ae eau? 2 My ~ 
brother has nothing in his bureau. 3 Has he seen 
any body to-day? 4 He has only seen his brother. 
5 Have you not seen your father? 6 I have seen 
nobody to-day. 7 Has not your sister written her | 
letter? 8 She has not had (the) time to write her 
letter. 9 She has written nothing. 10 Have you™ 
vinegar 4 water? 11 Ihave only water. 12 Has ~ 
any one written a page? 13 No one has written a _ 
page to-day. 14 Has any one spoken to my mother? 
15 No person has spoken to your mother. 16 Some- ; 
body has spoken to mine. 17 Have you the PepPeS or 


4 


FRENCH COURSE. 61 


the salt?- 18 We have neither the pepper nor the 
salt. 19 Wehave only the chocolate. 20 Your sister 
has only chocolate. 21 What have we found in our 
bureau? 22 We have found nothing in our bureau. 
23 Have you found any one in the house? 24 No- 
body. 25 Yesterday we (have) found nobody in the 
house, but to-day we (have) found somebody. 





LEGON XIX. LESSON XIX. 


PAS DE; NO, NOT ANY. 


1. Pas DE 
is used for no, not any. 
PoINnT DE. 
Pas de soupe, No soup. 
Pas dargent, OtwWw. No money. 
Je n’ai pas de créme, LI have no cream. 


2. The French do not put an article before a noun 
following nz in those.cases where, in English, the word 
any may be put before that noun, without changing 
the meaning. 

I] n’a ni ami ni ennemi, He has neither (any) friend nor 
(any) enemy. 
Yous n’avez ni maison ni jar- You have neither house nor gar- 
din, den. 


8. QueEL, before a masculine noun, 
QUELLE, before a feminine noun, 


1 Which, what. 


Quel journal avez-vous lu? What journal have you read ? 
Quelle fleur avons-nous? What flower have we ? 


¥ 








62 . FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY o 
Mopxrext SENTENCES. . 
_ 
La dame a-t-elle une voiture? Has the lady a carriage ? 
La dame n’a pas de voiture. The lady has no carriage. j 
Avons-nous déchiré lajmousse; Have we torn the muslin ? 
line ? 
Nous n’avons pas de mousse- We have no muslin. 
line. 
Avez-vous apporté du fruit? Have you brought (any) fruit ? 
Je nai pas de fruit. I have no fruit. 
J’ai de la salade. I have (some) salad. 
Je n'ai pas de salade. I have not any salad. 
Avons-nous de V’huile et du Have we owl and vinegar ? 
yiNETy ? Wit L- An ba te 
Vous n’ayez ni huile ni vinaigre. You have peier (and oil nor 
(any) vinegar. 
Vous n’avez ni V’huile ni le vi- You have neither the oil nor the 
naigre. vinegar. 
Quelle cuiller avons-nous ? Which or what spoon have you? — 
Quel plat avez-vous cassé ? What dish have you broken 2 : 
¢ VOCABULARY. bs | 
a 
Acier, m. Steel. Enfant, m. Child. : 
Beau, Handsome. Fer, m. Zron. | Ae: 
Bon, Good. Fille, f. Daughter. 
Cadeau, m. Present. Fils, m. Son. 
Camara de, m. School-mate. Grand, Large. 3 
Canif, m., Penknife. Jardin, m. Garden. 
| Cagqttette, f. Cap. Montre, f. Watch. 
Cassé, Broken. Oublié, Forgotten. | 
Chapeau, m. /Zat. Parlé, Spoken. : 


Ecolier, m. Scholar. Pauyre, Poor. ae 


is ak - 
bo £4 Li ne = $e ole el a Pe re 


tt-C by FRENCH COURSE. 






v1 aaa 
63 


Sine “Sha Ct 4% 
Perda, Lost. Recu, Received. 
Petit, Small, little. Rien, Nothing. 
Plume, f. Pen. Tits, Very. 


Lh = 
Put the possessive adjectives, son, sa, before the 
above nouns. 


EXERCISE 99, oe FG 
¢ 


1 Avez-vous vu leur grand jardin? 2 IIs n’ont pas 
de grand jardin. 3 Ils n’ont quun trés petit jardin. — 
4 N’avez-vous pas ug beau chapeau? 5 Je n’ai pas 
de chapeau, je n’ai anf casquette. 6 Quelle montre 
avez-vous? 7 Je mai pas de montre. 8 Avez-vous 
parlé de mon canif? 9 Je n’ai parlé de rien. 10 Le 
maréchal a-t-il du fer ou de Pacier? 11 Il n’a ni fer ni 
acier. 12 Il n’a pas d’acier, ila dufer, 13 Quel canif 
avez-vous cass¢? 14 Je m’ai pas cassé de canif. 
15 Avez-vous oublié votre cadeau? 16 Je n’ai pas 
recu de cadeau. 17 La pauvre femme a-t-elle un bon 
fils? 18 Cette pauvre femme n’a pas d’enfant. 
19 Quelle plume avez-vous? 20 J’ai la mienne et 
celle de votre camarade. 21 Je n’aini la votre ni la 
leur, jai celle du bon écolier. . i Be 


ExEerRcIsE 36, 


‘t, f 1- 3 
1 Has the poor woman a son or a daughter? 2 The 
poor woman ,has no daughter. 3 She has only ason. - 
What tweet have you in your small garden? 51 « 
have no garden. 6 My sister has no tree in her large 
garden. 7 Have youspoken of my book? 8 Wehave 


15 
d : 
: é, , 


. 


Se wh Ls pvE wow be Yves Lhe ph 


64 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 
— 3 
not spoken of any thing. 9 Has your brother forgotten — 


his cap? 10 My brother has no cap, he has a hat, — 
11 Have you forgotten your pen? 12 I have no pen. 
13 Have you not.a steel pen? 14 I have neither pen 
nor paper. .15 [fas that poor woman’s son lost his — 
present ? 6)that ‘poor comanttibes has received no. 
present. a My school-mate has neither father nor 
mother. Have you a brother or a sister? 19 I 
have neither brother nor sister. 20 Have we lost our — 
handsome book? +21 We have no book. 22 Have. 
you forgotten your watch? 23 I have no watch, I 
have brought my.brother’s. 24 Have we the steel or 
the iron? 25. We have neither the steel nor the iron. 








Mg Uae ors 
. (Aesth rd Fie tenn 4 
a. LECON XX. LESSON XX. : 
= 


AVOIR FAIM,-AVOIR SOIF; 70 BE HUNGRY, TO BE 
THIRSTY, EXC. 





; } . The French say: 
: 


J’ai faim, oe I have sige? for Lam hungry. 
Ta soif a He has thirst, “ He is thirsty. 
sp Vous » avez chétud; You have crunk “You are warm. 
Shy ous avons ; We have cold, “We are cold. 
Ils ont peur, They have fear, “They are afraid. 
a}? ai honte, I have shame, “Lam ashamed. 
aah Bett avez ; sommel, You have-sleep, “ Yow are sleepy. 
Il a raison, He has reason, (He is right. 
Hille a tort; She has wrong, “ She is wrong. 





CEM QE 


| aa a Ae I ae 


2 Meat. a 


FRENCH COURSE. 63 
[Ib [Fy 


£4 The verb anew is also used in the following sen- 
tences : 


Something ails me. 
Something ts the matter with me. 


I have something. 
_ J’ai quelque chose, 


Have you any thing ? Pre) = 
Avez-vous quelque chose? 4 Does any thing ail you 2 


Is any thing the matter with you ? 


We have nothing. 
Nothing ails us. 


Nous n’avons rien. 
Nothing is the matter with us. 


- Your brother has nothing. 


Rk Bie Hits rich) Nothing is the matter with your 
—eS = brother. 


| Nothing ails your brother. 








ad 


MopEL SENTENCES. 


| Avez-vous fain ? Are you hungry 2 
_ Non, Monsieur, j'ai soif. No, sir, I am thirsty. 
_ N’avez-vous pas chaud ? Are you not warm 2? 


_ Non, Madame, j’ai bien froid. No, madam, I am very cold. 
Avez-vous peur, mon petit ami? Are you afraid, my little friend 2 
Oui, madame, j’ai peur du chien. Yes, madam, Iam afraid of the 


3 dog. 
Je n’al pas peur, j'ai sommeil. Jam not afraid, I am sleepy. 
De qugi avez-vous honte ? Of what are you ashamed ? 
Je n’ai ni peur ni honte. Lam neither afraid nor ashamed. 
_ N’avez-vous pas tort? Are you not wrong ? 
on, Pademoisell, jai raison. No, miss, [ am right. 
- Qu’avez-vous, monsieur ? What is the matter with you, sir? 
_ Je n’ai rien, madame. Nothing is the matter with me, 
madam. 


66 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY | 
VOCABULARY. pes - 
“ Animal, m. Animal. Libraird) m. Bookseller. 
Aujour@hui, 70-day. Marchand, m. Merchant. 
-~ Ban ne m. Banker, Nuit, f. Night. dra: ute 


Chien, m. Dog. 

— Colombe, f. Dove. 
aaied Conduct. 
Déjeané, Breakfasted. 
Dormi, Slept. 
Fermier, m, Harmer. 
Gros, Large, big. 

Joli, Pretty. 


Quyvriéf, m.. Workman. ~— 
PHS Gu ; Because. — 
Pentre, m. Painter. 

Petit, Little, small. 
Pourgttoty Why. 

Renard, m. Fox. : 

Selligr, m. Saddler. 


Trés, Very A 


Put the article gu, d@ la, ad ?, before the nouns in the 


vocabulary. 


cas ; ‘ 


ExERCISE 387, 


1 Avez-vous froid mon ami? 
3 Votre frére a-t-il faim ou soif? 4 Mon 


bien chaud. 


2 Non, monsieur, j’ai 


frére a déjeuné, il n’a ni faim ni soif. 5 Notre ami. 


a-t-il honte de sa conduite ? 
7 A-t-il honte de celle de son cousin? 8 Il 
a honte de la mienne et de la votre. 
10 Nous avons peur du gros chien. 


conduite. 


vous peur? 


11 Notre marchand a-t-il raison ou tort ? 
13 Avez-vous sommeil mon petit ami ? 

sieur, j’ai bien sommeil, je n’ai pas dormi cette nuit. 
15 Le banquier a-t-il quelque chose? 16 Le banquier 
a quelque chose, mais le fermier n’a rien, 


6 Il n’a pas honte de sa 
9 De quoi avez- 
12 Il a tort, 


14 Oui, mon- 


17 Le 


| . é Li tke om pfctl ay! bed. OXti percthy : 
| | | ee 

FRENCH COURSE. 67 
: 


libraire a-t-il peur de ce joli petit animal? 18 Avez- 
vous peur ou honte? 19 Je n’ai ni peur ni honte. 
20 Le sellier a-t-il raison outort? 21 Le sellier a 


raison, te Pouvrier a tort. 


Exercise 988. 


1 Are you afraid of that dove? 2 Iam not afraid 
of the dove, I am afraid of the fox. 38 Is your painter 
sleepy? 4 Why ishe sleepy? 5 Because he has not 
slept to-day. 6 Of what are you ashamed? 7 I am 
not ashamed, sir, am afraid. 8 Why are you hungry, 
my child? 9 I am hungry, sir, because I haye not 
breakfasted. 10 What is the matter with tHe banker ? - 
11 Nothing ails him. 12 Is any thing the matter with 
that dog? 13 Something is the matter with him. 

14 Is the merchant right or wrong? 15 The mer- 

chant is right, but the banker is wrong. 16 Are you 
not afraid of that large dog? 17 We are afraid of the 
little fox. 18 My sister is afraid of that pretty little 
animal. 19 Are you afraid or ashamed? 20 I am 

neither afraid nor ashamed, 21 Is your sister right or 
wrong? 22 My sister is right, she is not wrong. 

_ 23 Isany thing the inatter with the saddler? 24 Noth- 
ing ails him, but something is the matter with the 
bookseller, 25 Nothing is the matter with me. 

a 


'd : / / Z v 
BAe dan prerr Ge.- a ~4°-cb=; 


68 


LEGON: KX; 


ETRE ; 


FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


LESSON XXII. 


LO BE, 


1. PRESENT oF THE INDICATIVE. 


et AFFIRMATIVELY. 

Je suis, I am. 

Tu es, Thou art. 
Tl est, He is. 
Elle est, She is. 


Nous sommes, We are. 
Vousé¢es? Mn V7 Ou are. 


Ils sont, (m.) Zhey are. 
Elles sont, (f:) They are.) 


INTERROGATIVELY. 


Suis-je ? Am I? 
Es-tu ? Art thou ? 
Est-il ? Is he ? 
Est-elle ? Is she ? 
Sommes-nous? Arve we ? 
Efe€vous ? Are you ? 


Sont-ils? (m.) Are they ? 
Sont-elles ? (ft) Are they ? 


2. NEGATIVELY. 


Je ne suis pas, 

Tu n’es pas, 

Il n’est pas, 

Elle n’est pas, 

Nous ne sommes pas, 
Vous n’étes pas, 

Ils ne sont pas, (™m.) 
Elles ne sont pas, (7) 


I am not. 
Thou art not. 
fTe is not. 
She is not. 
We are not. 
You are not. 
They are not. 
They are not. 


NEGATIVELY AND INTERROGATIVELY. 


Ne suis-je pas ? 
N’es-tu pas ? 
N’est-il pas ? 
N’est-elle pas? 


Am I not ? 
Art thou not ? 
Is he not ? 

Is she not ? 


FRENCH COUBSE. 69 


Ne sommes-nous pas ? Are we not ? 
N’étes-vous pas ? Are you not ? 
Ne sont-ils pas ? (m.) Are they not ? 


Ne sont-elles pas? (/) Are they not ? 


8. In a question beginning with ot, where, the words 
may be arranged as in English, or according to Rule 1, 
Lesson 13. : 


Ou est mon mouchoir? Whereis my handkerchief ? 
Mon mouchoir oti est-il? Where is my handkerchief ? 


_— Moprt SENTENCES. 
Oa est notre jardinier ? Where is our gardener ? 
Il est dans votre jardin. He is in your garden. 
Ou avez-vous laissé mon pére Where have you left my father 
et ma mére? and (my) mother ? 
Ils sont dans la cour. They are in the yard. 
Ils ne sont pas ici. They are not here. 
_ Ma mére et ma cousine sont- Are my mother and (my) cousin 
elles ici ? here ? 
- Elles sont dans la chambre de They are in my sister's room. 
ma soeur. 
_ Od étes-vous, mon ami? Where are you, my friend ? 
_ Je suis dans la bibliothéque. J am in the library. 
Votre cheval oa est-il ? Where ts your horse 2 
Test dans le champ. He is in the field. 
yy 
ey VocaABULARY. 
AY 
. yy 
' A, Afb, in. Bane, m. Bench. 
_ Attentif, Attentive. Bibliotheque, f, Library. 
a i _s A ” 


70 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 
Bien, Well. Jamais, ever, ever. 
Biscuit; m. Biscutt. Laissé, Left. 
Bureau, m. Office. Messieurs, Gentlemen. 
Content, Pleased, con- Mis. “Put. 

tented. Mouchoir, m. Handherchies 
Coxrdonnier, m. Shoemaker. Office, f, Pantry, buttery. 
Doné,_ Then. Ot, Where. por 
Engore, Yet. Pourquoi, Why. 
Fatigués Tired. Sur. Qn upon. © ryt 
Gant, m. Glove. + Tirdir, m. Drawer. 


Ici, Here. fhe -ae = Tres, Very. 


ig oes ne article Je, la, ?, before the nouns. ge 


ft @ 
Exercise 389. 
1 Votre frére est-il ici? 2 Non, mademoiselle, il — 
nest pasici. 38 Ov est-il? 4 Il est 4 son bureau ou — 


au mien. 5 Ot avez-vous mis votre gant? 6 Mon 
gant est dans le tiroir. 7 Ot est mon cordonnier ? — 


8 Votre cordonnier est 4 New York, et le mien est &— 


Boston. 9 Pourquoi n’étes-vous pas attentif, mon — 
enfant? 10 Je suis fatigué, monsieur. 11 Avez-vous 
appor té(du) pain et (du) biscuit ? 12 Le pain et le bis- — 
cuit sont dans l’office. 13 Les dames ne sont-elles pas — 
ici? 14 Elles ne sont pas encore ici. 15 Ne sommes- — 
nous pas bien ici? 16 Oui, messieurs, vous étes trés — 
bien ici. 17 Le petit garcon est-il content? 18 Non, 
monsieur, il nest jamais content. 19 Ot est done’ 
mon mouchoir? 20 Vous avez laissé votre mouchoir 
sur le bang dans le jardin. 


a! 


it 





—ST — ~ 
6 COQ” er Ft eee . 


FRENCH C@URSE. 71 


Exereise 4@. : 


1 Where is the bread? 2 It is in the pantry. 
38 Where are my friend and yours? 4 My friend is in 
the garden, and yours is in the library. 5 Is not your - 
mother here? 6 No, sir, my father and (my) mother 
are in (4) New York. 7 Why is not the little boy 
here? 8 The little boy is tired. 9 Why is he not 
attentive ? 10 He is never attentive, sir. 11 Is my 
handkerchief in the office? 12 You have left your 
handkerchief on the table in the office. 713 My hand- 
kerchief is in the pantry. 14 Is the bread in the 
pantry? 15!The bread and butter are in the pantry., 
16 Is the biscuit in the drawer?, 17 The biscuit is not 
in the drawer, it is on the bench. 18 Is not your 
father in his office? 19 My father and (my) brother 
are in the office. 20 Where are my father and (my) 
mother? 21 They are in the library. +22 Is your 
shoemaker tired ?\ 23 Yes, gentlemen, my shoemaker 
is very tired. ,24 Are your brother and (your) sister 
here? 25 No, sir, my brother and (my) sister are 
never here. ad ‘ 





LEGON XXII. LESSON XXII. 
FEMININE FORM OF ADJECTIVES. 


1. The adjective does not change in English, but in 
French it takes the gender and number of the noun to 
which it belongs. 


72 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


2. An adjective belonging to a feminine noun, takes 
the feminine form by adding e. 


PN Se eae et, ee 


Le petit garcon, La petite fille, 
The little boy. The little girl. 
Le garcon est petit, La fille est petite, 
The boy is small. The girl is smal. 


8. An adjective ending in e without an accent, is not 
changed for the feminine ; - 


' 
ee ee ee ee ee ee a ee 


Le pauvre homme, ' Ta pauvre femme, 

The poor man. The poor woman. 
L’homme est pauvre, La femme est pauvre, 
The man is poor. The woman ts poor. 





4, Adjectives ending inf, change f into v, and add e | 


for the feminine ; 7 ip 
Le garcon est actif; La fille est active “1 : 
The boy is active. The girl is active. 


5. Those ending in w, change x into s, and add e 
also. | 


Cet homme est heureux, Cette femme est heureus 
That man is happy. That woman is happy. 


Mopvrut SENTENCES. 


Avez-voug tne petite pomme? Have you a small apple ? 
Ma pomme est trés petite. My apple is very small. 


Notre maison est grande. Our house is large. 
Nous avons tne grande maison. We have a large house. 
Cet écolier est diligent. That scholar is diligent. 


Notre soeur est diligente. Our sister is diligent. 


j j 5 
7 : : 
ere ( hile 
/ Ty j f roe & v We 
é Pd 4 - 


_.. -" oe Pe ne 4 - batt ta 


pt 2: jj j 
22-4 Aho Lk Site bceteut pitt. fet-+, 


WRENCH COURSE. 18 
(rs) the, 
Le soldat est fort timide. The soldier is very timid. 
Sa femme est fort timide aussi, His wife is very timid also, 
‘Le lion n’est pas crainfif. The lion is not timorous. 
La colombe est bien craintive. Zhe dove is very timorous, 
Cette Gomerie est-elle peu- Js that young lady fearful ? 


reuse ? 
L’écolier n’est pas peureux. The scholar is not fearful. 
E é 4 
he & Me AL Eh nots Aw sherth 
| ¢ ~ L414 V gga von 2 hitetet At Zi See ‘ 
Attentif, Attentive. Nappe} f. Zuble-cloth. }/ ¢ — 
lanchisseuse, f. Washer- Nouvelle, f, News. 
: woman. Paresseux,  Ldle, bazy. 
5 Botte, f. te Cn ow) Pensif, Thoughtful. ‘ 
; Douteux, Spit Peureux, Fearful. 
Ecolier, m. Scholar. Rencontré, Met. 
Kooliér 6; f. Scholar. Souliey, m. Shoe. 
Epousé, £. Wife. Sir Sure, certain. 
Industrient Industrious. Table, f Table. 
Jeune; Young. Timide, Zimid. 
Mari, m, Husband. Vache, f. Cow. 


Give the above nouns with noére, our; votre, your; 


leur, their; before them. a 
Jj , 


Exercise 41, 


1 Avez-vous une grande table? 2 Nous avons une 
petite table et une grande nappe. 38 Avez-vous rencon- 
tré le jeune écolier? 4 Nous avons rencontré la jeune 
écoliére. 5 Votre petite fille est-elle attentive? 6 Mon 

4 


%4 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


petit gargon est trés attentifi 7 Ma petite fille n’est 
pas attentive. 8 La blanchisseuse est-elle industrieuse ? 
9 Elle est trés industrieuse, mais son mari est paresseux. 
10 Cette nouvelle est-elle stire? 11 Non, monsieur, 
elle est douteuse. 12 Votre cousin est-il pensif? 
13 Mon cousin n’est pas “pensif, mais son épotse est 
pensive. 14 Votre soulier est-il neuf? 15 Mon 
soulier n’est pas neuf, mais ma botte est. neuve. 
16 Avez-vous peur de cette petite vache? 17 La 
vache n’est pas petite, monsieur. 18 L’écoliére n’est-elle 
pas peureuse? 19 Elle est peureuse et elle a tort. 
20 Elle a tort d’avoir peur de la vache. 


Exrrcise 42, yah? 


1 Is your little girl timid? 2 My little girl is not 
timid, but.my little boy is very timid. 3 Is the young 
scholar hére? 4 The young scholar is here, and his 
sister is in her room, 5 Is your little girl industrious ? 
6 My little girl is very industrious. 7 Is your mother’s 
washerwoman idle? 8 She is not idle, she is very in- 
dustrious. 9 Is she not right? 10 Yes, sir, she is 
right. 11 Is your ‘brother’s boot new? 12 My 
brother’s shoe is new, but his boot is not new. 13 My 
sister’s dressisnew. 14 Has your brother a very large 
table? 15 My brother has a very large table. 16 Is 
not that news certain? 17 No, sir, that news is not 
certain, it is very doubtful. 18 Is your scholar (f) 
fearful? 19 No, sir, she is not fearful. 20 Is she 
afraid of my dog? 21 No, sir, she is not afraid of 


FRENCH COURSE. 75 


your dog. 22 Is yoursister’s husband idle? 23 No, 
sir, my sister’s husband is industrious. 24 Is your 
- cousin’s wife thoughtful? 25 My cousin’s wife is 
thoughtful, but my cousin is not thoughtful. 





LEGON XXIII. LESSON XXITI. 
IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES. 


1, Adjectives having the following terminations, 
double the last consonant and add e for the feminine: 


MASCULINE, FEMININE. - 
EL, Tel, . Telle, Be Such, 
EIL, Paral, ) Pareille,é = Like. 
EN, Chrétien, Chrétienne, Christian. 
ET, Muet, | Muette, Mute. 
ON, Bon, Bonne, Good. 


2. The feminine form of the following adjectives is 
wore irregular still : 
Blane, White, makes in the feminine, Blanche. 


Doux, Sweet, soft, “ ¢¢ “ Douce. 

Faux, alse, . Fe a Fausse. — Sa 

Frais, Fresh, 66 rT 6 FratehesP rrr 
Frand, Frank, 2: os Franche.” . 

Gras, Sut, $s a ‘ Grasse. 

Grés, Large, big, “ *f s Gr&se. 

Long, Long, Al. ake ‘s Longue. 

Bee, Dryyon: if $§ Séche. 


a / / 
SA PA. VA, 


sf 


76 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


8. The following adjectives have three terminations 


Before a Serge 10 a vowel, 
nant. or or silent h. FEMININE. 
Beau, Bel,” _ Belle, Handsome, beautiful. 
Fou, Fol, Folle, Keelish. 
Mou, _ Mol, Molle, Soft. 


Nouveau, Nouvel, Nouvelle, New. 
Vieux, *Vieil, Vieille, Old. 
WA AR Ones A, 


MopEL SENTENCES. 


Ma cousine a une belle robe. My cousin hasa handsome dress. 

Votre cravate n’est pas séche. . Your cravat is not dry. 

Vous avez une trés bonne Yow have a very good pen. 
plume. , 

Il a une mauvaise pomme. He has a bad apple. 

Sa pomme est trés mauvaise. His apple is very bad. 

Cette mauvaise poire est grosse. Zhat bad pear is large. 

Cette grosse poire est mauvaise. That large pear is bad. 


Son cousin a un bel habit. Lis cousin has a handsome coat. 
Son habit est trés beau. Fis coat is very handsome. 
Cette petite fille est muette. That little girl is dumb. 

La belle dame est petite. The handsome lady is small. 


Cette bonne nouvelle estfausse. That good news is false. 
he | fe , 


Fi x * 1? oe } y Ag f 
Shes V oOCABULARY. \ 
Abric& m. Apricot. Dentelle, f, Lace. 
Carise, f Cherry. Dox, , Sweet, mild. 
Chambre, f. Room. Frats, Fresh. 
Cdurt, Short. Frais@) f. Strawberry. 


uf“ Oneilli, Picked, Gathered. Framboise, f. Raspberry. 


( 


Dans, Jn. Long, Long. 


— FRENCH COURSE. 77 
£2 R, Coa 


Mangé, Eaten. Poe f, Pear. 
Mort, Dead. Pomme, f. Apple. 


Mouilléy Wet Jum ye 4a Sed Dry, “41 Iethr 
Muet, Mute. be Sur, Sour. / Ges. 

Noir, Black. - Voix, £ Voice. > al 
Péche, f. Peach. Vu, Seen. 


Give the nouns in the vocabulary with ce, cet, cette, 
before them. te 


oe Exercise 48, 

1 La robe de ma cousine est-elle trop longue? - 
2 Non, monsieur, elle n’est pas trop longue. 3 Elle 
est trop courte. 4 Cette dentelle est-elle séche? 
5 Non, mademoiselle, elle est~éncore mouillée. 6 Ce 
bel arbre est-il mort? 7 Non, madame, ce bel arbre 
n’est pas mort. 8 N’est-il pas trés beau? 9 Oui, mon 
cher monsieur, cet arbre est beau et grand. 10 Qwavez- 
vous cueilli dans votre grand jardin? 11 Nous’avons 
cueilli une grosse cerise. 12 Mon frére a cueilli une 
grosse fraise et une petite framboise. 13 Avez-vous 
apporté: une bonne cerise? 14 J’ai apporté une petite 
cerise: 15 Cette cerise est blanche et votre cerise est 
noire. 16 N’avez-vous pas mangé le bel abricot? 
17 Le bel abricot est sur la petite table. 18 A qui. 
avez-vous donné la belle péche? 19 J’ai donné la 
mauvaise péche au petit gargon. 20 Cette pomme est- 
elle douce? 21 Non, monsieur, elle est trés sure. 
22 Mon frére aun bel habit. 23 La cravate est blanche. 
24 Ma seur a une robe blanche. 25 Cette eau est 
fraiche. 26 Ce poisson n’est pas frais. 


78 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


Exercise 44, 


tte 
i gute iad 

> 7 

a 


1 Have you a large apple? 2 No, sir, I have a~ 


small apple. 3 Is that peach sweet? 4 Yes, sir, it is 
very sweet. 5 This strawberry is sour, it is not sweet. 
6 Is your sister’s lace white? 7 No, madam, her lace 
is not white, it is black. 8 Where is the fine apricot ? 
9 It is on the table in your mother’s room. 10 Is that 
young lady mute? 11 Sheisnot mute. 12 Her voice 
is very sweet. 13 Is not that lady’s dress too long? 
14 No, miss, her dress is not too long, it is too short. 
15 Is that good news false? 16 The bad news is 
false. 17 Have you picked a fine apple? 18 This 
apple is fine, but itis verysour. 19 Have you seen my 
cousin’s handsome coat? 20 I have not seen his 
handsome coat, I have seen his old cravat. 21 Have 
you fresh water? 22 This water is good, but it is not 
fresh. 23 Is this pear good or bad? 24 It is very 
large, but it isnot good. 25 Your cravat is wet, and 


mineis dry. “y 
"Ww 


— 





LECON XXIV. LESSON XXIV. 


PLACE OF THE ADJECTIVE. 


1. The adjective, in French, commonly follows the 
noun: 


Un chapeau noir, %A black hat. 
Une robe blanche, A white dress, 
De eau fraiche, Fresh water. 





on ee 


Se tL 5 ies teen LGR EE: a 


2. ‘The following ckién: Kowedlte are generally 








put before the Reus: 





Beau, Handsome, fine. 
‘Bon, Good. 

Brive, Worthy. 

Cher, Dear. 

Gr ee Large, great. 
Gros, Large, big. 


Jeune, Young. 

JUli, Pretty. / 
Mauvais, Bad. 7224 - re 
Meilleur, Better. Yriea- “te 
Petit, Small, little. ¢ 
Vieux, Old. 


V str, 


MopvpErL SENTENCES. 


Ma sceur a une rose blanche. 


My sister has a white rose. 


Vous avez apporté une pomme Yow have brought a sweet apple. 


douce. 


Nous avonsvule brave homme. We have seen the worthy man. 
Avez-vous apporté une tulipe Have you brought a red tulip ? 


_ rouge? 
Ma sceur a une tulipe bleue. 


Ila écrit sur du papier jaune. 


Ce jeune homme a tort. 
-La grosse péche est mire. 


Cette grande maison est belle. 


My sister has a blue tulip. 

He has written on yellow paper, 
That young man ts wrong. 

The large peach ts ripe. 

That large house ts beautiful. 


Cette belle maison a une petite That beautiful house has a small 


cour, 


VoOocA 


yard. 


reeagresy LY 


fo : 
musant, Amusing, enter- Conduite, f. Conduct. 


taining. .. 
Bleu, Blue. *#¢ 
Chien, m. Dog. 
Commede, Convenient. 


Ost f. Yard. 
Cueilli, Picked, gathered. 
Eau, f. Water. 
Indienne, f. Printed calico. 


"17 Nous avons de la toile blanche et de l’indienne bleue. 


S0 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


Jardin, m. Garden. Rouge, Red. om 
Mir, Ripe. | Satif, 1 m, Satin. Pad ba 
Nouveau, ew. Soie, f. Sz7k. 

Péche, f. Peach. Toile, fi Linen. 

Pomme, f. Apple. Tulipe, f, Tulip. 

Prune, f. Plum. Vache, f. Cow. 

Rose, f. Rose. Vert, Green. 


Give the nouns with Je, la, ?, before them. 


ExercisE 45, 


1 Avez-vous peur de cette petite vache? 2 Nous 
avons peur de la grosse vache. 3 Votre frére a-t-il | 
honte de sa conduite? 4 Il a honte de sa mauvaise 
- conduite. 5 Ow avez-vous cueilli cette tulipe? 6 J’ai 
cueilli la belle tulipe rouge dans votre grand jardin. | 
7 Ce petit enfant a-t-iltort? 8 La petite fille a peur du 
gros chien. 9 La belle demoiselle a raison. 10 Nous 
avons cueilli une rose jaune. 11 La belle prune est-_ 
elle mtire? 12 La petite péche est mtre. 13 Avez- 
yous de l’eau fraiche? 14 Nous avons de Peau, mais” 
elle’ nest pas fraiche. 15 Votre grande maison est 
belle et commode. 16 Avez-vous de Ja toile blanche? — 





18 Ce vieux livre est-il amusant? 19 Le livre nouveau 
n’est pas amusant. 20 Mon frére est dans la petite cour. 


Exercise 46, Ht 


1 Are you afraid of the large dog? 2 No, sir, lam 
not afraid of the large dog, I am afraid of the red cow. 





FRENCH COURSE. 81 


~ 


_ 8 Is the beautiful peach ripe? 4 The beautiful yellow 
_ peach is ripe. 5 The small green apple is not ripe. 
6 Where have you picked the beautiful rose? 7 In 
your small garden, sir. 8 Is the little young lady 
wrong? 9 The handsome young lady is right. 10 Is 
your little sister ashamed? 11 My little sister is 
ashamed of her bad conduct. 12 Have you blue 
print? 13 We have no blue print, we have blue silk 
and blue satin. 14 Have you fresh water? 15 We 
have no fresh water, sir. 16 The water is not fresh. 
17 Is your large house convenient ? 18 Our beautiful 
house is not convenient. 19 Have you white linen, 
sir? 20 We have no white linen, madam. 21 Is that 
new book amusing? 22 That old book is amusing. 
23 Have you a handsome yellow tulip? 24 I have no 
yellow tulip, [have a red tulip. 25 Is that blue plum 
ripe? 26 The blue plum is not ripe, the green plum 
is ripe. 





LECON XXV. LESSON XXV. 
| THE PLURAL. 


1. The general way of making a noun plural is, in 
French, as in English, by adding s to the singular. 


2. A noun ending with s, 2, or 2, is not changed for 
the plural. 


3. Lus, the, is always the plural of Ze, Ja, or 7, and is 
placed before masculine or feminine nouns. 
6 


82 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


SINGULAR. PLURAL, 
La maison, the house. Les maisons, the houses. 


Le frére, the brother. les fréres, the brothers. 


La seur, the sister. Les sceurs, the sisters. 
Le bas, _— the stocking. Les bas, the stockings. 
La voix, the voice. Les voix, _ the voices. 


MopErt SENTENCES. 


Avez-vous les poires du jar- Have you the gardener’s pears ? 
dinier ? 

J’ai les pommes de la dame. J have the lady’s apples. 

Les charpentiers sont-ils ici? Are the carpenters here ? 

Les menuisiers sont dane la The goers are in the house. 
maison. 

Les dames ont-elles raison? Are the ladies right ? 

Les demoiselles ont tort. The young ladies are wrong. 

Les sceurs de mon ami ont-elles Are my friend's sisters hungry ? 
faim ? 

Elles n'ont pas faim, elles ont They are not hungry, they are : 


soif. thirsty. ; 
Oi sont les habits de mon frére? Where are my brother's coats : 2 | 
Ils sont dans ma chambre. They are in my room. 


Oa avez-vous planté les arbres? Wherehave you plantedthe trees? 
Dans les champs de mon frére. Jn my brother's fields. 








VocaBULARY. | y, | 
Bibliothéque, f. Library. Fermier, m. Furmer. 
Chambre, f, Room. Fil, m. Zhread. = 
Champ, m. Field. «« Gouvernante, f. Governesa 
Cousine, f. Cousin. . Habit, m. Coat, 


Demoiselle, f. Young lady. Ici, Here. 
Drap, m. Cloth. Lettre, f. Letter. 





FRENCH COURSE. 83 


Magasin, m. Store. ~ Oublie, Forgotten. 
Messieurs, m. Gentlemen. Ouvrier, m. Workman. 
Mis, Put. Tailleur, m. Zailor. 


Modiste, f. Milliner. Velours, m. Velvet. 
Monsieur, nm. Gentleman. Vert, Green. 
Mousseline, f. Muslin.. Vu, Seen. 


Give the nouns in the vocabulary with the plural 
article des. 


Exercise 47%, 


1 Les ouvriers du tailleur sont-ils ici? 2 Ils ont 
oublié les habits de mon frére. 38 Les modistes sont- 
elles dans les magasins? 4 Elles sont dans les maga- 
sins. 5 Cette dame a-t-elle les livres de notre biblio- 
théque? 6 Elle ales livres de la votre. 7 Ot avez- 
vous mis les lettres? 8 Dans la chambre de votre 
cousine. 9 Les scours de ce monsieur sont-elles ici? 
10 Non, monsieur, elles ne sont pas ici. 11 On sont- 
elles? 12 Elles sont dans la chambre de leur gouver- 
nante. 13 Les demoiselles ont-elles froid? 14 Les 
messieurs ont froid. 15 Les demoiselles n’ont-elles pas 
tort? 16 Les petites filles ont tort et honte. 17 Les 
tailleurs ont du fil, de la soie, du drap et de la toile. 
18 Les modistes ont du velours, mais elles n’ont pas de 
drap. 19 Les marchands ont de bon drap, de belle 
mousseline et de la soie verte. 


Exercise 48, 


1 Have the ladies good velvet? 2 The tailor’s 
workmen have good velvet. 3 Have you seen the 


84 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


tailor’s sisters? 4 I have seen the lady’s sisters, 
where are they? 5 They are in my brother’s fields. 
6 Have the ladies black silk? 7 They have no black 
silk, they have green silk. 8 Are the ladies cold? 
9 The ladies are not cold, they are warm. 10 Are the 
farmers right or wrong? 11 The farmers are right, 
they are not wrong. 12 Where are the young ladies? 
13 Are they not in their governess’s room? 14 No, 
madam, they are not in her room. 15 Have the mer- 
chants handsome muslin? 16 They have no muslin. 
17 What have they? 18 They have good cloth, good 
thread, and good velvet. 19 Have you a handsome 
library ? 20 No, sir, we have no library. 21 The 
books of your library are here. 22 Are the gentlemen 
cold? 23 No, sir, the gentlemen are not cold, they 
are warm. 24 Where has your brother put the letter? 
25 He has put the letters in his room. 





LEGON XXVI. LESSON XXXVI. 
THE PLURAL, CONTINUED. 


1. Nouns ending with au and ew, take 2 for the plural, 
Le marteau, the hammer. Les marteaux, the hammers. 
Le chapeau, the hat. Les chapeaux, the hats. 

Le neveu, the nephew. Lesneveux, the nephews. 
Le feu, the fire. Les feux, the fires. 


2. Nouns ending in al, generally form their plural 
in aux. 


FRENCH COUBSE. $5 


Le maréchal, the black- Les maréchaux, the black- 
— smith. smiths. 
Le capital, the capital. Les capitaux, the capital. 
E AL, Von P 1 os a 4 


\ 
8. Bijou,, diton, chou, BA os hibou, pines ex 
for the plural. Avy Yabo 
Le bijou, the jewel. f Les bijoux, the jewels. 
Le joujou, the plaything. Les joujoux, the playthings. 


4, Travail makes travaux, ciel makes cieux, and ceil 
makes yeua for the plural. 


Le travail, the work. Les travaux, the works. 
Le ciel, the heaven. Les cieux, the heavens. 
L’eeil, the eye. Lies yeux, the eyes. 


For further rules and exceptions, see “ Larger 
Lie » pp. 47, 286 and 287. cht’ - 


LID : 
~ 5. Dus, of the, some, is the plural of du, de la, de ?P. 
Avx, at the, to the, is the plural of au, a la, a ?, 


They are placed before masculine or feminine nouns. 


Des livres, (some) books. Aux livres, to the books. 

Des amis, of the friends. Aux amis, to the friends. 

Des dames, (some) ladies. Aux dames, to the ladies. 
[35> De les, a les, are never used. _&) ~ ~ 


MopEL SENTENCES. 


Les dames ont-elles des cha- Have the ladies silk hats ? 
peaux de soie ? 

Elles ont des manteaux de They have velvet cloaks, 
velours. 

Avez-vous des bijoux d’or? Have you gold jewels ? 

Nous avons des joujoux de bois. We have wooden play-things. 


Ors ro y 


AH i, arhea QMO = wi QAUNAULN 


86 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


Les neveux ne sont pas ici. 
J’ai vu les yeux de la dame. 


The nephews are not here. 
I have seen the lady's eyes. 


Les fréres des maréchaux sont Zhe blacksmiths’ brothers are 


ici. 


here. 


Vous avez cassé les manches You have broken the hammer- 


des marteaux. 


handles. 


Avez-vous apporté des mar- Have you brought wooden ham- 


teaux de bois? 


mers ? 


J’ai parlé aux fréres desdames. IT have spoken to the ladies’ 


brothers. 


\F 


VoOcABULARY. ie 


Arsenal, m. Arsenal. 


Jeté, Thrown. 


Beau, bel, Fine, hand- Joujou, m. Plaything. 





some. 
Bijou, m. Jewel. 


Caillou, m. Pebble, stone. 


Castor, m. Beaver. 
Chambre, f. Loom. 
Ciseaux, m. Scissors. 


Chapelier, m. Hatter. 


Donné, Given. 

Fait, Made. 

Garcon, m. Boy. 
Général, m. General. 


Hopital, m. Hospital. 


Manteau, m. Cloak. 
Maréchal, m. Blacksmith. 
Marteau, m. Hammer. 


/Neven, m. Nephew. 
WY Okil, m. Hye. (tend 4p) 


Ou, Where. 

Oublié, Forgotten. 

Parlé, Spoken. _ ‘ 
Porté, Worns Warhted 
Qui, Who. 

Vu, Seen. 

Yeux, m. yes. 


Give the above nouns preceded by des (some, any). 


Exercise 49, 


1 Les tailleurs ont-ils des manteaux de soie? 2 Ils 
ont les manteaux des maréchaux. 3 Avez-vous parlé 


FRENCH COURSE. 87 


aux neveux des généraux? 4 J’ai parlé aux niéces 
des chapeliers. 5 Le chapelier a-t-il fait des chapeaux 
de soie? 6 Ila fait des chapeaux de soie et des cha- 
peaux de castor. 7 Les bijoux des dames sontr-ils ici ? 
8 Les bijoux et les joujoux sont ici. 9 A qui avez- 
vous donné les marteaux? 10 Nous avons donné les 
marteaux aux maréchaux. 11 Avez-vous jeté des 
cailloux? 12 Nous avons jeté des cailloux. 13 Avez- 
vous vu les neveux des généraux? 14 J’ai vu les 
généraux. 15 Les dames ont-elles oublié les ciseaux? 
16 Elles ont donné les ciseanx aux tailleurs. 17 Avez- 
vous vu les hépitaux? 18 Nous avons vu un hopital 

et un arsenal. 19 Mon frére a vu des h6épitaux et des 
arsenaux. 20 New York a un bel arsenal. 


Exercise 80. 


1 Have we seen the tailor’s cloaks? 2 We have 
seen the cloaks. 3 Have the blacksmiths worn silk 
hats? 4 They have worn beaver hats. 5 Have the 
generals seen the hospitals? 6 They have seen the 
hospitals. 7 Towhom have youspoken? 8 We have 
spoken to the generals. 9 Have you not spoken to 
the ladies? 10 We have not spoken to the ladies. 
11 To whom have you given the playthings? 12 We 
have given the playthings and the jewels to the ladies. 
13 Have the ladies’ nephews thrown the pebbles? 
14 They have thrown the pebbles. 15 Where have 
you seen the ladies’ scissors? 16 In their (/ewrs) 
nephews’ rooms. 17 Has your brother seen the hos- 
pitals? 18 He has seen the hospitals and the arsenals, 


88 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


19 Have you not seen the children’s eyes? 20 I have 
not seen the boy’s eyes. 21 Where are the general’s 
nephews? 22 Has the tailor made silk cloaks? 23 He 
has made cloth cloaks. 24 The hatter has made beaver 
hats. 25 My brother has not seen the hospital. 





LECON XXVII. LESSON XXVIII. 
THE PLURAL, CONTINUED. 


1. We have seen, Lesson 22, that the adjective is 
put in the same gender and number as the noun to 
which it belongs; an adjective belonging to a plural 
noun must therefore be put in the plural. 


2. All feminine adjectives add s for the plural. 


SINGULAR. PLURAL 
La belle dame. Les belles dames. 
The handsome lady. The handsome ladies. 
La robe noire. Les robes noires.” ~> 
The black dress. The black dresses. 


3. Masculine adjectives ending with s or a, are not 
changed for the plural. 


SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
Un mauvais livre. Deux mauyais livres. 
A. bad book. Two bad books. 
Un homme heureux. Des hommes heureux. 


A happy man. Happy men. 


Be kn. 
Ds. Pol 


FRENCH COURSE. 89 


4, Other masculine adjectives (not ending with eau 
and al) take s for the plural. 


SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
Le grand arbre. Les grands arbres. 
The large tree. The large trees. 
Le jardin est petit. Les jardins sont petits, 
The garden is smail. The gardens are small. 


MopEL SENTENCES. 


Avez-vous cueilli les belles Have you gathered the beautiful 
noisettes ? hazel-nuts 2 

J’ai cueilli les gros abricots. I have picked the large apricots, 

Votre sceur a les bonnes ai- Your sister has the good needles. 


guilles, 

Les enveloppes sont-elles trop Are the envelopes too small 2 
petites ? 

Elles sont trop étroites. They are too narrow. 

Avez-vous mangélesmauvaises Have you eaten the bad apples ? 
pommes? 


Les pommes ne sont pas mau- The apples are not bad. 
vaises. 

Les petites filles sont-elles heu- Are the litile girls happy ? 
reuses ? 

Hiles sont trés malheureuses. They are very unhappy. 

Les enfants sont toujours heu- Zhe children are always happy. 
reux. 

Les cerises sont-elles mires? Are the cherries ripe? 

Avez-vous vu les jolies tour- Have you seen the pretty doves ? 
terelles ? 


ee 


20 


VOCABULARY. 


Apporté, Brought. Blane, White. 
Attentif, Attentive. Botte, f. Boot. 


G 


90 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


Cordonnier, m. Shoemaker. Neuf, New. 


Déchiré, Torn. Petit, Small, little. 
Demoiselle, fi Young lady. Poire, f. Pear. 

Excellent, Hiccellent. Pomme, f. Apple. 
Enveloppe, f. Hnvelope. Soulier, m. Shoe. 

Joli, Pretty. Studieux, Studious. 
Lecon, f. Lesson. Tiroir, m. Dravwer. 
Mange, “aten. Toujours, Always. 
Mauvais, Bad, poor. Tourterelle, f. Turtle-dove. 
Mir, Ripe. - Trés, Very. ) 


Give the nouns with mon, ma, before them. 


Exercise Ol. 


1 Les petites filles sont-elles jolies? 2 Elles ne sont 
pas trés jolies. 3 Les jolies demoiselles sont studieuses, 
4 Sont-elles attentives 4 leurs legons? 5 Elles sont 
toujours attentives. 6 Avez-vous vu mes belles tour- 
terelles? 7 J’ai vu les tourterelles blanches de votre 
seur. 8 Ot sont les petites enveloppes? 9 Dans les . 
petits tiroirs de la table. 10 Ot avez-vous mis (put) 
les bottes neuves? 11 Les bottes neuves sont dans 
votre chambre. 12 Le cordonnier a-t-il apporté les 
souliers neufs? 13 Il a apporté les souliers neufs. 
14 Les poires sont-elles mauvaises? 15 Les poires 
sont excellentes. 16 Avez-vous déchiré les belles enve- 
loppes? 17 Jen’ai pas déchiré les belles enveloppes. 
18 Avez-vous mangé les bonnes pommes ou les mau- 
vaises? 19 J’ai mangé les mauvaises pommes. 


FRENCH COURSE. 91 


Exercise 62, 


1 Are the apples good? 2 The apples are not very 
good. 3 They are not yet (encore) ripe. _4 Have you 
seen my brother’s pretty turtle-doves? 5 We have 
seen your pretty cousin’s white turtle-doves. 6 Are 
those young ladies pretty? 7 They are very pretty. 
8 Are they not very studious? 9 They are very stu- 
dious and very happy. 10 Where have you put the 
‘ripe pears? 11 In my mother’s room. 12 Have you 
eaten the good pears? 13 I have eaten the ripe pears. 
14 Are the pears very good, sir? 15 They are not very 
ripe. 16 Why (pourquot) have you not eaten the large 
apples? 17 They are not good, sir. 18 Why have 
you torn the small envelopes? 19 They were (étaient) 
too (érop) small, madam. 20 Where are the new 
shoes? 21 They are in yourroom. 22 Has the shoe- 
maker brought the new boots? 23 He has brought the 
new boots and the new shoes. 24 Are the turtle-doves 
yery white? 25 They are very white and very beautiful. 





LECON XXVIII. LESSON XXVIII. 


THE PLURAL, CONTINUED. 


1. Adjectives ending with eau, add x for the plural 


masculine. 
SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
Le livre nouveau. Les livres nouveaux. 
The new book. The new books. 
Le beau cheval. Les beaux chicos 


The beautiful horse. The beautiful horses. 


‘92 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY | 


2. Many adjectives ending with ai, take aux for the 
plural masculine. hs 
A~ Un officier général. Des officiers ‘généraux. 
A general officer. General officers. 
8. An adjective belonging to two or more singular 


nouns is put in the plural. | 
La rose et la péche sont Zhe rose and peach are 


belles, beautiful. 
Le cheval et le chien sont Zhe horse and dog are 
noirs, black. 


4, Should an adjective belong to a ‘masculine noun 
and to one or more feminine nouns, it must be put in 
the masculine plural. 

Le garcon et la fille sont Zhe boy and Bee are good. 


bons, \ 
Le chat et la vache sont Zhe cat iad the cow are 
blanes, white. 


. 5. De is put instead of des (some, any) Bee a 
+ plural noun preceded by an adjective. 
Votre swur a de bons Your sister has good books. 
livres, 
6, De is also put instead of des before a plural noun, | 
~ after a negative verb. 
I] n’a pas de cerises, Te has no cherries. 


Oe ees 


Mopru SENTENCES, 


fr a . 
Oa sont les beaux habits? Where are the beautiful clothes 2 


Vous n’avez pas de beaux habits. You have no beautiful clothes. 


4 
] 





FRENCH COURSE. 


Nous n’avons pas de chevaux. 


93 


We have no horses. 


Le gargon et la fille sont at- The boy and girl are attentive. 


tentifs. 


“Les pommes sont-elles bonnes? Axe the apples good ? 
Les prunes et les cerises sont The plums and cherries are white. 


blanches. 


La péche et la prune sont Zhe peach and plum are yellow. 


jaunes. 


Le tailleur et la modiste sont The tailor and milliner are skdl- 


adroits. 


Ful. é 


Le chien et la vache sont noirs. The dog and cow are black. 
Le garcon et la fille sont stu- Zhe boy and girl are studious. 


dieux, 


VOCABULARY. 


Apporté, Brought. 
Blane, White. 

Cerisier, m. Oherry-tree. 
Certainemeat, Certainly. 
Chévre, f. Goat. | 
Excellent, Hxcellent. 
Géy jGral, General. 

eth eux, Happy. priv 
Ici, Here. 

Industrieux, Jndystrious. 
_Jaune, Yellow. Tin 
Malheureux, Unhappy. 
MmaAalti.- Ach 


i aha 
ae 


Marchand, m. Merchant. 
Modiste, f. Milliner. 
Mouton, m. Sheep. 
Noir, black. 

Nouveau, WVew. 

Officiér, m. Officer. 
Péche, f. Peach. 
Pommiér, m. Apple-tree. 
Rouge, Led. 

Rose, f. Rose. 

Vache, f. Cow. 


Verger, m. Orchard. 
5-Oe 


Put the article Ze, Ja, ?, before the nouns in the 


vocabulary. 


™ : Re ees 


aera, 


94 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


‘Exercises 83. 


1 Ma sceur a apporté les livres nouveaux. 2 Elle 
a des livres excellents, 3 Elle a de beaux cerisiers. 
4 Elle n’a pas de pommiers. 5 Les officiers génératx 
sont-ils ici? 6 Les beaux chevaux sont noirs. 7 Les 


enfants sont-ils heureux? 8 Les petites filles ne sont | 


pas keureuses. 9 Les petits gargons sont trés mal- 
heuréux. 10 Les petits garcons et les petites filles 
sont trés heureux. 11 Votre belle chévre est-elle 
blanche? 12 Ma chévre et mon mouton sont blanes. 
13 Les moutons de mon cousin sont-ils beaux? 14 Ses 
vaches et ses moutons sont trés beaux. , 15 Avez-vous 
des cerises blanches dans votre verger ? 16 Nous 
n’avons pas de cerises blanches. 17 Nous avons des 


cerises noires et des cerises rouges. 18 Le marchand — 


_est-il heureux? 19 Le marchand et la modiste sont in- — 


dustrieux. 20 Ont-ils raison ou tort? 21 [ls ont rai- — 


son, certainement. ; 
ho. ( NM, e VN 


ExmRcis 54, | ua’) 


¥ 
et 


1 Wher e are the beautifil aiiest os i tae no beau- — 
tiful apples. 3 Your brother has no, Apples, 4 Has — 


the merchant fing apple-trees? 5 He has no apple- 
-trees. 6 He has’ excellent cherry-trees. 7 Are your 


ms S\was) sisters happy ?. 8 They are very happy. 9 My 


brother and (my) sister are happy. 10 Is the milliner 
industrious? 11 She is very industrious. 12 Her 
brother and she are industrious, 13 Are your brother’s 


sheep white? 14 No, sir, they are black, 15 He has 





: 
¥ 
aa 7s 


WA 4 NAN [ pager = 
NAA “ SP | 
we \ \FRENCH pp eS 95 


no white sheep. 16 Is your goat black or white? 
17 My goat and (my) sheep are white. 18 Have you 
black cherries in your orchard? 19 I have fine blaek 

: Hoy ° —s | 
cherries.? ave no white cherries. 21 Have you 
new books? 22 [Thavenew books. 23 Are the general 
officers in your room? 24 The general officer is in my 
room. 25 Are the rose and the peach beautiful ? 


26 They are very beautiful. +4 LY 
pth Li frity 


Ml -- LA-- hack __ od { 


LEGON XXIX. LESSON XXIX. 





THE PLURAL, CONTINUED.—POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES 
AND PRONOUNS. 


1. Mes, my, is the plural of mon, ma. 
Ts, thy, ss Be 1a tae 
Srs, his,her, “ emma Te 
Nos, our, rh wie 
Vos, - your, és eS Cnr eG. 
Lxurs, their, a oS eee 


The above words are put before plural nouns of either 
gender, and must be repeated before every noun, 


Mes amis, ses amis, leurs My friends, his or her 
amis, Sriends, their friends. 


— 2. Lus miens, mine, isthe plural of le mien. 
Lzs trEens, thine, si 6. SE be teem. 
Lzs stmns, his, hers, “ Sir S$ 45 derdeen, 


96 FASQUELLE’ S INTRODUCTORY 


hab bet 


_ These pronouns refer to masculine nouns preceding 
in the same or in another sentence. 


Mes enfants et les siens, My children and his. 
3. LES MIENNES, 77, is the plural of la mienne. 


Ls TIENNES, thine, . “la tienne. 
Les SIENNES, Ais, hers, “ “Ta stenne. 


The above pronouns relate to feminine nouns. 
womeeece = . 
Vos sceurs et les miennes, Your sisters and mine. 


4, Les NOTRES, owrs, is the plural of le nétre, la nétre. 
Les vOTRES, yours, “ “Te vétre, la votre. 
Les LEuRS, theirs, “ * “* Te leur, la leur. 


These pronouns relate to plural nouns of either 
gender. 


Vos neveux et lesnétres, Your nephews and ours. 


MovpEL SENTENCES. 


Mes fleurs et les siennes. My flowers and his or hers. 
Ses tulipes et les miennes, His or her tulips and mine. 
Ma plitté et la votre. My place and yours. 
Les montres de Vhorloger et The watchmaker’s ‘watches and — 
les votres. yours. 
Sa patrie et la mienne. His or her native country and 
fan dre “a mine. 
Nos miroirs et les siens. Our looking glasses and his or 
IN“k -Pre— hers. 
Votre miroir et le sien. Your looking glass and his or 
hers. 


Aver-vouf apporté ma lettre? Have you brought my letter ? 
Je n’ai pas apporté la votre. J have not brought yours. 
Vos cousines et les ndtres. Your cousins and ours. 








SA > a es a ej | 
t i 
j 


K-t-U (- Vv 
FRENCH COURSE. 97 
es ae 
VOCABULARY. 2 
Blane, White. (Ae? Mouchoir, m. Handkerchief. 


4Cerisier, m. Cherry-tree. Neuf, New. 1. 
Double, Double: - leg Millet, m. Pink. 2% - £3 = 
’ Fleur, f. /lower. Ou, Where. Se 
Gant, m. Glove. _ Clee Parterre,m. Wlower-garden. 
Giroflee, f. Gillyflower, , A Poirier, m. Pear-tree. 


Grand, Large. aze Pommier, m. Apple-tree.. 
Habit, m. Coat. Prunier, m. Plum-tree. 
Indulgent, Indulgent. Ax» Rose, f. Rose. 
Jardin, m. Garden....i~ Rouge, Red. 
Jaune, Yellow. 0% Simple, Single. 

4 Lis, m, Lily. = Qt. Tulipe, fi Zulip. 


Put the article des or les before the nouns, 
(\ ohaat de w,’ ¢ 

Lirr- YOpe & 

: ExerrciseE 90. 

1 Les tulipes de votre frére sont-elles doubles ? 
2 Les siennes ne sont pas doubles. 3 Les miennes 
sont simples. 4 Vog eillets sont-ils rouges SW blancs ? 
5 Les miens sont blancs, les vétres sont rouges. 6 Ot 
sont vos lis et les siens? 7 Les siens sont dans le par- 
terre. 8 Les nétres sont dais le grand jardi” 9 Votre 
amie a-t-elle de belles gigoflées? 10 Ses giroflées sont 
rouges et les mienne ches, 11 Leurs lis sont-ils blanes 
ou jaunes? 12 Les leurs sont blanes. 13 Les miens 
ne sont pas jaunes. 14 Mes roses sont rouges et les 
vétres sont blanches. 15 Mes poiriers, mes cerisiers, 
et mes pruniers sont en fleurs (in the blow). 16 Les 

“6 


98 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY Dv 


miens, les votres, et les siens ne sont pas en fleurs. 
17 Ses habits, ses gants, ses mouchoirs ne sont pas 
neufs. 18 Les votres, les sieng,et les miens sont neufs. 


19 Mon pére et ma mére sont indulgents, 
\ 


Exercise 86, 


1 Has your sister my beautiful flowers? 2 She has 
hers, mine, and yours. 3 Are your cherry-trees in 
the blow? 4 Mine are not in the blow, 5 Yours are 
in the blow. 6 Has not your cousin handsome roses ? 
7, Her roses are not handsome. 8 Mine are red and 
very handsome. 9 Are your coats and handkerchiefs 
new? 10 My gloves and handkerchiefs are new. 
11 Mine are not new, but (mais) they are good. 
12 Mine, yours, and hers are white. 13 Have they 
lilies in their flower-garden ?, .14 ‘They have lilies and 
roses in theirs. 15 I have beautiful yellow tulips in 
mine. 16 My tulips are single and yours are double. 
17 Mine are not very beautiful. 18 My father and 
(my) mother are in the flower garden. 19 My cherry- 


y) 


trees and (my) apple-trees are in the blow. 20 Are- 


your gilly-flowers double, sir? 21 Mine are not double, 
sir. 22 Where are your new gloves? 23 Mine, yours, 
and hers are here. 24 Your lily is white, but mine is 
yellow. 25 My brothers and my sisters are not in my 
garden, 26 My roses are yellow and yours are red. 


ry 
(7A. aC gD 
if FRENCH COURBSE. 99 


LECON XXX. LESSON XXX. 


THE PLURAL, CONTINUED.—DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES 
AND PRONOUNS. 


1. Cus, these, those, is the plural of ce, cet, cette. 
It is put before plural nouns, either masculine or 
feminine, and is repeated before every noun. 
Ces hommes et cesfemmes, Those men and (those) 
women. 
Ces chevaux et ces vaches. Zhese horses and (these) 
cows. 


2, Crux, those, is the plural of celuz. 
It refers to nouns masculine plural. 
Ces tapis et ceux de votre Zhese carpets and your . 

soeur. sister's. 
Literally : These carpets and those of your sister. 


8. Cuiuns, those, is the plural of celle. 
It relates to nouns in the plural feminine. 

Ces maisons et celles de These houses and our 
notre oncle. uncles. 


Literally: These houses and those of our uncle. 


4, Crux-ct, these, is the plural of celui-ci, this one. 
Crux-1a, those, “ + “ celut-ld, that one. 
These words relate to nouns in the plural masculine. 
Quels tapis avez-vous ? What or which carpets have 
you ? 
J’ai ceux-ci et ceux-la. I have these and those. 


100 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


5. Crtxixs-cr, these, is the plural of cedle-ci, this one, 
CELLEs-LA, those, “ “ —  ¢elle-Id, that one. 
These pronouns refer to plural nouns in the fem- 
inine., 
Quelles demoiselles sont What or which young 
studieuses ? ladies are studious ? 
Celles-ci et celles-la. These and those. 


MopEL SENTENCES. 


Ces livres sont-ils intéressants? Are those books interesting ? 
Ceux de mon frére sont amu- My brother’s are amusing. 
sants. ‘ 
Ces robes sont-elles 4 la mode? Are those dresses fashionable ? 
Celles de ma sceur sont a la My sister’s are fashionable ? 
mode. | | 
Avez-vous vu mes sceurs et Have you seen my sisters and 


celles de votre ami? your friend's (those of your 
Friend) ? 
J’ai vu celles de votre ami. I have seen your friend's. 
Ces chevaux et ces vaches sont Those horses and (those) cows are 
beaux. beautiful. 
Ces tapis sont-ils neufs ? Are these carpets new ? 
Quelles ardoises avez-vous? What or which slates have you? 


V OCA BDLA BY. Ad 
ha 


Aiguisé, Sharpened. Carte, f. Map. is 
Assiette, f. Plate. Cassé, Broken. 

Blane, Clean, white. Chandelle, f. Candle. 
Bougie, f. Waz-light. Commode, f. Bureare. 
Brave, Brave. Cuisinier, m. Cook. * 


FRENCH OOURSE. | 101 
— 


Epicier, m. Grocer. aS Petit, Little, small. 
Glace, f Looking-glass. Quel, Which, what. 
Haut, High. a Rasoir, m. Razor. 
Matelot, m. Sailor, _ Sale, Soiled, dirty. 
Mauvais, Bad, poor. Serviette, f, Dinner-napkin. 
Meilleur, Better. ~ Soldat, m. Soldier. 
Mouchoir, m. MHandker- Suif, m. Tallow. 

chief. Sur, Upon, on. 
Perruquier, ~ m. Hair- Tiroir, m. Drawer. 

dresser. Trop, Zoo, too much. 


Give the nouns in the vocabulary with ce, cet, or 
cette before them. 


Exercise 67%, 


1 Mes cartes et les votres sont-elles grandes? 
2 Les miennes sont trés grandes. 3 Celles de votre 
sceur sont petites. 4 Ces commodes ne sont pas belles. 
5 Celle de notre épicier est trop haute. 6 Avez- 
vous cassé les glaces de ma seur? 7 J’ai cassé celles 
de votre cousine. 8 Nos serviettes sont-elles sales? 
9 Celle de mon frére est blanche. 10 La mienne n’est 
pas blanche. 11 Celles de notre cuisinier sont dans 
le tiroir. 12 Avez-vous aiguis& les rasoirs? 13 J’ai 
aiguisé ceux-cl et ceux-li. 14 Je n’ai pas aiguisé ceux 
du perruquier. 15 Ces soldats sont-ils braves? 16 Ces 
soldats et ces matelots sont trés braves: AT 7 Ces chan- 
delles et ces bougies sont mauvaises. 18 Celles de 
Pépicier sont mauvaises. 19 Ces assiettes sont belles, 
mais celles-l4 sont meilleures. 


102 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 
Exercise 98, 


1 Is your bureau too large? 2 My bureau is too 
small. 38 My sister’s is too small, and your brother’s 
is too high. 4 Where are your maps? 5 Mine are 
in my room. 6 Your brother’s are upon the small 
bureau. 7 Are our dinner-napkins clean? 8 Your 
brother’s are dirty. 9 My handkerchiefs are clean, 
10 My brother’s and sister’s are clean. (Zhose of my 
brother and those of my sister). 11 Has the hair- 
dresser sharpened my razors? 12 He has not sharpened 
mine. 13 He has sharpened my brother’s and my 
cousin’s. 14 Are your wax-lights good? 15 Mine 
are not good, but my brother’s are good. 16 Those 
looking-glasses are small. 17 The grocer’s are too 
large. 18 Are those sailors and (those) soldier’s 
brave? 19 These are brave. 20 Are those handker- 
chiefs sand napkins clean? 21 These are clean. 
22 Those are not clean. 23 What candles have you? 
24 I have tallow candles and wax-lights. 25 Those 
wax-lights and your friends’, 26 Mine, yours, and 


your cousin’s, 
+ 





* a 


LEGON XXXI. LESSON XXXI 
CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 


1, There are in French four classes or conjugations 
of verbs. They are distinguished by the endings of 
their infinitives or names, 


FRENCH 
ist. 2d. 
ER, IR, 


WAM, 


COURSE. 103 
3d. 4th. 
OIR, ya gall 


Donn-er, to give. Pun-ir, fopunish. Dev-oir, toowe. Vend-re, to sell. 


2. The terminations of the present of the indicative 
of the regular verbs of the first conjugation are: @, es, 


€, ONS, €Z, ent. 


3. PRESENT OF THE INDICATIVE OF 


5 el 
by. . ,-PRRTE : 
Je prét-e, 


Tu prét-es, 

Tl prétre, — 
Elle prét-e, 
Nous prét-ons, 
Vous prot-c% 
Ils prét-ent, 
Elles prét-ent, 


TO LEND, 


LI lend, I do lend, or 
I am lending. 

Thou lendest. 

fe lends. 

She lends.. 

We lend. 

You lend. 

They (m.) lend. 

They (f) lend. 


A 
Donn-ER, ZO GIVE, 


Je donn-e,’ 


Tu donn-es, 

Il donn-e, » 
Elle donn-e, 
Nous donn-ons, 
Vous donn-ex, 
Ils donn-ent, 
Elles donn-ent,. 


I give, I do give, or 
Lam giving. 

Thou givest. 

fle gives. 

She gives. 

We give. 

You give. 

They (m.) give. 

They (£.) give. 


Phe phe 


104 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


CHER(H-ER, TO SEEK, TO LOOK FOR. 


Je cherch-e, L look for. 

Tu cherch-es, Thou lookest for. 
Il cherch-e, He looks for. 

Elle cherch-@, She looks for. 
Nous cherch-ong, We look for. 

Vous chereh x, You look for. 

Is cherch-ent,- They (m.) look for. 


Elles cherch-ent, They.(£.) look for. 


DEMAND-ER, 7O ASK, TO ASK FOR, TO REQUEST, 


Je demnande6, LI ask for. 

Tu demand-es, Thou askest for. 
I] demand-e;. fle asks for. 

Eile demand-e, _ She asks for. 
Nous demand-ons, We ask for. 

Vous demand-e4, You ask for. 

Tls demand-ent, They (m.) ask for. 


Elles demand-ént, They (£.) ask for. 


4, As will be seen above, Je préte, Je donne, &c., 


Canta aia at ii ai a 


mean J lend, do lend, or am lending ; I give, do 


give, or ain giving. These expressions, and similar 
ones, can only be expressed in French by the present 
of the indicative. 


Moprtt SENTENCES. 


Je donne un livre 4 ma sceur. J give a book to my sister. 

Vous prétez le couteau & mon You lend the knife te my brother, 
frére, Ws 

Eile cherche la clef de sa Shelooks for the key of her room, 
chambre. 


o> 


FRENCH COURSE. 105 


I] demande une pomme. He is asking for an apple. 

Nous demandons notrecousine. We (ask) are asking for our 
cousin. 

Vous cherchez leur sceur. You look for or seek their sister. 

Ma sceur cherche son amie. My sister looks for her friend. 

Nous prétons notre argent. We lend owr money. 

Je demande des fraises. I am asking for strawberries, 

Elles donnéns des noix. They give nuts, 

gy ee VOcABULARY. oY 

Argent, m. Money. Panier, m. Basket. 

Avoine, f. Oats. Papier, m. Paper. 

Chaise, f. Chair. Parapluje, m. Umbrella. 

Cheval, m. Horse. Parasol, m. Parasol. 

Couteau, m. Anife. Panvre, Poor. 

Cuisiniére, f. Cook. Petit, Small, little. 

Domestique, m. Servant. Plume, f. Pen. va 

Foisn, m. Hay. Soie, f. Silk. x 

Fourchette, f. Hork. Tante, f. Aunt. y- 

Grand, Large. Thé, m. Zea. 3 

Oncle, m. Unele. Velours, m. Velvet. 


Maréchal, m. Blacksmith. Volaille, f. Poultry. ++ 


Give the nouns with /e, Ja, or ? before them, 


Exercise 89, 


1 Je préte mon parapluie. 2 Ma sceur préte son 


parasol. 3 Nous demandons notre argent. 4 Nous 


donnons une chaise dla pauvre femme. 5 Vous donnez 
le veloursde soie. 6 Nous cherclions du thé. 7 Nous 
5* : 


— wv U PAALAA Poe wie’ gis 


106 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


arth fer 
demandons de bon thé. 8 Ma scur demande de la 


volaille. 9 La cuisiniére cherche de bonne volaille. 
10 Elle demande mon cousin. 11 Je-donne un grand 
panier au gargon. 12 Vous donnez un petit panier 4 
la demoiselle. 13 Vous cherchez mon frére et ma 
seur. 14 Vous demandez mes oncles et mes tantes. 
15 Je donne de Vargent aux maréchaux. 16 Le 
domestique donne de l’avoine aux chevaux. 17 Je 
cherche mes couteaux et mes fourchettes. 18 Ma 
mére “demande les grands couteaux et les grandes 
fourchettes, 19 Je demande mon papier et ma . 


Exercise 60, 


1 I ask for my umbrella. 2 You lend your books 
» to my sister, 3 We ask for our large silk parasol. 


~ 4 You ask for my mother. 5 My cousin asks for my 


» father. 6 We ask for our father and (owr) mother. 
4 We give’%ood paper to your sister. 8 Your servant 
gives oats to the horse. 9 He gives hay to the horse. 
10 You lend,money tothe poor woman. 11 You give 
a chair to my uncle. 12 I look for my uncle and (my) - 
aunt. 13 The cook asks for,good poultry. 14 She 
looks for poultry. 15 The servant gives money to the 
blacksmith. 16 The blacksmiths look for the horses. 
17 I give a knife and (a) fork to the cook. 18 I look 
for the large knives and (for the large) forks. 19 You 
are looking fortes, 20 We are looking for good tea. 
21 Tam asking Yor my brother and (my) sister. 22 I 
am looking for my knives and (my) forks. 23 My 
sister gives poultry to the poor woman. 24 I look for 


Me MEERA, OAD | 


f Sy - 
d 47 
ha ‘ ttt se 41> wf 


‘ . > ae ‘ = 
Q ohn Yh pat hiry i« ¢ Ae 2 on Oe 
i 


) FRENC COURSE. 107 


the large basket. 25 They lend their money to our 
friends. 





AN 4 
rey. 
‘ Jr 
ee ee Lod 


LECON XXXII. LESSON XXXII. 


VERBS OF FIRST CONJUGATION, CONTINUED.—INTERRO- 
GATIVE FORM. 


1. PRESENT OF THE INDICATIVE OF PR&TER, DONNER, 
CuerrcuEer, DEMANDER, INTERROGATIVELY. 


SERB Noy rh, Do Tlend ? or 
ney que je preter am I lending ? 
Prétes-tu ? Dost thou lend ? 
Préte-t-il ? Does he lend ? 
Préte-t-elle ? Does she lend ? 
Prétons-nous ? Do we lend ? 
Prétez-vous ? Do you lend ? 
Prétent-ils ? Do they (m.) lend ? 
_ Prétent-elles ? Do they (f.) lend ? 


Do I give? or 


ST , ? 
Est-ce que je donne! am I giving ? 


Donnes-tu ? Dost thou give ? 
Donne-t-il ? Does he give ? 
Donne-t-elle ? Does she give ? 

» Donnons-nous ? Do we give ? 
Donnez-vous ? Do you give ? 
Donnent-ils ? Do they (m.) give ? 


Donnent-elles ? Do they (f) give ? 


108 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


Hst-ce que je cherche ? Do I look for ? 








Cherches-tu ? Dost thou look for ? 
Cherche-t-il ? Does he look for ? 
Cherche-t-elle ? Does she look for ? 
Cherchons-nous ? Do we look for ? 
Cherchez-vous ? Are you looking for ? 
Cherchent-ils ? Do they (m.) look for? — 
Cherchent-elles ? Are they (f.) looking for ?) 
Est-ce que je demande? Do I ask for ? 
Demandes-tu ? Art thou asking for ? 
Demande-t-il ? Is he asking for ? 
Demande-t-elle ? Does she ask for ? 
Demandons-nous ? Do we ask for ? 
Demandez-vous ? Are you asking for ? 
Demandent-ils ? Do they (m.) ask for? 
Demandent-elles ? Are they (t.) asking for ? © 


2. In conversation, the French use esé-ce gue befor 
the first person of the verb when asking a questio 
See Larger Course, L. 25, R. 1, 2, 3, 4. 
Hst-ce que je demande Am J asking for you 

votre frére ? | brother ?. 
Kst-ce que je cherche mon Do J look for my book ? ~ 

livre ? . | 

Literally: Zs 7t that I ask for my brother? Is @ 
that I am looking for my book? | 


3: Lst-ce que may also be used with the other person 
Est-ce qwil préte un livre? Zs he lending a book? 
Est-ce que nous donnons Do we give money ? 

de Vargent ? 


FRENCH COUBSE. 109 


MopErLt SENTENCES. 


Qu’est-ce que je cherche ? What am I looking for ? 

Que demandez-vous ? What do you ask for? or 

Qu’est-ce que vous demandez? What are you asking for ? 

Demandons-nous de l’argent? 

Est-ce que nous demandons 
de largent ? 


Cherchez-vous votre fréare ? | , 0 you look for your broth- 


Are we asking for money ? or 
Do we ask for money ? 


2 
Est-ce que vous cherchez votre eB? 
frre? Are you looking for your 


brother ? 
Prétez-vous tout voire papier? 
Est-ce que vous prétez tout 
votre papier ? 
Quel livre cherchez-vous ? What book do you seek? or 
are you looking for 2 


Do you lend all your paper? or 
Areyoulending all your paper 2 


| VOCABULARY. pe 

Armoire, f. Cupboard. Jambon, m. Ham. 
Botte, f. Boot. Lampe, f Lamp. 

oulh, m. Boiled meat.  Léguine, m. Vegetable. 
Canif, m. Penknife. Miel, m. Honey. 
Canne, f. Cane. Plume, f. Pen. 
Clef, f. Key. Poisson, m. Lush, 
Cuisiniére, f. Cook. Que, What. Nate 
Déjeunér, m. Breakfast. Qui, Whom. aa 
Diner, m. Dinner. Roti, m. Roast meat. A» ~ (= 
Enfant, m. Child. Salade, fi Salad. 
Gant, m. Glove. Salon, m. Parlor. 
Gargon, m. Boy. Soupe, f. Soup. 


Put the word notre or votre before the nouns. 


110 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


Exercise 61, 


; 

1 Qu’est-ce que vous cherchez? 2 Je cherche votre 
plume et la mienne. 3 Que demandes, pus mon ami? : 
4 Je demande mon frére; est-il ici? 5 Prétez-vous 
votre livre? 6 Je préte mon livre et pa de ma 
cousine. 7 Est-ce que vous prétez vos gants? 8 Je 
préte Getix“de ma mére. 9 Cherchez-vous la clef de | 
Parmoire? 10 Nous ee celle du salon. 11 Que 
demandez-vous? 12 Nous demandons notre lampe. 
13 Votre frére demande-t-il sacanne? 14 I] demande 
sa canne et ses bottes. 15 La cuisiniére cherche-t-elle 
du poisson ? 16 Elle cherche du poisson pour le dé-— 
jeuner. 17 Demandez-vous du miel? 18 Nous ne 
demandons pas de miel. 19 Donnez-vous du bouilli ou 
du jambon 4 enfant? 20 Je donne du roti a Penfant 
et de la soupe au petit garcon. his oe 


+ FLA ee 
; 
7 


Exercise 62, | | 


1 Whom are youasking for? 2 I ask for my cousin. — 
8 Does your brother ask for his penknife? 4 He asks 
for his penknife and his pen. 5 Why do you lend your 
umbrella? 6 My cousin has no;timbrella. 7 Are you 
looking. for your gloves? 8 Weare looking for our 
Bee ae and my brother’s. 9 Do you give honey to the ! 
little child? 10 We give ‘boiled meat and roast meat 
to the little boy. 11 What do you ask for (powr) your | 
| 
| 





breakfast? 12 We ask for fish. 13 Does the cook — 
look for fish? 14 She is looking for fish. 15 Your 
sister looks for salad. .16 Do you lend your penknife — 


FRENCH COURSE. 111 


to the little boy? 17 Your brother is asking for his 
books. 18 We are asking for our boots. 19 Are we 
asking for honey? 20 To (4) whom do you lend 
money? 21 Are you asking for roast meat? 22 We 
ask for boiled meat. 23 Weare looking for vegetables. 


24 Are you looking for your lamp ? Ye 
| ate 


a 
> 





LECON XXXIII. LESSON XXXIIlI. 


VERBS. OF FIRST CONJUGATION, CONTINUED.—NEGATIVE, 
AND NEGATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE FORM. 


1. INDICATIVE OF CHERCHER AND DEMANDER CON- 


JUGATED : 
NEGATIVELY. 


Je ne cherche pas. I am not looking for. 
Tu ne cherches pas. Thou art not looking for. 
Il ne cherche pas. fe is not looking for. 


Elle ne cherche pas. She is not looking for. 
Nous ne cherchons pas. We are not looking for. 
Vous ne cherchez pas. You do not look for. 

Ils ne cherchent pas. They (m.) do not look for. 
Kiles ne cherchent pas. Zhey (f£) do not look for. 


Je ne demande pas. I do not ask for. 

Tu ne demandes pas. Thou art not asking for. 
Il ne demande pas. He does not ask for. 
Elle ne demande pas. = She does not ask for. 


Nous ne demandons pas. We are not asking for. 
Vous ne demandez pas. You do not ask for. 

Ils ne demandent pas. They (m.) do not ask for. 
Klle ne demandent pas. They (f.) do not ask for. 


112 FASQUELLES INTRODUCTORY 


INTERROGATIVELY AND NEGATIVELY. 


Est-ce que je ne cherche Do I not look for ? 


pas ? 
Ne cherches-tu pas ? Dost thou not look for # 
Ne cherche-t-il pas ? Does he not look for ? 


Ne cherche-t-elle pas? Does she not look for ? 
Ne cherchons-nous pas? Are we not looking for ? 
Ne cherchez-vous pas? Are you not looking for ? 
Ne cherchent-ils pas ? Do they (m.) not look for ? 
Ne cherchent-elles pas? Do they (f.) not look for ? 


Est-ce que je ne demande Do I not ask for ? 

pas ? ! 
Ne demandes-tu pas ? Dost thou not ask for ? 
Ne demande-t-il pas ? Does he not ask for ? 
Ne demande-t-elle pas? Does she not ask for ? 
Ne demandons-nous pas? Are we not asking for ? 
Ne demandez-vous pas? Do you not ask for ? 
Ne demandent-ils pas? = Do they (m.) not ask for ? 
Ne demandent-elles pas? Do they (f.) not ask for ? 


2. Like the models given in the last and in the 
present lessons, are formed generally the verbs ending” 
with ER, such as: | 


« Montr-er, to show. \ Plant-er, to plant. 
NTrouv-er, to find. \Parl-er, to speak. 
\Port-er, to carry. \Deésir-er, to desire, to wish 
NAim-er, to like. N\Coup-er, to cut. 


MopvreL SENTENCES. | 


Ne cherchez-vous pas des fleurs? Are you not looking for flowers? 
Nous ne cherchons pas de fleurs. We are not seeking for flowers. — 


a a 


FRENCH COURSE. 113 


Que montrez-vous 4 votre What do you show to your 
écolier ? pupil ? 

Je ne montre rien. I do not show anything. 

Plantez-vous des rosiers ? Do you plant rose-bushes ? 

N’aimez-vous pas le mouton? Do you not like (the) mutton ? 

Ne parlez-vous pas francais? Do you not speak French ? 

Comment trouvez-vous ce ga- How do you find (like) this cake? ie 
teau ?* 

Nous trouvons ces péches trés ) We find these peaches very good. 
bonnes. Welike-these peaches. very much. 


VOCABULARY. 


Allemand, m. German. Jardinier, m. Gardener. 


Anglais, m. English. Mauvais, Bad. 
Beeuf, m. Beef. Monde (tout le), Zverybody. 
_ Chévre-feuille, m. Honey- Montrer, Zo show. 
suckle. ¢-~- gee Mouton, m. Mutton. 
Désirer, Zo desire. CHillet, m. Pink. 
Done, Then. Orme, m. Hlm-tree. 


Eraple, m. Maple-tree. Parler, 70 speak. 


Espagnol, m. Spanish. Parent, Ltelation. 


Fleur, f. Flower. Personne, Vobody. 

_ Frangais, m. Zrench. Pommier, m. Apple-tree. 
Italien, m. Ztalian. Salade, fi Salad. 
Jardin, m. Garden. Tulipe, f Zudip. 


Give the nouns with the words mon or ma before them. 





e 


* After the word comment, how, and in some other cases, the 


came, LYE NY ha Sat A hae 
- French use the verb trowver, instead of aimer, to like: 


Comment trouvez-vous ce mouton? How do you like (find) this mutton ? 
I like it very much. 
I find té excellent. 
8 


Je le trouve excellent. 


j y - — 
} ol {~ o A. ‘A Litto ’ 6: fe E-! F as c¢ < , a Cue 
f * as j / ~ ath 


v 


7 ste Ae 4 Po i ; 4. IE € t a 


y An tty f 
fod maa ve ' FASQUELLE’! s inohonucrusT 


yee eee 63. 


1 Ne désirez-vous pas des fleurs? 2 Nous désirons 
du chévre-teuille. 3 Que montrez-vous au jardinier ? 
4 Nous montrons au jardinier de, belles tulipes et de 


ri 


— 


beaux ceillets. 5 Aimez-vous la salade? 6 J’aime la — 


salade. 7 Trouvez-vous cette salade bonne? 8 Nous 
ne la trouvons pas bonne. 9 Ne la trouvez-vous pas 
bien tendre? 10 Nous la trouvons trés mauvaise. 
11 Ne plantez-vous pas des ormes? 12 Nous ne 
plantons pas @ormes. 13 Que plantez-vous donc? 
14 Je plante des érables et de beaux pommiers. 15 A 
qui parlez-vous? 16 Je ne parle 4 personne. 17 EHst- 
ce que je n’aime pas mes parents? 18 Vous aimez 
tout le monde. 19 Nous aimons les grands jardins et 
les belles fleurs. 20 Notre cousine parle anglais, 
frangais, alkemand, espggnol et italien, |, _ 


ed oi a's 64. 


1 Do you speak French, my child? 2 No, sir, I do 
not speak French. 3 Does that young lady speak 


English? 4 She does not speak English, but she speaks 


German. 5 Does not your relation speak German ? 
6 My relation does not speak German. 7 We speak 
Spanish, Italian, French, and English. 8 Are you 
looking for flowers? 9 We are not looking for flowers. 
10 Do I ask for the gardener? .,11 You do not ask 
for any body. 12 Do you like beef? 13 We like (the) 
beef and (the) mutton. 14 How do you like this mut- 
ton? 15 [8 V. like it very much. U Eich he wid ae ) 


Y es Le WtAw 


Ap 4 
fY Ua AA 
= are mtill a / 


16 What do you find? 17 We find flowers and trees. 
18 Do you 4ke those peaches? (Do you find those 
- peaches good?) 19 I like these peaches very much, 
(J find these peaches very good.) 20 Are we not look. 
ing for the gardener? 21 We are looking for him. 
22 What do you plant? 23 You plant elms and maple 
trees. 24 What do we show tothe gardener? 25 We 
porte ‘o)the gardener the beautiful  poths 


Ye se is Kttk .. fo7” fat 1 2 


aoe Aaat ES ER Pe: CUE Sie 
aff XXXIV. -BESSON XXXIV. 





IRREGULAR VERBS.—ALLER; 70 GO, 


1. There are verbs, in the several conjugations, which 
do not, in all their tenses, end like the model verb of 
the conjugation to which they belong, they are there- 
fore called irregular verbs. 

For a complete list of these, see Larger Course, page 
356 and following. 

For the peculiarities of some verbs of the first conju- 
gation, see page 336 of the same book. 


2. The only verb of the first conjugation which is 
irregular in the present of the indicative, is ALLER, 
TO GO. 


3. PRESENT OF THE INDICATIVE OF ALLER, 70 GO, 


AFFIRMATIVELY. 
Je vais. I go or Tam going. 
Tu vas. Thou art going. 
Il va. He is going. 
Elle va . _She ts going. ° 


if } fs 444 ss 
Te a ee ae A | ef ot ee a i en ee ee 
rol : a a ~ : 
‘ Ler a hid = - 
j 
7 i - ¥ : a 


116 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


Nous allons. We go or are going. 

Vous allez. You go or are going. 

Ils vont. They go or are going. 

¢ INTERROGATIVELY. 

Est-ce que je vais? Am I going ? 
Vas-tu ?- : Art thou going ? 
Va-t-il? Is he going ? 
Va-t-elle ? Does she go ? 
Allons-nous ? Do we go ? 
Allez-vous ? Are you going ? 
Vont-ils ? Are they going ? 


4, The following irregular verbs of the second con- 
f—Tezation take, in the present of the indicative, the ter- 
minations of the first; 
_ Couvyir, to cover. Offrir, to offer. 
A “gCueillr, to gather, to pick. Ouvrir, to open. 
Découvrir, to uncover, to discover. Recueillir, to collect, 


5. Pres—ENtT OF THE INDICATIVE OF OFFRIR AND 


CUEILLIR. 
Joffr-e. I offer. 
Tu offr-es. Thou offerest. 
Il offr-e. He offers. 
Elle offr-e. She offers. 
Nous offr-ons. We offer. 
Vous offr-ez. You offer. 
Ils offr-ent. They offer. 
Je cueill-e. I gather or pick. 
Tu cueill-es. Thou gatherest. 
Il cueill-e. Fle gathers. 


Elle cueill-e. She gathers. 


~ 


FRENCH COURSE. 


Nous cueill-ons. 
Vous cueill-ez. 
Ils cueill-ent. 


117 


We gather. 
You gather. 
They gather. 


MopEL SENTENCES. 


A qui offrez-vous des fleurs ? 
J’offre des fleurs A mes amis. 
Est-ce que j'offre de l'argent ? 


To whom do you offer flowers ? 
L offer flowers to my friends. 
Do I offer money ? 


Pourquoi ouvrez-vous la porte? Why do you open the door ? 
Nouscueillonsde bonnes péches. We pick good peaches. 


Nous allons 4 Rome. 


Nous allons a Tuyin et & Rome. 


Oa allez-vous ce matin ? 


Je vaig 2 Londres. 


We are going to Rome. 

We are going to Turin and to 
Rome. 

Where are you going this morn- 
ing ? 

L am going to London. 


Hst-ce que je vais New York? Am I going to New York? 


Al 


ith. 
Aller, Zo go. 
Année, fi Year. 
Bruxelles, Brussels. 
Couvrir, Zo cover. 
Cueillir, Zo gather, to pick. 
Enfant, m. Child. 
Gateau, m. Cake. 

Len emént, Slowly. 
Matin, m. Morning. 
Mendiant, Beggar. 
Maison (a la), dé home. 
Maison, f. “ovse. 


VOCABULARY. 


Offrir, Zo offer. 
Orpheline, f. Orphan. 
Ouvrir, Zo open. 
Parce que, Because, 
Pourquoi, Why. 
Pauvre, Poor. 
Peu, Little. 

Porte, f. Door. 
Prochain, Next. 
Quand, When. 
Rue, f. Street. 
Semaine, f Week. 


5 a VAVA' CRAAAD 


118 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


Toujours, Always. Viande, f. Meat. 
Trop, Zoo, too much. Vite, Quick, 


ExERCISE 65)) 
MAMA ‘pits ao 


1 Ou allez-vous on enfant i 2 2Je vais 2 la maison, — 


vt “Af 


P?t 


3 Votre’ fore ve Vat Isat edee pr ‘ochaine? 4 Novis’ 4 


allons 4 Paris et 4 Bruxelles. 5 Qu’offrez-veous—d—ee 
re : VrtAe tin, — 

pauvre-mendiant? 6 Je lui offre du pain et de la 
viande, 7 Est-ce que je cueille de belles fleurs ? 
8 Vous cueillez de trés belles fleurs. 9 Pourquoi 
ouvrez-vous la porte? 10 Parceque je vais dans (into) 
la rue. 11 N?’allez-vous pas trop vite? 12 Nous 


allons trop Jentement. 13 Nous offrons du gateau 4 


notre ami. 14 Est-ce que j’offre trop peu? 15 Vous 
nofirez pas trop,peu. 16 Couvrez-vous votre livre? 
17 Je couvre jours m s livres. 18 Quand allez- 
vous 8 Turin? 19 N othttioas Turin la semaine 
prochaine. 20 J’offre de Pargent et des PoKees a cette 


pauvre orpheline. Ly ys 
/ Vl Me 


ao . 3° r : 
ETN - AA‘ 


Exrrciss 66, 


1 Where do we go next week ? »Kext week we 
are going to New York. 3 Why do you offer flowers 
to that poor orphan? 4 Why do you oir money to 
the beggar? 5 We pick Vety firte fldwers, 6 We 
always* offer cake to the child. 7 Do I go too quick? 
8 You always go too quick. 9 Why do you not cover 





* Put toujours after the verb. 





gt 


aan iceMNe a 1 prrrvns 


esas AAA ; 


on Borgel by 119 
our oe fi 10 Why a you not dmtpoe ol 


11 Because Iam not going home. 12 Do I offer too 
much cake to the child? 13 Do we go to Brussels or 
to Paris? 14 We are not going to Turin and to 
Rome. 15 Are you going into the street? 16 We 
are going home. 17 You always* go too fast. 18 Our 
friend goes too slowly. 19 We open the door because 
our father is at home. 20 I am going to London. 
21 You are not going home. 22 What do you offer 
to your friend? 23 I offer flowers. 24 I offer bread 
and meat. 25 We open the door and offer meat to 


oor be ar. pf 
F ihe Bertier es, pkie bh 








y Phew ~ A gg re ne 
7 bed lg ea eae 


+. LO<Xt = 
LECON XXXV. LESSON XXXV. 
VERBS OF SECOND CONJUGATION.—ENDING IN JR. 


1. The regular verbs of the second conjugation end 
in the present of the indicative in, zs, is, it, zssons, 
issez, issent. 


2. PRESENT oF THE INDICATIVE OF PUNIR, 70 PUNISA, 
AND Finir, 70 FINISH, 


Je pun-is, I punish. 
Tu pun-is, . Thou art punishing. 
Il pun-it. He punishes. 


Elle pun-it. She does punish, 





* Put toujours after the verb. 


120 


f + ~~ 
x £ 4 4h 
he » ky 


! fh, 


vASQUBLLD 5 INTRODU CTORY 


Nous pun-issons. 
Vous pun-issez. 
Ils pun-issent. 
Elles pun-issent. 


Je fin-is. 

Tu fin-is. 

Tl fin-it. 

Elle fin-it. 
Nous fin-issons. 
Vous fin-issez. 
Ils fin-issent. 
Elles fin-issent. 


. INTERROGATIVE Foro. 


Hst-ce que je punis ? 
Punis-tu ? 

Punit-il ? 

Punit-elle ? 
Punissons-nous ? 
Punissez-vous ? 
Punissent-ils ? 
Punissent-elles ? 


Est-ce que je finis? 
Finis-tu ? 

Finit-il ? 

Finit-elle ? 
Finissons-nous ? 
Finissez-vous ? 
Finissent-ils ? 
Finissent-elles ? 


We punish, 

You punish. 

They (m.) punish. 
They (£.) punish. 


L finish. 

Thou dost finish. 
He is finishing. 
She finishes. 

We finish. 

You finish. 

They (m.) finish. 
They (€.) finish. 


Do I punish ? 

Dost thou punish ? 
Does he punish ? 
Does she punish ? 

Do we punish? 
Do you punish ? 

Do they (m.) punish ? 
Do they (t.) punish ? 


Do I finish ? 

Dost thou finish ? 
Does he finish ? 
Does she finish ? 

Do we finish ? 

Do you finish ? 

Do they (m.) finish ? 
Do they (£.) finish ? 


FRENCH COURSE. 121 


4, For the Negative and the Negative and Interroga- 
tive form, see the place of NE and pas in the 33d 
Lesson ; as also Lesson 17, Rules 1 and 2, 


- 5, Conjugate in the same manner all regular verbs 
of this ®onjugation, such as: 


Avertir, to warn. Munir, to provide. 
Guérir to cure. Noireir, to blacken. 
Kmbellir, t9.embellish. Hianphit, to bleach. 
Chérif, to gherish. Unit, to unite. 







__Fournip, 
V pA Ta 


: proelixn mats 
hicliiae g ante? PIKE } 


a eas ae votre travail? Do you finish your work 2? 


tq furnish. Saif, a aes 


Je finis ma lecon. I finish my lesson. 
Que finissez-vous ? What do you finish ? 
Nous finissons nos thémes. We finish our exercises. 


Est-ce que je punis l'enfant? Do I punish the child? 

Vous punissez le petit garcon. You punish the little boy. 

Nous blanchissons la toile. We bleach the linen. 

Vous noircissez le papier. You blacken the paper. 

Le médecin guérit ses malades. The physician cures his patients. 
_ Ces enfants chérissent leur Zhose children cherish their 

mére. mother. 
Le boucher fournit la viande. The butcher furnishes the meat. 
Les jardiniers fournissent les Zhe gardeners furnish the vege- 


legumes, tables. 7 
fiw! 
VOCABULARY. 3 
Arrivée, f. Arrival. Blanchir, Zo dleach. 
Avertir, Zo inform, to Boucher, m. Butcher. 
warn. Boulanger, m. Baker. 


6 


$ 


122 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


Cocher, m. Coachman. Médecin, m. Physician. 
Dessin, m. Drawing. Mouchoir, m. Handker- 
Ecolier, m. Scholar. chief. 

Embellir, Zo embellish. Noircir, Zo bdlacken. 
Fournir, Zo furnish. Pain, m. Bread. 
Gouvernante, f: Governess. Paresseux, Jdle. 

Guérir, Zo cure. Punir, Zo punish. 
Jardinier, m. Gardener. Que, What. 

Legon, f. Lesson. Qui, Whom. 

Légume, m. Vegetable. Robe, f. Dress. 

Malade, m: Patient. Salir, Zo sod. 


Marchand, m. Merchant. Toile, f. Linen. 


Give the nouns in the vocabulary with ce, cet, cette, 
before them. 


ExErRcIisE 67, 


1 Que finissez-vous? 2 Nous finissons notre legon. 
3 Est-ce que je noircis le papier? 4 Vous noircissez 
le mouchoir. 5 Vous salissez votre robe. 6 Le bou- 
langer fournit-il de bon pain? 7 Il fournit d’excellent 
pain. 8 Les marchands fofirnissent d’excellent drap. 
9 Larchitecte embellit notre maison. 10 Vous embel- 
lissez le jardin. 11 Vous avertissez le cocher. 12 Qui 
eucrissez-vous? 13 Nous guérissons nos malades, 
14 Est-ce que je fournis de bons légumes? 15 Les 
jardiniers fournissent des legumes. 16 Ne punissez- 
vous pas vos écoliers, 17 Je punis mes écoliers quand 
ils sont paresseux. 18 Quelle toile blanchissez-vous ? 
19 Celle que (which) le marchand fournit. 20 Nous 
avertissons votre gouvernante de votre arrivée. An 


peu Ver te 


| Noe Act pas Leerececdos Mad FO ~ 
FRENCH COURSE. 123 


Exercise 68, 


1 Do you finish your book? 2 I do not finish my 
book. 8 We finish our drawing. 4 What do you 
embellish ? 5 We embellish our dresses. 6 Do you 
inform my cousin of my arrival? 7 I inform hei of 
your arrival, 8 Does the physician cure his patients ? 

he physicians cure their patients. 10 Do I cure 

e patients? 11 You donot cure the patients. 12 Does 
your gardener furnish you vegetables? 13 He’ does 
not furnish me vegetables. 14 Hé furnishes me flowers. 
15 Do you blacken your dress? 16 We do not blacken 

» dresses. 17 Do you soil your sister’s handker- 
chiefs ? 18 I soil hers and mine. 19, Do you not 
punish your scholars? .20 I do not punish my scholars. 
21 Does the butcher furnish you good meat? 22 He 
furnishes me good meat. 23 The gardeners furnish us 
good vegetables. 24 We finish our drawings. 25 sou 
do not finish your brother’s drawings. d. Lave 


dE ‘a Ae ™* moe 


LECON XXXVI. LESSON XXXVI. 





SECOND CONJUGATION, CONTINUED.—VERBS ENDING 
IN ZIR, 


1. The following verbs of the second conjugation, 
ending in ¢i, are irregular in the present of the in- 
dicative, and conjugated according to the model given 
on next page; 


124 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


*Consentir, to consent. ¢ Repartir, to set out again. 
4 Démentir, to give the lie.# Ressentir, to resent. 
4 Mentir, to lie. / Ressortir, to go out again. 
(Partir, to set out, to go Sentir, to feel. 
35 away, to leave. J Se repentir, to repent. 
, Pressentir, to foresee. — ysSortir, to go out. - 


2. The terminations of the, present of the indicative 
are Ss, 8, t, tons, tez, tent. 
Dens 


Aft 
3. Present or INDICATIVE OF ek TO GO OUT, 
erin 


AND ParR-TIR, 70 SET OUT. Vd 
Je sor-s. LI go out. 
Tu sor-s. Thou goest out. 
Il sor-t. fle goes out. 
Elle sor-t. She goes out. 
Nous sor-tons. . We go out. 
Vous sor-tez, You go out. 
Ils sor-tent. They go out. 
Je par-s, L set out. 
Tu par-s. Thou art setting out. 
Il par-t. He is setting out. 
Elle par-t. She is setting out. 
Nous par-tons. We are setting out. 
Vous par-tez, You are setting out. 
Ils par-tent. They are setting out. 

INTERROGATIVE FORM. 

Est-ce que je sors ? Do I go out ? 
Sors-tu? Dost thou go out ? 
Sort-il ? Is he going out ? 


Sort-elle ? Is she going out ? 


ee Se ee et ee 


FRENCH COUBSE. 125 


Sortons-nous ? Are we going out ? 
Sortez-vous ? Are you going out ? 
Sortent-ils ? Are they going out ? 
Hst-ce que je pars? Do I set out ? 
Pars-tu ? Art thou setting out 2 
Part-il ? Is he setting out? 
Part-elle ? Is she setting out ? 
Partons-nous ? Do we set out ? 
Partez-vous ? Do you set out ? 
Partent-elles ? Do they set out ? 


MopvpEL SENTENCES. 


Partez-vous aujourd’hui ? Do you go away to-day ? 


Je pars demain matin. I go away to-morrow morning. 
Est-ce que je sors trop t6t? Am I going out too early ? 
Vous sortez trop tard. _ You go out too late. 

Nous ne sentons pas le froid. We do not feel the cold. 

Vous sentez la chaleur. You feel the heat. 

Vous consentez 4 ma demande. You consent to my request. 

Je consens 4 cela. I consent to that. 

A quelle eure partons-nous? At what hour do we set out? 
Nous partons 4 midi. We set out at noon. 


VOCABULARY. 


Aprés-demain, the day Cinq, Five. 


after to-morrow. Demain, Zo-morrow. 
Aujour@hui, 70-day. Dimanche, m. Sunday. . 
Bon, Good. Hote, m. Guest. 
Consentir, Zo consent. Jeudi, m. Thursday. 


Chaleur, f. Heat. -  Lundi, m. Monday. 


{ f "2 a 
iS a ~ “a Z ‘a .% - a ol f al f? oe Pd a a, 7 i ¥ ~ 


126 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


Malade, Sick, <il. Repartir, Zo go again, to 
Mardi, m. Z'uesday. . go back, 

“Matin, m. Morning. Samedi, m. Saturday. 
Mentir, Zo tell a false- Sortir, To go out. 

hood. — Trois, Three. 

Mercredi, m. Wednesday. Vendredi, m. Friday. 
Partir, Zo leave. Voisin, m. Neighbor. 
Prochain, JVezt. Sentir, Zo feel, to smell. 


Exercise 69, 


1 Votre amie sort-elle aujourd’hui? 2 Elle ne sort 
pas, elle est malade. 3 Partez-vous lundi &d mardi? 
4 Nous partons mercredi et notre voisin part jeudi ou 
vendredi. 5 Sentez-vous le froid ce matin? 6 Nous 
ne sentons pas le froid, nous avons chaud. 7 Vos 
hétes repartent-ils aujour@hui? 8 Ils repartent samedi 
prochain. 9 Consentez-vous 4 partir dimanche ? 
10 Nous consentons 4 partir aprés-demain. 11 Ces 
roses ne sentent-elles pas? 12 Oui, Monsieur, elles 
sentent trés bon. 13 Est-ce que je sens la chaleur? 
14 Vous sentez le froid et la chaleur. 15 Ces belles 
roses ne sentent pas bon. 16 Nous partons a cing — 
heures. 17 Votre sceur sort trés tard. 18 Les bons 
enfants ne mentent jamais. 19 A quelle heure re- 
partez-vous? 20 Nous repartons 4 trois heures. 

ol - 
Exercise 70; 


1 Do you go out to-day? 2 I do not go out this 
morning, I am sick. 3 Do you leave this morning? 
4 We do not leave this morning. 5 My sister leaves 


yA FRENCH COURSE. 1247 


to-morrow morning. 6 We leave Sunday or Monday. 
7 Does your brother leave Tuesday or Wednesday ? 
8 He leaves Saturday. 9 Do I go back to-day? 
10 You go back Thursday or Friday. 11 Do you feel 
the cold, gentlemen (messiewrs) ? 12 We do not feel 
the cold. 13 Does that rose smell good? 14 That* 
rose does not smell good. 15 Do you consent to go 
away next Saturday? 16 Ido not conse go out 
Saturday. 17 Do I go out too (érop) late? 18 You 
go out too late. 19 We go out at five o’clock. 20 We 
set out at three o’clock. 21 Does your friend feel the 
cold? 22 She does not feel thecold. 23 (The) good 
children do not tell a falsehood. 24 We do not go 
away to-day, 25 We go away the day after Mie 


rofl 


*. 


~~ 
_ 





LEGON XXXVII. LESSON XXXVII. 
SECOND CONJUGATION.—VERBS ENDING IN ENIR, 


1. There are twenty-four irregular verbs of this con- 
jugation which end in enir.* 


2. They are all made out of Venir, to come, and» 





Tenir, to hold, and are conjugated like them. ae 
t Fa he ~ 
‘ é s te t Te, wae - 
? pata mh cs }~ 
g ® «'S’abstenir. Devenir. | _Parvenir. hw ! 1 Sbttontn \»’ 






‘.7¢-# Appartenir. ,. . “preventr. a) Se souvenir, 
f Conteniy, ba Entretern4 > Provenir. + Subvenir. 
_ G4 Gontrevenir. “4c os pia Retenir. qr a Survenir. 
gP Convenir. Wate. Se ressouvenir. Tenir. ed 


‘f enir. tenir) Ady Revenir. On, Venir. iis 
MY “See tof Verbs, Large , page 356, ray ' te be. 


os 
7 





Bes Cr 
is th. 


COI APTA 


128 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


8. The terminations of the present of the indicative 
in these verbs are dens, tens, tent, enons, enez, cennent. 


4, PRESENT OF THE INDICATIVE OF Veentn{ TO COME, 
AND TENIR, 70 HOLD, jaca 


Je v-iens.* I come. 

Tu v-iens, Thou art coming. 

Il v-ient. He is coming. 

Elle v-ient. She comes. 

Nous y-enons. We come. 

Vous v-enez. You come. 

Is v-iennent. They come. 

Je t-lens. I hold. 

Tu t-iens. Thou holdest. 

Il t-ient. fle holds. 

Elle t-ient. She holds. 

Nous t-enons. We hold. 

Vous t-enez. You hold. 

ls t-iennent. They hold. 
INTERROGATIVE FORM. 

Est-ce que je viens ? Do I come ?° 

Viens-tu ? Dost thou come ? 

Vient-il ? Does he come ? 

Vient-elle ? ~ Does she come ? 

Venons-nous ? Do we come ? 

Venez-vous ? Do you come ? 

Viennent-ils ? Do they come ? 


we 


a, > | 








~ * Pronounced like an in crank. See Lesson 5. This holds in 
all the verbs given in note, page 127. 


Ap La Een 
di ie es el 


FRENCH oe 129 


Est-ce que je tiens ? Do I hold ? 
Tiens-tu? — Dost thou hold ? 
Tient-il ? Does he hold ? 
Tient-elle ? Does she hold ? 
Tenons-nous? | Do we hold ? 
Tenez-vous ? Do you hold ? — 
Tiennent-ils ? Do they hold ? 


MopErL SENTENCES. 


Que tenez-vous ? What do you hold ? 
Je tiens ma plume. I hold my pen. 
Hst-ce que je viens trop tét? Do I come too soon? 
Obtenons-nous de l’argent? Do we obtain money ? 


Nous obtenons de l’emploi. We obtain employment. 

La malle contient-elle des Does the trunk contain clothes ? 
habits ? 

La petite fille devient-elle Does the litile girl become good ? 
bonne ? 

Est-ce que je maintiens mon Do I maintain my opinion ? 
opinion ? 

Nous soutenons le pauvre ma- We keep up the poor patient. 
lade. 

© retenez ces livres. You retain these books, 

Ce livre appartient 4 ma sceur. Zhat book belongs to my sister. 


_ Les estampes appartiennent au Zhe engravings belong to the 
libraire. bookseller. 


VOCABULARY. 


__ Appartenir, Zo belong. Bronze, m. Bronze. 

_ Argent, m. Money, silver. Brosse, f. Brush. 
Bientdét, Soon. _ Compagnon, m. Companion. 
Boite, fi Bow. Contenir, 70 contain. 


+ i gi 9 


180 FASQUELLE’S 


Cuivre, Brass, copper. 
Devenir, Zo become. 


ae Fer, m. Iron. 


Fer blane, m. Zin. 
Ferblanti¢y, m. Zinman. 
Malle, fi. Trunk. 
Marchand, m. Merchant. 
Métaux, Metals. 
Obtenir, Zo obtain. 


Orfévre, m. Goldsmith. 


, ~?ettd;) EXERCISE 71. 


7 ¢ 


INTRODUCTORY 


Plomb, m. Lead. 

Quand, When. 

Que, What. 

Qui, Whom. 

Revenir, 70 return, to come 
back. 

Soutenir, Zo keep up. 

Tenir, Zo hold, to keep. 

Tout, Adi. 

Venir, Zo come. 


ae 


1 Venez-vous de New York? 2 Nous venons de 
ibaa Je Notre compagnon revient de Franee. 
4 Quand*o tenez-vous votre argent? 5 Nous “obte: 
nons notre argent f demain. 6 A qui appartient ce 
livre? 7 Il appartient 4 la petite fille. 8 Cette brosse 


ne nous appartient pas. 


9 Ces métaux appartiennent 


aux marchands. 10 Le maréchal tient le cuivre et le 
fer. 11 Les ferblantiers tiennent le fer blanc. 12 Les 
orfévres tiennent Vor, ’argent, et le bronze. 13 Que 
contient cette boite? 14 Elle contientdu plomb. 15 Vos 
écoliers deviennent-ils attentifs? 16 Mes écoliéres de- 


viennent trés attentives. 


17 Quand revenez-vous a 


Paris? 18 Nous TovEnons dans une heure. 19 Nous 


revenons bientdét. 


Exercise 72, \ 
1 What do you hold? 


mr > 


4 
3 


2 I hold my pen and my 


book. 3 When do you come to Paris? 4 Wecome 


FRENCH COURSE. ~ 131 


to Paris tomorrow. 5 Does that box belong to your 
brother? 6 It belongs to my mother. 7 What does 
it contain? 8 It contains gold, silver, and copper. 
9 Does not that tin belong tothe tinman? 10 The tin 
and copper belong to the tinman. 11 What do the 
goldsmiths hold? 12 They hold bronze and gold. 
13 The merchants keep copper and iron. 14 The 
goldsmiths keep (the) gold and (the) silver. 15 Does 
your companion come soon? 16 He comes in an 
hour. 17 Are those little girls becoming attentive? 
18 They are becoming very attentive. 19 Are you 
coming to New York? 20 We are not coming to 
New York. 21 We return to-morrow. 22 We obtain 
(des) metals, 23 To whom does that brush belong? 
24 It belongs to my father. 25 Those brushes belong 
to my mother, 





LECON XXXVIII. LESSON XXXVIII. 
THIRD CONJUGATION.—ENDING IN OIR, 


1. The regular verbs of the third conjugation end in 
EVOIR. 


2. In the present of the indicative the terminations 
are, 0278, 018, Ott, evons, EvEez, OtVvENt. 


3. In the verbs of this conjugation, the ¢ takes a 
cedilla (¢ ) when it comes before o and wu, 


182 ~~ FASQUELLES INTRODUCTORY 


* } 


4, PRESENT OF THE INDICATIVE OF DEVoIR, TO OW2, 
AND RECEVOIR, 70 RECEIVE, 


Je d-ois. I owe. 

Tu d-ois. Thou owest. 
Il d-oit. fle owes. 
Elle d-oit. She owes. 
Nous d-evons. We owe. 
Vous d-evez. You owe. 

Ils d-oivent. They owe. 
Je rec-ois. I receive. 

Tu rec-ois. Thou receivest. 
Il rec. oit. He receives. 
Elle rec-oit. She recetves. 
Nous rec-evons. We receive. 
Vous rec-evez. You receive. 
Ils rec-oivent. They receive. 


INTERROGATIVE FORM. 


Est-ce que je dois ? ' Do I owe ? 
Dois-tu ? Dost thou owe ? 
Doit-il ? Does he owe ? 
Doit-elle ? Does she owe ? 
Devons-nous ? Do we owe ? 
Devez-vous ? Do you owe ? 
Doivent-ils ? ry Do they owe ? 
Est-ce que je recois? Do receive ? 
Recois-tu ? Dost thou receive ? 
Recoit-il ? Does he receive ? 


Recoit-elle ? Does she receive ? 


FRENCH COURSE. 133 


Recevons-nous ? Do we receive ? 
Recevez-vous ? Do you receive ? 
Recoivent-ils ? Do they receive ? 


5. There are only seven regular verbs in this con- 
jugation : 


Apercevoir, to perceive. Perdevoir, to collect duties, 


Concevolr, to conceive. tanes. 
Décevoir, to deceive. Regevoir, to receive. 
Deveoir, to owe. Redevoir, to owe again. 


6. Compren? How much? how many ? 
Beaucoup. Much, many. eer ee heeeao 





Combien recevez-vous? How much do you receive? 
Je recois beaucoup. I receive much, 


7. Before a noun pe follows combien and beaucoup. x 


Combien de livres ? How many books ? 
Beaucoup, de personnes. Many persons. 


Mepret SENTENCES. 


Combien devez-vous? How much do you owe ? 

Je dois dix dollars. I owe ten dollars. 

A. qui devons-nous ? To whom do we owe ? 

Vous devez 4 tout le monde. You owe every body. 
Recevez-vous des lettres ? Do you receive letters ? 

Mon cousin recoit un billet My cousin receives a note. 
Nous recevons de l’argent. We receive money. 

Vous n’apercevez pas l'enfant. You do not perceive the child. 
Ils apercoivent le chien. They perceive the dog. 


Combien recevez-vous ? How much do you receive ? 


134 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


Nous recevons six francs. We receive six francs. 
Vous ne recevez rien. You receive nothing. 


if” VocaBULARY. 


Aprés-midi, f. Afternoon. Matin, m. Morning. 
Argent, m. Money. Médecin, m. Physician. 
Aujour@hui, 70-day. Mille, Thousand. 
Bagatelle, f.. Zrifle. Ne—que, But, only. 
Capitaine, m. Captain. Oiseau, m. Bird. 

Cocher, m. Coachman. Presque, Almost. 

Deux, Two. Quelque chose, Anything, 
Domestique, m. Servant. something. 

Dollar, m. Dollar. Qui, Who, whom. 

Franc, m. France. Ui- Rien, Nothing, not any- 
Frére, m. Brother. thing. 


Gages, m. pl Wages. Rue, f. Street. 
AMonoraires, m. pl. Fees. Six, Sia. 

Joli, Pretty. Soldat, m. Soldier. 
Lettre, f. Letter. Solde, Pay. r 
Libraire, m. Bookseller. Toujours, Always. ‘XS 


SS 
ae i. 
+ 


Exercise 4a. 


1 Devez-vous quelque chose? 2 Je ne dois rien. 
8 Votre frére doit-il beaucoup d’argent? 4 Il doit 
deux mille dollars. 5 Recevez-vous vos lettres ce 
matin? 6 Je recois une lettre de mon frére. 7 N’a- 
percevez-vous pas les jolis oiseanx? 8 Je n’apercois 
pas les oiseaux. 9 Nous apercevons nos amis dans la 


FRENCH COURSE. 135 


rue. 10 A qui devez-vous six francs? 11 Je dois six 
francs & mon libraire. 12 Ce soldat doit-il beaucoup ? 
13 Il ne doit que deux dollars. 14 Il ne doit presque 
rien. 15 Est-ce que je dois beaucoup? 16 Vous ne 
devez qu’une bagatelle. 17 Le capitaine ne recoit pas 
sa solde. 18 Les médecins regoivent leurs honoraires. 
_19 Nos domestiques regoivent toujours leurs gages. 
20 Nous ne devons rien 4 notre cocher. 


Exercise (¢4, 

1 How much do we receive? 2 We receive three 
francs this afternoon. 3 Do you owe anything to the 
physician? 4 I owe my physician ten dollars. (Liter- 
ally: I owe ten dollars to my physician.) 5 Our phy- 
sicians receive their fees to-day. 6 Do you not per- 
ceivethe bird? 7Iperceive nothing. 8 Doesnot your 
brother perceive the soldier in the street? 9 He per- 
ceives the physician. 10 Does not your physician re- 
ceive his fee? 11 The physician receives his fee this 
morning. 12 Do you not owe much money? 13 We 
owe almost nothing. 14 The captains do not receive 
their pay. 15 Our coachman receives his wages.. 16 Do 
you owe your servants anything? (In French, the 
words should be placed thus: Do you owe anything to 
your servant?) 17 We owe ten dollars. 18 The 
soldier does not owe much. 19 We only owe six dol- 
lars. 20 How much does your booksellerowe? 21 He 
owes almost nothing. 22 We owe but atrifle. 23 Do 
I owe anything? 24 You'dwe nothing, 25 I do not 
receive anything to-day. 

Now 


136 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


LECON XXXIX. LESSON XXXIX. 
VERBS OF THE FOURTH CONJUGATION.—ENDING IN RZ, 

1. The regular verbs of this conjugation end mostly 
in ENDRE and ONDRE. 


2. The terminations of the present of the indicative 
are, ds, ds, d, dons, dez, dent. 


38. Present oF THE INpDIcATIVE OF ENTENDRE, 76 
HEAR, TO UNDERSTAND, AND PERDRE, TO LOSE, 


J’enten-ds, I hear. 

Tu enten-ds, Thou hearest. 
Il enten-d. He hears. 
Elle enten-d. She hears. 
Nous enten-dons. We hear. 
Vous enten-dez. You hear ? 
Ils enten-dent. They hear. 
Je per-ds. T lose. 

Tu per-ds. Thou losest. 
Il per-d. He does lose. 
Hlle per-d. She loses. 
Nous per-dons. © We lose. 
Vous per-dez. You lose. 

Ils per-dent. They lose. 


INTERROGATIVE FORM. 
Est-ce que jentends? Do I hear? 
Entends-tu ? Dost thou hear. 
Entend-il ? Does he hear ? 
Entend-elle ? Does she hear ? 


FRENCH COURSE. 137 


Entendons-nous ? Do we hear ? 

. Entendez-vous ? Do you hear ? 
Entendent-ils ? Do they hear ? 
Est-ce que je perds? $= Do LI lose? 
Perds-tu ? Dost thou lose ? 
Perd-il ? Does he lose ? 
Perd-elle ? Is she losing ? 
Perdons-nous ? Do we lose ? 
Perdez-vous ? Are you losing ? 
Perdent-ils ? Do they lose ? 


8. Conjugate in the same manner : 
Attendre, to wait for, to! Prétendre, to pretend. 
if ; ’ pr 


expect. / Rendre, to render, to return. 
/ Descendre, to go or come) Répandre, to spill, to spread. 
down. , Répondre, to answer. 
' Mordre, to dite. Vendre, to sell, &e. 


MopEL SENTENCES. 


Vendez-vous beaucoup de Do you sell many books ? 


livres ? 
Nous vendons beaucoup de We sell much paper. 
papier. 
Perdez-vous vos livres? Do you lose your books ? 
Nous perdons notre argent. We lose our money. 
Descendez-vous bient&t? Do you come down soon ? 
Nous descendons dans un mo- We are coming down in‘a mo- 
ment. ment. 
Nous attendons des livres. We are expecting books. 


Vous attendez votre frére. You are expecting your brother. 


138 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


Hst-ce que je vends trop cher? Do J sell too dear ? 
Vous ne vendez pas trop cher. You do not sell too dear. 


Nous rendons Il’argent. We return the money. 
Vous descendez trop tot. You come down too soon. 
i aOee, 
: VOCABULARY. pheitg. 

Associé, m. (Partner. Mordre, Zo bite. 
Attendre, Zo expect, towait Mouton, m. Sheep. 

for. Perdre, 70 lose. 
Berger, m. Shepherd. . Personne, Nobody, any- 
Café, m. Coffee. body.7 
Chien, m. Dog. Quel, Quelle, What, which. 
Deux, Zwo. Que, What. 
Descendre, Zo go or come Qui, Whom. 

down. Rendre, Zo render, to re- 
Du tout, Aé all. : turn. 
Enveloppe, f. Anvelope. Répandre, Zo spill, to 
Fermier, m. Harmer. spread. 
Heure, f. Hour, time, Répondre, Zo answer, to 

o’clock. reply. 


Kilogramme, m. -A%lo- Seize, Sixteen. 
gramme (about two Thé, m. Zea. 
pounds). Tondre, Zo shear. 

Libraire, m. Bookseller. Trois, Three. 

ae f, Pound. Vendre, Zo seit. 


CLA 0e to AKROR~ 
l , , Exercise 78, 
ee ft Me 2 f+ wrt) byckt Dy AAC $44 is 
1 Qui attendez vous? 2 Nous attendons notre as- 
socié. 3 N’attendez-vous personne? 4 J’attends ma 


FRENCH COUBSE. 139 


seur. 5 Le libraire vend-il des enveloppes? 6 Il 
_ vend des enveloppes et du papier. 7 Le chien ne 
mord-il pas? 8 Il ne mord personne. 9 A quelle 
heure descendez-vous? 10 Je descends 4 trois heures, 
11 Le fermier tond-il ses moutons? 12 Son berger . 
tond lesmoutons. 13 Pourquoi ne rendez-vous pas les 
seize francs? 14 Est-ce que je réponds bien? 15 Vous 
ae (correctly). 16 Que répondez- 
vousacela? 17 Jene réponds rien dutout. 18 Com- 
bien de vafé vendez-vous? 19 Nous vendons dix 
livres de café et deux kilogrammes de thé. ays 


J 


Exercise 76, 


1 Does that dog bite? 2 My dog does not bite. 
_ 8 At what hour do you come down? 4 We come 
down at three o’clock (hewres). 5 Dé you not expect 
the farmer?. 6 We do not expect the farmer, we ex- 
pect the shepherd. 7 Does not the shepherd shear 
your brother’s sheep? 8 The shepherd shears my me 
sheep. 9 Do I not answer weil? 10 You do not 
answer well. 11 My brother does not answer well. 
12 Do you sell envelopes? 13 I sell €nvelopes. 14 Do 
you sell a kilogramme of tea? 15 We sell pound of 
tea and a kilogramme of coffee. 16 What do you 
spill? 17 I;spill my tea and (my) coffee. 18 Do I 
spill your coffee? 19 DoT lose my money? 20 Do fo 
you expect any person? 21] expect nobody. 22 We 
expect our sister this morning. 23 What do you 
answer? 24 I answer nothing at all. 25 I am wait- 
Aw Deut 


140 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


ing for my father and (my) mother. 26 The book: 
seller does not sell tea. 
ae. 





LECON XL. LESSON XL. 


FOURTH CONJUGATION, CONTINUED.—VERBS ENDING 
IN UIRE, 


1. Those verbs of the fourth conjugation, which end 
in were, are irregular. 





2. The terminations of the present of the indicative 
are, 8, 8, t, sons, sez, sent. 


38. PRESENT OF THE INDicATIVE OF COoNDUIRE, 70 
CONDUCT, AND TRADUIRE, 70 TRANSLATE, | 


Je condui-s. T lead. 

Tu condui-s. Thou leadest. 
Il condui-t. He leads. 
Elle condui-t: She leads. 
Nous condui-sons. We lead. 
Vous condui-sez. You lead. 
Is condui-sent. They lead. 
Je tradui-s. LT translate. 


Tu tradui-s. 
Il tradui-t. 
Elle tradui-t. 


Thou translatest. 
Fle translates. 
She translates. 


Nous tradui-sons. We translate. 
Vous tradui-sez. You translate. 
Ils tradui-sent. They translate. 


FRENCH COURSE. 141 


INTERROGATIVE FORM. 


Est-ce que je conduis? Do I lead ? 


Conduis-tu ? Dost thou lead ? 
Conduit-il ? Does he lead ? 
Conduit-elle ? Does she lead ? 
Conduisons-nous ? Do we lead ? 
Conduisez-vous ? Do you lead ? 
Conduisent-ils ? Do they lead ? 
Est-ce que je traduis ? Do I translate ? 
Traduis-tu ? : Dost thou translate ? 
Traduit-il ? Does he translate ? 
Traduit-elle ? Does she translate ? 
Traduisons-nous ? Do we translate ? 
Traduisez-vous ? Do you translate ? 
Traduisent-ils ? Do they translate ? 


4. The following verbs are conjugated like the above: 
Construire,.to construct. Perot ‘ulre, to instruct. 








Cuire, to cook. Produit re, to produce. 
Détruire, to destroy. Réduire, to reduce. 
, 7 ‘ r SR Fares ODE LL AL DAO 
) Jatroduire, to introduce. Séduire, to seduce. 
5. Quzr. Whom, which. — pA Caliper Rr 


L’enfant que je conduis. Zhe child mht T lead. 
Le livre que je traduis. The book which I translate. 


MopEL SENTENCES. 


Od conduisez-vous le garcon? Where do you lead the boy ? 
Je conduis l'enfant dans le jar- J conduct the child into the gar- 
din. den. 


142 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


Détruisez-vous cette lettre? Do you destroy that letter 2 
Nous détruisons ce livre. We are destroying that book. 
Instruisons-nous les écoliers? Do we instruct the scholars 2 
Quelle legon traduisez-vous? What lesson do you translate ? 
Hst-ce que je traduis bien ? Do I translate well ? 

La demoiselle traduit ce livre. Zhe young lady translates that 


book. 
Cette terre produit beaucoup. That land produces very much. 
Nous conduisons nos amis. We are conducting our friends. 
Vous présentez vos connais- You introduce your acquaint- 
sances. ances. 


Vous construisez une belle You construct a beautiful house. 
maison. 


f 
£ /¢ 
Pf 


VOCcABUL aR, Pe rg? 

Assez, Enough. Four, m. Oven. as 
Beaucoup, Much, many. Introduire, Zo introduce. 
Bien, Very, well, easy. Instruire, Zo instruct. 
Boulanger, m. Baker. Jardin, m. Garden. 
Combien, How much, how Legon, tf. Lesson. 

many. Légume, m. Vegetable. 
Conduire, Zo conduct, to Mal, Badly. 

take, ‘to lead. Page, f. Page. 


Cuire, Zo cook, to bake. | Plume, f. Pen. 
Désespoir, m. Despair.  Produiré, To produce. 
Détruire, Zo destroy. Que, What, which, whom. 


Difficile, Difficult. Recevoir, Zo receive. 
Ecole, f. School. Réduir¢, Zo reduce. 
Ecolier, m. Scholar. Terre, f. Astate. 
Kelise, f. Church. Traduir¢, 7o translate. 
Facile, Hasy. Viande, f. Meat. : 


4 
rae 
et 
“ 


4 \ 


FRENCH COUBSE. 1438 


Exercise 77%, 


1 Est-ce que je traduis mal? 2 Non, mon enfant, 
vous traduisez assez bien. 3. Traduisez-vous les livres 
que vous recevez? 4 Nous traduisons ceux que nous 
—recevons. 5 Conduisez-vous vos enfants 4 ’église? 6 Je 
conduis ceux de mon frére 4 Pécole. 7 Traduisez-vous . 
une lecon difficile? 8 La lecon que je traduis est bien 
facile. 9 Votre jardin produit-il beaucoup? 10 II pro- 
duit beaucoup delégumes. 11 Nous réduisons nos amis 
au désespoir. 12 Combien de pages traduisons-nous ? 
13 Combien décoliers instruisons-nous? 14 Nous 
cuisons des légumes. 15 Le boulanger cuit le pain. 
16 Le four ne cuit pas bien. 17 Ces légumes ne 
cuisent pas bien. 18 Pourquoi n’introduisez-vous pas 
votre frére? 19 Aisa ae: detr uisez-Vous cette pinme tS 


c “nm E's 4. Oe we - A ho 4. ha bi Gy 


© cmv 


JExercise 78, ptr a — bred A 


1 How many scholars do you instruct? 2 I instruct 
twenty scholars. 3 DoI cook the vegetables enough ? 
4 You cook the vegetables enough. 5 The baker does 
not cook the bread well. (Put bien before pain.) 6 Do 
you cook meat? 7 No, sir, we cook bread. 8 Where 
do you take (conduct) your brother? 9 I take him to 
school. 10 Why do we not take our children to 
church? 11 We take them to church, 12 Why do 
you not translate? 13 I am translating my lesson. 
14 Am I translating? 15 How many pages do we 
translate? 16 The book which we are translating is 
not very difficult. 17 Does your garden produce good 


144 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


vegetables? 18 It produces good vegetables. 19 You 
do not reduce our friends to (au) despair. 20 Does 
your oven bake well? 21 We cook our meat much. 
22 Do you destroy your books? 23 Do I destroy the 
book which I receive? 24 You destroy your books. 
25 The lessons which I translate are not very difficult. 





LECON XLI. LESSON XLI. 


FOURTH CONJUGATION, CONTINUED.—VERBS ENDING IN 


Pe AITRE AND OITRE, anal 
AVM Ae ‘ t. A. 


1. The a irregular verbs of the fourth conju- 
~ gation, ending with the above terminations, are: 


Connaitre, to know, to be Reconnaitre, to recognize. 


W 


acquainted with. Croitre, to grow. 
Disparaitre, to disappear. Décroitre, to decrease, to 
Paraitre, to appear. grow less. 


Kt tier . 


2. The terminations of the present of the indicative 
of these verbs are: 

1. Ais, ais, att, aissons, aissez, aissent. 

2. Ois, ots, ott, oissone, oissez, oissent. (o instead of a). 


38. PRESENT OF THE INDICATIVE OF CONNAITRE, 70 
ENOW, AND CroiTRE, 70 GROW. 


Je conn-ais, I know. 
Tu conn-ais, Thou knowest. 
Il conn-ait. He knows. 


Elle conn-ais, She knows. 


crn 


lla 


AS. Ame Bago Welt. ~ Q Iw 





FRENCH COURSE. 145 
Nous conn-aissons. We know. 
Vous conn-aissez. You know. 
Ils conn-aissent. They know. 
Je cr-ois, I grow. | 
Tu cr-ois. Thou art growing. 
I] cr-oit, He grows. 
Elle er-oit. She grows. 
Nous cr-oissons, We grow. 
Vous cr-oissez. You grow. 
Ils cr-oissent. They grow. 


INTERROGATIVE FORM. 
Est-ce que je connais? Do I know ? 


Connais-tu ? Dost thou know ? 
Connait-il ? Does he know ? 
Connait-elle ? Does she know ? 
Connaissons-nous ? Do we know ? 
Connaissez-vous ? Do you know ? 
Connaissent-ils ? Do they know ? 
Est-ce que je crois? Do I grow ? 
Crois-tu ? Art thou growing ? 
Croit-il ? Does he grow ? 
Croit-elle ? Does she grow ? 
Croissons-nous ? Do we grow ? 
Croissez-vous ? Are you growing ? 
Croissent-ils ? Do they grow ? 


MopErLt SENTENCES. 


Je connais votre frére. I am acquainted with your 
brother. 


_ Connaissez-vous cette dame? Do you know that lady ? 
10 





f <>. et a —_ at a? fle eS ae ee eee ae 
eee, spy Her eRe ER, AS ew ik 
ch ot Apo ¥ bey AGCt24g «— Bee | 
: I (if ee, 
{ ‘ : ‘ 
146 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


Hst-ce que je connais ce mon- Am I acquainted with that gen- 
sieur ? tleman ? 

Vous paraissez trés faché. You appear very angry. 

Est-ce que je parais bien aise? Do I appear very glad ? 

Ces legumes croissent rapide- Those vegetables grow rapidly. 
ment. 

Les jours décroissentlentement. The days decrease slowly. 

Je reconnais ces demoiselles. JI recognize those young ladies. 

Kst-ce que vous reconnaissez Do you know that house again ? 
cette maison? (See Lesson 
30, R. 3. 

Reconnaissez-vous cette rue? Do you recognize that street? 

Je ne reconnais personne ici. J recognize nobody here. 


VocABULARY. 


Affligé, Grieved. | Lentement, Slowly. 
Bien, Well, very. Malade, Sick, 
Bientdt, Soon. Oncle, m. Unele. 
Brouillard, m. Fog. Paraitre, Zo appear, to 
Connaitre, Zo know, to be seem. 
acquainted with. Parent, m. Relation. 
Croitre, Zo grow, to in- Peintre, m. Painter. 
crease. Personne, Vobody, not any- 
Décroitre, To decrease. body. | 
_ Disparaitre, Zo disappear. Rapidement, Rapidly. 
Eté, m. Summer. Reconnaitre, Zo recognize. 
Faché, Angry, sorry. Tableau, m. Picture. 
Fruit, m. Frit. Toujours, Always. 
Jour, m. Day. Tout, Ad. 
Ici, Here. . . Triste, Sad. 


Légume, m. Vegetable. — Vite, Quick, quickly. 





4 


“a 


/ e ree Zt OO ee i 
(Og OF Soa / 
vA f 
’ 
f 


FRENCH COURSE. 147 


Exercise 79, 


1 Connaissez-vous mon cousin? 2 Je connais tous 
vos parents, 3 Connaissons-nous quelqu’un ici? 
4 Nous ne connaissons personne. 5 Les jours crois- 
sent-ils rapidement? 6 Les jours croissent lentement. 
7 Aejfruits et Jes legumes croissent rapidement. 8 Le 
brouillard disparait lentement. 9-Vous disparaissez 
bientét. 10 Reconnaissez-vous vos amis? 11 Je ne 
reconnais personne. 12 Ne reconnaissons-nous pas 
cette demoiselle? 13 Est-ce que je parais triste? 
14 Vous paraissez bien triste. 15 Cette demoiselle 
parait toujours trés affligée. 16 Je ne reconnais pas 
la maison de votre oncle. 17 Est-ce que je ne recon- 
nais pas mes habillements? 18 Vous ne reconnaissez 
pas les tableaux de votre peintre. 19 Ces demoiselles 
paraissent trés fachées aujourd’hui. 


P74 jf . 7 y. f 
eet I he ce Ua Be pe SS 


Pd Pe / ; ro Pa 
SSO AAAY! 


‘La ~ be = aK} VAT Ve Se 


sir. 3 Do you Hot know your friend? 4 I always 
recognize (put always after recognize in French) my 
friends. 5 Do you know anybody here? 6 Your 
brother knows nobody here. 7 Your cousin disap- 
pears soon. 8 You disappear rapidly. 9 Our poor 
sister appears very sad. 10 Do you recognize those 
young ladies? 11 I recognize your friend’s sisters. 
12 Do not your children grow very rapidly ? 13 Those 
little children grow very slowly, they are sick. 14 The 
days decrease slowly in summer. 15 Those fruits and 
(those) vegetables do not grow very fast. 16 Your 


\ 


148 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


sister does not look grieved, but you look sad. 17 Do 
I recognize my clothes? 18 You recognize your 
clothes. 19 Your uncle does not recognize anybody. 
20 Do you know that painter? 21 Do you recognize 
his picture? 22 I do not recognize his picture. 
23 Does your uncle appear angry to-day? 24 He does 
not appear angry. 





LECON XLII. LESSON XLII. 


FOURTH: CONJUGATION, CONTINUED.—VERBS ENDING IN 
INDRE, 
1, There are fourteen irregular verbs ending in 
indre, the principal are: 
Atteindre, to reach, to at- Feindre, to feign, to pre- 


tain. tend. 
Ceindre, to gird. Joindre, to join. 
Contraindre, to constrain, Peindre, to paint. 
Craindre, to fear. Plaindre, to pity. 


Eteindre, to extinguish.  'Teindre, to dye, to tint. 


2. The terminations of the present of the indicative 
are, 28, NS, Nt, Ynons, gnezZ, gnent. 


3. PRESENT OF THE INDICATIVE OF CRAINDRE, 70 
FEAR, AND PEINDRE, 70 PAINT. 


Je crai-ns, I fear. 
Tu crai-ns. Thou fearest. 
Il erai-nt. He fears. 


Elle crai-nt. She fears. 


FRENCH COURSE. 


Nous crai-gnons. 
Vous crai-gnez. 
Ils crai-gnent. 


Je pei-ns, 

Tu pei-ns. 

Il pei-nt. 

Elle pei-nt. 
Nous pei-gnons, 
Vous pei-gnez. 
Ils pei-gnent. 


149 


We fear. 
You fear. 
They fear. 


LT paint. 

Thou art painting. 
fle paints. 

She paints. 

We paint. 

You are painting. 
They paint. 


INTERROGATIVE FORM. 


Hst-ce que je crains? 
Crains-tu ? 
Craint-il ? 

Craint-elle ? 
Craignons-nous ? 
Craignez-vous ? 
Craignent-ils ? 


Est-ce que je peins ? 
Peins-tu ? 

Peint-il ? 

Peint-elle ? 
Peignons-nous ? 
Peignez-vous ? 
Peignent-ils ? 


Do I fear ? 
Dost thou fear ? 
Does he fear ? 
Does she fear ? 
Do we fear ? 
Do you fear ? 
Do they fear ? 


Do LI paint ? 

Dost thou paint ? 
Does he paint ? 
Does she paint ? 
Are we painting ? 
Do you paint ? 
Are they painting ? 


MovpEL SENTENCES. 


Que peignez-veus ? What are you painting ? 
Je peins le portrait de votre J am painting your brother's 
frére. portrait. 


150 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY. 


Hst-ce que je peins bien ? Do I paint well ? 
Ne plaignez-vous pas ce pauvre Do you not pity that poor man ? 
homme ? 
Je plains cette malheureuse J Pity that unfortunate woman. 
femme. 
Vous feignez d'étre bien faché y ou pretend to be very angry. 
Nous feignons d’étre bien aises. We pretend to be very glad. 
Les teinturiers ne teignent pas Zhe dyers do not dye well. 
bien. 
Nous teignons de la toile. We are dying linen. 
Hist-ce que j’éteins la lampe? Am J extinguishing the lamp ? 
Le petit garcon éteint la chan- The little boy puts out the candle. 
delle. 


Vous craignez le chien. You fear the dog. 
Ils craignent leur pére. They fear their father. 
+ Si VOCABULARY, 
Wirtds. 
Atteindre, Zo atiain, to Gaz, m. Gas. 
reach, to overtake. Industrie, f. Industry. 
Chandelle, f£, Candle. Joindre, Lo j oin. 
Cheval, m. Horse. Mathers m. Unfortu- 
Chies, m. Dog. ate. 
Craindre, Zo fear. * Méchant, Cross, wicked. 
Docile, Gentle. MGy.en, m. Means. 


Domestique, m. Servant. Morceau, m. Piece. 
Eteindre, Zo extinguish,to Parce que, Because. 


put out. Parents, m. Parents. 
Ktude, f Study. Peindre, 70 paint. 
Feindre, Zo feign, to pre- Peintre, m. Painter. 
. tend. Plaindre, Zo pity. 


Feu, m. /ire. Portrait, m. Portrait. 


FRENCH COURSE. 151 


Pourquoi, Why. Teindre, 7 0 dye. 
Salon, m. Drawing-room. ‘'Teintuytrer, m. Dyer. 
Tableau, m. Picture. Toile, f. Linen. 


Exercise §8l, 


1 Eteignez-vous la chandelle? 2 Nous éteignons 
la chandelle et le feu. 3 Le domestique éteint le gaz 
dans le salon, 4 N’atteignez-vous pas votre frére dans 
ses études? 5 Nous n’atteignons pas notre frére. 
6 Ne craignez-vous pas vos parents? 7 Je crains mes 
parents. 8 Pourquoi craignez-vous ce chien? 9 Je 
crains le chien, parce qu’il parait trés méchant. 10 Votre 
peintre ne peint-il pas un portrait? 11 Nous peignons 
un grand tableau. 12 Hst-ce que je ne plains pas les 
malheureux ? 13 Vous ne plaignez pas les malheureux. 
14 Nous plaignons les malheureux que nous connaissons. 
15 La toile que nous teignons n’est pas bonne. 16 Nous 
joignons nos moyens et notre industrie. 17 Pourquoi 
ne joignez-vous pas ces morceaux? 18 Est-ce que je 
feins détre faché ? 19 Vous feignez d’étre bien faché. 


_~ 


ke 


Exercise 82, 


1 What are you painting? 2 I am painting your 
brother’s portrait. 3 Does that painter paint a large 
picture? 4 He paints his cousin’s portrait. 5 Why 
do you not put those pieces together (join those pieces)? 
6 [join all the pieces which I have. 7 Do I fear that 
large dog? 8 You appear to (leave out ¢o) fear the 
dog. 9 Your friend does not appear to fear his father. 


152 FASQUELLXH’S INTRODUCTORY 


10 Do you not fear my horse? 11 I do not fear your 
horse, he appears very gentle. 12 Do you not pity 
that unfortunate man? 13 We pity the” unfortunate. 
14 Do we overtake our friends in their studies? 
15 Why do you not put out the gas? 16 We put out 
the gas and the fire. 17 You join your means and 
(your) industry. 18 Do you pretend to be (étre) . 
very sad? 19 That young lady pretends to be very 
angry. 20 Do you dye that cloth? 21 The dyer 
dyes that cloth. 22 He dyes two large pieces of linen. 
23 We pity those ladies. 24 Does the servant put out 
the candle? 25 He puts out the fire. 


clenl Le fur, 
Aud Yetateclianr, 
LECON XUIII. LESSON XLIITI. 





THE PRONOUNS.—THEIR PLACE.—EW, Y. 


1. The following personal pronouns are placed before 
the verb: 


Mg, Me, to me. 

TE, Thee, to thee. 

Ls, Him, it in the masculine. 

La, Her, it in the feminine. 

Lui, . To him, to her. 

Novus, Us, to us. 

Vous, You, to you. 

Ls, Them, masculine or feminine, 
Lzeur, 7o them, masculine or feminine, 


FRENCH COURSE. 153 


Vous me blamez, You blame me. 
Vous me parlez, You speak to me. 
Vous le punissez, You punish him. 


1 We speak to him. 
We speak to her. 

Il nous doivent de Pargent, Zhey owe us money. 
I] nous entendent, They hear us. 


Nous lui parlons, 


2. The relative pronouns: 
En, Of it, of them, some, any. 
Y, Zo it, to them, at that place, there, thither ; 
come also before the verb. 


J’en parle, , » tL speak of it. 
J’en donne, I give some. 
J°y vais, L go there. 


3. An and y are used generally with reference to 
things, and must be expressed in French, although the 
corresponding words may be left out in English. 


Avez-vous des livres? Have you books ? 
J’en ai. I have (some). 

Y allez-vous? Do you go there ? 

Jy vais. Ido. Lit.,Z go there. 


MopvpEL SENTENCES. 


Me louez-vous? Do you praise me? 
Je ne vous loue pas, je vous J do not praise you, I blame 
blame. you. 


Est-ce que je vous préte un Do J lend you a book? 
livre? : 
Vous ne me prétez rien. You do not lend me anything. 


Y ia 


154 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


Je vous rends votre argent. I return you your money. 
Je le rends 4 votre pére. I return tt to your father. 
Avez-vous de l’argent ? Have you any money ? 
Je n’en ai pas. I have not (any). 

Nous en devons beaucoup. We owe much (of i). 


Ne nous attendez-vous pas? Do you not expect us ? 
Nous les attendons ce matin. We expect them this morning. 
Nous y allons maintenant. We are going there now. 


VocABULARBY. 


The number after the verb indicates the conjugation to which it 
belongs. : 


Acajou, m. Mahogany. * Dollar, m. Dollar. 
Acheter, 1. Zo buy. + Ebéniste, m. Oabinet- * 


Aller,* 1. Zo go. maker. 
Année, f. Year. Entendre, 4. Zo hear. . ,* 
Argent, m. Money. © Fauteuil, m. Arm-chair. fo" 
Attendre, 4. Zo wait, to Fermier, m. Farmer. 
expect. Flatter, 1. Zo flatter. . 
Aujourd’hui, 70-day. Louer, 1. Zo praise. 
Beau, Handsome, beauti- Menuisier, m. Joiner. yg? 
Sul. ; Parler, 1. Zo speak. 
Blamer, 1. Zo blame. Pourquoi, Why. 
Casser, 1. Zo break. Recevoir, 3. Zo receive, 
Chaise, f. Chair. Tout, Adi. 
Demain, To-morrow. Vendre, 4. Zo sell. 
Demander, 1. Zo ask for. Venir,t 2. Zo come. 
Donner, 1. Zo give. Voir, 3. Zo see. ft 





* See Lesson 34. - $4See Leséon 37. 


j ee eee 


FRENCH COURSE. 155 


Exercise 83. 


1 Le menuisier vient me parler. 2 Le libraire va 
vous donner du papier. 8 Ne demandez-vous pas mon 
cousin? 4Je le demande. 5 Nous ne le demandons 
pas. 6 Nous venons vous voir. 7 Allez-vous voir le 
fermier aujourd’hui? 8 Nous allonsle voir. 9 Quel 
beau livre nous donnez-vous? 10 Je ne vous donne 
pas de Vivre, je n’en ai pas. 11 Me vendez-vous le 
drap? 12 Je ne vous vends paste frap.. 13 Je n’en™™ 
vends pas, ke, n’en ai pas. 14 Ne nous entendez- 
vous pas? 15 Nous ne vous entendons pas. 16 Ne 

“wMes attendez-vous pas cette année? 17 Nous ne les 
attendons pas cette année. 18 Votre frére ne regoit- 
il pas tout son argent? 19 Il ne le recoit pas. 
20 Vous les blamez, nous les louons, et le a es les 


flatte. dt 
Exercise 84, \ghrws Ww ahh 


1 Do you break the arm-chair? 2 I do not break 
it. 3 Does the cabinet-maker give you sha atiouaed 
hair? 4 He does not give it, he sells it to the joiner. 
5 Does the cabinet-maker come to speak to you? 
6 He goes to speak to my father. 7 Do you expect 
me? 8 I do not expect you this morning. 9 Do you 
not hear me? 10 I donot hear you. 11 Do you not 
receive your money? 12 I donot receive it. 13 Do 
you not praise hym to-day ? 14 No, sir, I de not praise 
him, I blame him. 15 Why de"yau not sell ts the 
_ cloth? 16 Have you the money this morning? 
17 Yes, sir, we have & 18 Have you any money to- 


Ete ee, Oe ee ae eee far d 


156 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


day? 19 Yes, sir, we have some, we have twenty 
dollars. 20 Does the cabinet-maker give you all his 
money? 21 He does not give ity, 22 Do you expect 
me to-day? 23 We do not expect you to-day, we 
expect you to-morrow. 24 Do yon not sell me the 
mahogany chair? 25 I donot sell it. 26 The cabinet- 
maker sells it. 27 We sell the chairs, we do not give 


them. PX 





LEGON XLIV. LESSON XLIV. 
PRONOUNS, CONTINUED. 


1, When the French personal pronouns are preceded 
by a preposition, (in English, by a preposition other than 
to), they come after the verb. They assume the follow- 
ing forms: 

De moi, Avec moi, Aprés moi, &. Of or from me, With me, After me- 


De toi, Avec toi, Avant toi. Of thee, With thee, Before thee. 
De lui, Avec lui, Aprés lui. Of him, With him, After him. 
D'elle, Avec elle, Aprés elle. Of her, With her, After her. 


De nous, Avec nous, Avant nous. Of us, With us, Before us. 

De vous, Avec vous, Aprés vous. Of you, With you, After you. 
D’eux, Avec eux, Aprés eux. Of them, With them, After them. 
D’elles, Aprés elles, Avec elles. Of them, After them, With them. 
Votre frére parle de moi, Your brother speaks of me. 
Nous sommes avec vous, We are with you. 

Mon ami vient aprés moi, My friend comes after me. 


2. The preposition cuz, used in connection with a 
noun or one of the above pronouns, means Aterally;g at 
or to the house of. 


' kK ef, ‘ fi 2 
«1 af 
~ \ ” 
.4 FRENCH Trae 157 
At my shoemaker’s house. 


At my shoemaker’s. 
Je e vais chez le serrurier, JZ am going to the lock- 


or 


Cheg mon cordonnier, 


smith’s. 
Reseed nous, At our house. 
Chez lui, At his house. 
Chez elle, At her house. , 
.Venez chez nous. Come to our house. 


MopEL SENTENCES. 


Venez-vous chez moi? Are you going to my house ? 
Nous allons chez votre mar- We are going to your merchant's, 
chand. 


Lui offrez-vous le livre ? Do you offer him the book ? 
Je ne lui offre rien. IT offer him nothing. 

Il n’attend rien de moi. He expects nothing from me. 
Vous fermez Ja porte aprésmoi. You shut the door after me. 
Vous m’ouvrez la porte. You open the door to me. 
Nous sortons avant eux. We go out before them. 
Nous les conduisons a l’école. We take them to school. 
Nous les y conduisons. We take them there. 

Ne cueillez-vous pas les fleurs? Do you not pick the flowers ? 
Je ne les cueille pas. I do not pick them. 

Je n’en cueille pas. I do not pick any. 
Pourquoi les punissez-vous? Why do you punish them? 
Je recois des fleurs d’eux. I receive flowers from them. 


 VocaABULARBY. 


Amitié, f. Friendship. Attendre, 4. Zo eapect, to 
Aprés, After. wait for. 
Argent, m. Money. Au moins, At least. 


158 FASQUELLE’S rtNTROUDUCTORY 

Avant, Before. Officier, m. Officer. 

Avec, With. _ jo Offrir,t 2. Zo offer. @ . 
Billet, m. Wote.*"~ Paykyge, m. Landscape. 
Chambre, f. Room. Peindre,§ 4. Zo paint. egy 
Charbon, m. Coal. Pour, For. 


Compagne, f. Companion. Qui, Whom. 
=~ Connaitre,* 4. Zo know. Recevoir, 3. To receive. 
~ Construire,t 4. Zoconstruct. Reconnaitre,* 4. To recog-— 
Demander, 1. Zo ask, to nize. 


ask for. Serre, f. Hot-house, green- 
Intimy, Jntimate. house. 
Jardiniér, m. Gardener. Sortir,| 2. Zo go out. 
Maison, f. House. ee m. Zraveller. 


ass: 


Exercise 80d. 


1 Attendez-vous un billet du voyageur? 2 J’at- 
tends un billet de lui. 3 Peignez-vous ce paysage pour 
elle ou pour lui? 4 Je le peins pour elle. 5 Votre 
compagne était-elle avec sd scur? 6 Elle était avec 
elle et avec moi. 7 Nous vous attendons chez moi. 
8 Les officiers sont-ils chez mon .pére? 9 Oui, mon- 
sieur, ils sont chez lui. 10 Construisez-vous une maison 
pour le jardinier ? 11 Je construis une serre 7 ti 
12 Sortez-vous avant lui? 13 Je sors au moins une 
heure aprés lui, 14 Je lui donne d&Pargent et je 
recois dd“¢harbon de lui. 15 Ow les attendez-vous ? 
16 Je les attends chez leurs amis intimes. 17 Ne les 





- * See Lesson 41. - + Lesson 40. } Lesson 34, § Lesson 42. 
| Lesson 36, 


he = eel ese ils TOE 


FRENCH COURSE. 159 


connaissez-vous pas? 18 Je ne les reconnais pas. 
19 Je vous demande cela, 20 J’attends cela de vous 
et de votre amitié. © tt ; 


“— Exercise 86, 


1 For whom do you construct that house, for him or 
fowme? 2 I construct it for you. 8 We construct it 
for her. 4 Does he not paint with you? 5 No, sir, 
he paints with her. 6 Are not the travelers at your 
father’s with him? 7 No, sir, they are at my intimate 
friend’s. 8 Do you expect a note from me? 9 I ex- 
pect a letter from her. 10 For whom does the mason 
construct that hot-house? 11 He constructs it for me. 
12 Do you go out before him? 13 I go out of the 
room after him. 14 Do you offer me that book? 
15 I offer the book to him. 16 Do you receive letters 
from her? 17 I receive letters from them. 18 Do 
you live at their house? 19 I live at my brother’s 
house. 20 Do you know them? 21 I do not know 
them. 22 Do you know the officers who live at my 
house? 23 I know them. 24 Where do you expect 
me? 25 I expect you at your brother’s or at your 
sister’s, 





LECON XLV. LESSON XLV. 
RESPECTIVE POSITION OF THE PRONOUNS, 


1. When there are two pronouns, they are placed in 
the following order: 


160 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


Me 1z,* him or it, 
Me ta, her or it, 
Te LE, him or it, 
Te ua, her or it, 


Novus tz, him or oh 


tome. Mr wxs,_ them to me, 


to thee. TE txs, them to thee. 
- © 


_? + tous. Novus uss, them to us. 
Novs ua, her or it, 
Vous LE, him or it, 


to you. Vous Es, them to you. 
Vous ua, her or it, . : 


r some, 
Way; 

of it, 

| of them, 
r some, 
any, 

of it, 

|. of them, 
r some, 
ny, 

of it, 

| of them, 
r some, 
any, 

of it, 

| of them, | : 

Vous me le donnez, You give tt to me. 

Vous ne me le donnez pas, You do not give it to me. 
Nous vous l’envoyons, We send it to you. 

Il nous le préte, fle lends it to us. 

Il nous en. donne, fe gives us some (of it). 


M’En, 4 to me. 


T’EN, : to thee. 
to US. 


Novus EN, ; 


Vous EN, ; | C0 you. 

















* Le and la become, of course, 7’ before a vowel or a silent A. 


FRENCH COURSE. 161 


It will be seen that the pronoun representing the 
object follows me, te, nous, vous ; the literal transla- 
tion of the first of the sentences above would be: 


You to me it give. 


2. The pronoun representing the object comes before 
the pronouns LUI, to him, to her ; LeuR, to them ; EN 
however comes after LUI and LEUR. 


) to him or 


Lz tut, him or it, to him or 
to her. 


La ut, her or it, } to her. 
Lz ueur, him or 2, ) 
La evr, her or it, J 


Les tut, them, 


to them. Lxs tEuR, them, to them. 

















( some, 
Det ee any, to him or 
of it, to her. 
| of them, 
f some, = 
LEUR EN, Ce . to them. 
of ut, 
_ of them, | 
Je la lui vends, T sell it to him or to her. 
- Vous la lui reeommandez, You recommend her to him 
or to her. 
Vous lui en donnez, You give him some (of tt.) 
Nous la leur donnons We give tt to them. 


MopvpEL SENTENCES. 


A qui prétez-vous ce canif? ~Zo whom do you lend that pen- 
knife ? 
Je vous le préte. I lend i to you. 
11 


162 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


Le marchand nous le donne. Zhe merchant gives it to us. 


Il ne me le donne pas. He does not give wt to me. 
Le lui prétez-vous ? Do you lend it to him or to her? 
Nous le lui prétons. We lend it to him or to her. 


Nous ne vous le prétons pas. We do not lend it to you. 

Nous ne vous en donnons pas. We do not give you any (of 1). 
Ne m’en apportez-vous pas? Do you not bring me any ? 

Je lui en demande. I ask him for some. 

Je ne vous en demande pas. J do not ask you for any. 
M’apportez-vous ma canne? Do you bring me my cane? 


Je ne vous l’apporte pas. I do not bring tt to you. 

Je la lui apporte. IT bring tt to him or to her. 

Me rendez-vous mon encrier? Do you return my inkstand te 
me 2 

Je vous le rends. T return it to you. 

Nous vous le rendons. We return tt to you. 


¥OG:.0A BOL EV: 


Apporter, 1. Zo bring. Encore, Yet, again. 
Aussi, Also. Encrier, m. Jnkstand. 
Banquier, m. Banker. Entrer, 1. 70 goin, tocome in. 
Beaucoup, Much, many. Exprés, On purpose. 
Certainement, Certainly. Faute, f. Hault. 
Chercher, 1. Zo seek, to Fleur, f. 2’lower. 

look for. Offrir,* 2. Zo offer. 
Cueilli, Picked, gathered. Ouvrier, m. Workman. 
Cueillir,* 2. Zo gather, to Ouvrir,* 2. Zo open. 

pick. Pardonner, 1. Zo forgive. 
Devoir,t 3. Zo owe. Porte, f. Door. 





* See Lesson 34. + See Lesson 38. 


FRENCH COURSE. 163 


Pour, For. : Toujours, Always. 
Pourquoi, Why. Tres, Very. 

Rapporter, 1. Zobring back. Trouver, 1. To find. 
Rendre,* 4. Zo return, to Venir,t 2. To-come. 

give or bring back. Volontiers, m. Wéllingly. 


Exercise 87%. 


1 Rendez-vous Vargent 4 votre banquier? 2 Jele 
lui rends toujours. 3 Ne me rapportez-vous pas le 
mien? 4 Je ne vous lerapporte pas encore. 5 Pour- 
quoi ne le lui offrez-vous pas? 6 Je le cherche et je 
ne le trouve pas. 7 Pourquoi ne lui ouvrez-vous pas la ~ 
porte? 8 Je la lui ouvre, mais iln’entre pas. 9 Avez- 
vous cueilli cette belle fleur pour moi? 10 J’ai cueilli 
la fleur pour vous ou pour votre amie. 11 Ne me 
devez-vous pas cet argent? 12 Je vous le dois cer- 
tainement. 13 Votre ouvrier ne lui doit-il pas de 
Pargent ? 14 Oui, monsieur, il lui en doit beaucoup. 
15 Ne m’en devez-vous pas aussi? 16 Je ne-vous en 
dois pas, monsieur. 17 M?’apportez-vous Vargent que 
vous me devez? 18 Je vous lapporte, monsieur, je 
viens exprés. 19 Ne leur pardonnez-vous pas leurs 
fautes ? 20 Je les leur pardonne volontiers. 


Exerroise 88. 


1 Do you bring us the money? 2 We bring it to 
you, sir. 3 Why do you not bring them money? 





* See Lesson 39. + See Lesson 37. 


164 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


4 We have not any, sir. 5 Why do you not return to 
me my inkstand? 6 [I return it to you, sir. 7 My 
sister brings it back to you. 8 Do you not forgive (4 
ces) those poor children? 9 I forgive (deur) them their 
fault willingly. 10 Do you not owe me that money? 
11 I owe it to you, sir. 12 Our workmen do not owe 
it to you. 13 Do you not bring ittome? 14 I bring 
it to you; I owe it to you. 15 Do you not pick my 
flowers for your brother? 16 No, sir, we pick them 
for our friend. 17 Do you bring them to me on pur- 
pose? 18 We do not bring them to you on purpose. 
19 Do you not open the door to him? 20 I open it 
to him. 21 Your workman owes me the money. 
22 He owes it to me certainly. 23 Do you not return 
money to the banker? 24Ireturnhimsome. 25 Ido 
not find them. 





LECON XLVI. LESSON XLVI. 
THE PAST PARTICIPLE,—THE PAST INDEFINITE, 


1. The terminations of the past participle are : 


1st conjugation. 2d conjugation. 3d and 4th conjugation. 
é, 2, Uy 
Donn-é, Fin-1, Rec-u, Vend-u, 
given. Jinished. received. sold. 


2. The past indefinite is formed of the present of 
the indicative of Avorr, to have, or in a few cases 


FRENCH COURSE. 165 


of Erre, to be,* and the past participle of the principal 
verb.t 


8. Pasr INDEFINITE oF DoNNER, 70 GIVE, FINtR, 70 
FINISH, Drvoir, TO OWE, AND VENDRE, 7O SELL, ETC, 


J’ai_ donné. T have given. 
Tu as fini. | Thou hast finished. 
Ilarecu. — He has received. 
Nous avons vendu. We have sold. 
Vous avez porté. You have carried. 
Ils ont parlé. They have spoken. 
INTERROGATIVE FORM. 
Ai-je donné ? Have I given ? 
Est-ce que jai fini ? f Have L finished ? 
As-tu regu ? Hast thou received ? 
A-t-il vendu ? Has he sotd ? 
Avons-nous porté ? Have we carried ? 
Avez-vous parlé ? Have you spoken ? 
Ont-ils regu? Have they received ? 


4, Sometimes the past indefinite is rendered in En- 
glish by the verb preceded by did, or by the imperfect 
alone. 





* Aller, to ge, Arriver, to arrive, Mourir, to die, Naitre, to be born, 
Tomber, ¢o fal, Venir, to come, &c., take étre. See “ Larger Course,” 
§ 46, p. 324. . 

+ The rules on the variations of the past participle would only 
embarass the young student. They are therefore reserved for the 
“ Larger Course.” 

{ The first person of thjs tense may be used without est-ce que; in 
familiar conversation, however, this form is preferable. 


166 FASQ@UELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


Avez-vous vu mon frére Did you see my brother yes- 
hier ? terday ? 

Je Pai vu la semaine der- J saw him last week. 
niére. 


MopvpEL SENTENCES. 


Nous avons fini notre legon. We have finished our lesson. 

Avez-vous parlé au chirurgien? Have you spoken to the surgeon ? 

Nous avons vendu nos mar- We have sold our goods. 
chandises. 

Avez-vous apporté ma lettre? Have you brought my letter ? 

Ma sceur a apporté mes beaux My sister has brought my hand- 


livres. - some books. 
Nous n’avons pas recu notre We have not received our money. 
argent. 


Vous avez donné de bons con- You have given good advice. 
seils, 
N’avez-vous pas fini votre Have you not finished your exer 


theme ? cise ? 
Hst-ce que j'ai parlé beaucoup ? Have I spoken much ? 
Il a rencontré votre frére. He has met your brother. 
Il ne l’a pas rencontré. He has not met him. 


Quand avez-vous vu mon cou- When did you see my cousin ? 
sin ? 


Je l’ai vu ce matin. I saw him this morning. 
Lui avez-vous parlé hier ? Did you speak to him yesterday ? 
Je ne lui ai pas parlé. I did not speak to him. 


VOCABULARY, 


Acheter, 1. Zo buy. Apporter, 1. Zo bring. 
Apercevoir, 3. To perceive. Argent, m. Money. 


‘erg ler: Lr! hrce, 
/ 
FRENCH COURSE. 167 


Chez, AZ or to the house of. Parapluie, m. Umbrella. 
Conduit, Zaken, conducted, Parce que, Because. 


from Conduire. 4. Peigne, m. Comb. 

Demoiselle, fi Young lady. Perdre, 4. Zo lose. 

Donner, 1. Zo give. Personne, Nobody. 

Encore, Yet, again. Porter, 1. Zo carry. 

Finir, 2. Zo finish. Portrait, m. Portrait. 

Foin, m. ZZay. Quand, When. 

Hier, Yesterday. Recevoir, 3. Zo receive. 

Manger, 1. 70 eat. Revenu, m. Jnrcome. 

Marchandises, f. pl. Goods. 'Tasse, f. Cup. 

Matin, m. Morning. Vendre, 4. Zo sell. 

Panier, m. Basket. Vu, seen, from Voir. 3. 


Exercise 89, 


1 Je vous ai donné le parapluie. 2 Vous m/’avez 
vendu des marchandises. 3 Ot avez-vous porté la 
tasse? 4 N’avez-vous pas perdu votre peigne? 5 Je 
ne Pai pas perdu, je Pai apporté. 6 N’avez-vous pas fini 
mon portrait? 7 Jenelaipasfini. 8 Avez-vous mangé 
le- pain? 9 Nous ne l’avons pas mangé. 10 N’avez- 
vous pas mangé du pain chaud? 11 Nous en avons 
mangé. (Lit.: We have eaten some of it.) 12 Ma 
sceur n’a pas recu son revenu. 13 Mon cousin a regu 
Je sien. 14 N’avez-vous pasvu mon ami? 15 Nous 
ne avons pas encore vu. 16 Pourquoi n’a-t-il pas 
acheté de foin? 1711 n’en a pas acheté parce qu'il n’a 
pas d’argent. (Lit., He has not bought any of it.) 
18 Ow avez-vous conduit mes parents? 19 J’ai con- 

duit vos parents chez vous. 20 N’avez-vous pas 


168 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


apercu ces deux demoiselles? 21 Nous n’avons yu 
personne. 


Exercise 90, 


1 Have you finished the basket? 2 I have not yet 
finished it. 3 Did you not buy the house yesterday ? 
4 We have bought it thismorning. 5 What has your 
brother brought ? 6 He has brought money. 7 Have 
you not seen my brother? 8 I saw him yesterday, sir. 
(Lit., Z have seen him yesterday). 9 My friend has 
-taken the young lady to your house. 10 We have 
eaten the bread and (the) meat. 11 We have not lost 
your brother’s umbrella. 12 My cousin has not yet 
received his income. 13 We have bought no hay, we 
have no horse (pas de cheval). 14 He has no money, 
he has bought no horse. 15 When did you sce my 
friend? 16 I saw him yesterday morning at your 
brother’s. 17 Have you given them my letter? 18 I 
gave them your brother’s letter. 19 We have not 
brought the cup. 20 We did not perceive the young 
ladies, 21 We have not eaten warm bread. 22 We 
have not eaten any (of ti). 23 We have eaten some. 


> 
> 





LECON XLVII. LESSON XLVII. 
THE PRESENT PARTICIPLE.—THE IMPERFECT OF THE 
INDICATIVE. 


1. The termination of the present participle of every 
French verb, is ant. In the regular verbs of the second 
conjugation, however, that ending is preceded by iss. 


FRENCH COURBSE. 169 


1st, 3d, and 4th Conjugations. 2d Conjugation. 
ANT, ISSANT, 
Donn-ant, Recev-ant, Vend-ant. Finiss-ant, 
giving. receiving. selling. Sinshing. 


2. The imperfect may be formed from the present 
participle by changing ant into ais, ais, ait, ions, 162, 
aient. ‘The irregular verbs also come under this rule.” 

PRESENT PARTICIPLE. IMPERFECT. 
Donn-ant, giving. Je donn-ais, J was giving. 

5 g ; 
Fin-issant, finishing. Je fin-issais, J was finishing. 
Recey-ant, receiving. Je recev-ais, J was receiving. 


Vend-ant, selling. Je vend-ais, L was selling. 
All-ant, going. J’all-ais, J was going. 
Ven-ant, coming. Je ven-ais, J was coming. 
Voy-ant, seeing. Je voy-ais, J wsed to see. 


3. ImpERFECT OF DONNER, 70 GIVE, RECEVOIR, 70 
RECEIVE, AND VENDRE, TO SELL, 


Je donn- I was giving or used to give. 
Je recey- ais. I was receiving or used to receive, 
Je vend- I was selling or used to sell. 
Tu donn- Thou wast giving or wast wont to give. 
Tu recev- ais. Thou wast receiving or wast wont to receive. 
Tu vend- Thou wast selling or wast wont to sell. 
J] donn- He was giving or was wont to give. 
Il recev- ait. He was receiving or used to receive. 
Il vend- . He was selling or used to sell. 

. Nous donn- We were giving or used to give. 
Nous recev- \ ions. We were receiving or used to receive. 
Nous vend- We were selling or used to sell. 





* Hxcept Avoir, to have, and Savoir, fo know. Present participle: 
Ayant, Sachant; Imperfect: J’avais, Je savais. 


8 


, 


170 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


Vous donn- You were giving or used to give. 

Vous recev- eZ You were recewving or used to receive. 
Vous vend- You were selling or used to sell. 

Ils donn- They were giving or used to give. 

Ils recev- alent, They were receiving or used to receive. 
Tls vend- They were selling or used to sell. 


INTERROGATIVE FORM OF DONNER, ZO GIVE, 
Donnais je? or 


Est-ce que je donhais ?* Was I giving or did I use to give ? 


Donnais-tu ? Wast thou giving or didst thou use to give? 
Donnait-il ? Was he giving or did he use to give? 
Donnions-nous ? Were we giving or did we use to give? 
Donniez-vous ? Were you giving or did you use to give? 
Donnaient-ils ? Were they giving or did they use to give? 


4, Like the above models are conjugated in this 
tense : 

1, All-er, fo go; J’all-ais, &c., J wus going, ke. 

2. Couvr-ir, to cover ; Cueill-ir, to gather, dc. See 
Lesson 34, R. 4. 

3. Verbs ending in ¢ér, such as Sort-ir, to go out; 
Sent-ir, to feel or smell. See Lesson 36. 

4, Those ending in enir, such as Ven-tr, to come ; 
Ten-ir, to hold. See Lesson 37, 


Je couvr-ais, I was covering. 
Je cueill-ais, . Iwas gathering. 
Je sort-ais, I was going out. 
Je sent-ais, L used to feel. 
Je ven-ais, I was coming. 
Je ten-ais, I used to hold. 





* In conversation or familiar writing, this form is preferable to the 
first. 


FRENCH COURSE. 171 


MopEL SENTENCES. 


_L’année_ derniére, j’étudiais Last year I used to study two 


deux heures tous les jours. hours every day. 
. Je vendais du foin. I used to sell hay. 

Je recevais des lettres de mes J used to receive letters from my 
amis. Sriends. 

Je respectais mes parents. I respected my parents. 

Le serrurier m’apportait la clef. Zhe locksmith was bringing me 

the key. 

Mon maitre de musique venait I/y music teacher used to come at 
a dix heures. ten o'clock. 

Nous leur donnions des livres. We used to give them books, 

Ils étudiaient leurs lecons. They were studying their lessons. 

lis rendaient leurs parents They rendered their parents 
heureux. happy. 

Ils vendaient leurs marchan- They used to sell their goods very 
dises trés cher. dear. ° 

Nous les recevions cordiale- We used to receive them cor- 
ment. dially. 

Nous aimions notre sceur. We loved our sister. 


VocABULARBY. 


Acheter, 1. Zo buy. Drap, m. Cloth. 


Beau, Fine. Envers, Zowards. * 

Bien, Well. Gant, m. Glove. 

Bouilli, m. Boiled meat. Heure, f. Hour. 

Campagne, f. Country. Maitre de musique, Musie- 
Cher, Dear. teacher. 

Cordonnier, m. Shoemaker. Manger, 1. 70 eat. 
Déchirer, 1. Zo tear. Marchand, m. Merchant. 


Donner, 1. Zo give. Marchandise, f. Goods. 


ee, “4 f Fa : : 
ae kA = Cat a ~ aw et? , 


ew Ae 


} 7 


i172 | FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


\ rs 
mw 4 
i ~s™ 


Maroguin, m. Morocco. (Rien, Nothing. 

Nettoyer, 1. Zo clean. _» Roti, m. Roast meat. 
Noisette, f. Hazel-nut. iN Tableau, m. Picture. 
Orange, f. Orange. S “Travailler, 1. Zo work. >> 


Peintre, m, Painter. , Veau, m. Calf-skin. i 
Quatre, Four. ~ a) Vendre, 4. Zo sell. 

Que, What, which. Venir, 2. Zo come. 

Quel, What, ee Viande, f. Meat. 


Athos A7sw~ - 
Jf oo oe ee Z ) 


Exercise 91. 


1 Combien d’argent donniez-vous 4 ce petit garcon ? 
2 Je ne lui donnais rien. 3 Cette demoiselle ne tra- 
vaillait-elle pas bien? 4 Elle travaillait trés bien, 
5 Le peintre vendait-il un tableau? 6 Le petit gargon 
_déchirait ses gants. 7 Que vendiez-vous au cordonnier ? 
8 Je lui vendais du veau et du maroquin. 9 Le marchand 
recevait-il de bon drap? 10 II recevait de bon drap, 
mais il le vendait trés cher. 11 Achetiez-vous de 
belles oranges? 12 J’achetais des oranges et des noi- 
settes. 13 Que mangiez-vous ce matin? 14 Nous. 
mangions du roti et du bouilli. 15 Je ne mangeais™ 
pas de viande. 16 A (im) la campagne je mangeais 
beaucoup. 17 A quelle heure veniez-vous? 18 Je 
venais 4 quatre heures. _19 Ne déchiriez-vous pas vos 
gants? 20 Non, monsieur, je les nettoyais. \\\ 
nal 3 





* In verbs ending in ger, e is put before the a of the imperfect, to 
preserve the soft sound of the g. See Larger Course, page 336, 
Rule 1. 


(\ J r - 
[RA am int Baa aAALA 
Vv | .. 


theme 


f 


ry et dhe 4 A f 
ip 1h tt Lv 4 5 Abd - 


v 


FRENCH COURSE. | 173 
wf” , 
AO VAA LE Lettre “= tL \iiN~ 
CPE Ee Uieners es 92. 


ak pune 

1 How many books were\you giving him? 2 I was 
giving him no books, (See Lesson 28, R. 6.) 3 How 
were they selling their goods? 4 They sold (were sell- 
ing) their goods very dear p What were you giving 
them? 61 was giving them letters. 7 Did the merchant 
receive much cloth? 8 He received much. 9 What 
‘were you buying? 10 We\were buying) good cloth. 
11 The shoemaker was buying fing calf and good 
morocco. 12 Did the merchant Sell you ‘sobd cloth ? 
13 He did not sell me cloth, but he sold leather|to the 
shoemaker. 14° At what hour did your anaehene ed 
to receive his letters? 15 He used to receive them at 
four o’clock, 16 What were you selling him? 17 I 
was selling him good books. 18 What were you eat- 
_ ingthismorning? 19 I waseating boiled meat. 20 At 
what hour did you use to come? (or did you come 
usually ?) 21 1 used to come at ten o'clock (dix 
heures.) 22 Who was selling a picture this morning ? 
23 The painter wag selling a picture. 24 The little 
boy was not ene am 25 The music-teacher 


dt 


used to come at ten o’clock. He 





* 


B} Ip iy cae Op gp ag By 
boadl hhh tt fi uz. ) ‘ ASEEA CELL 4 
¥ , 
LHCON XLVIII. LESSON XLVIII. 
THE IMPERFECT, CONTINUED.—IRREGULAR VERBS. 


1. There are about two hundred regular verbs of the 
second conjugation. The termination of the present 


174 FASQUELLE’S INTEODUCIORY 


participle of these verbs is issant.* Those of the im, 
perfect are issais, issais, issait, issions, issiez, issaient. 


2. ImprErrcr oF F intr, 70 FINISH. 


Je fin-issais, I was finishing or used to finish. 

Tu fin-issais. Thou wast finishing or wast wont to 
Jinish. 

Il fin-issait. fTe was finishing or used to finish. 


Nous fin-issions. We were finishing or used to finish. 
Vous fin-issiez, You were finishing or used to finish. 
Ils fin-issaient. They were finishing or used to finish. 


2. ImpgeRFEcT OF IRREGULAR VERBS ENDING IN 
ALTRE.—COoNN-AiTRE, ETC. See Lesson 41. 


Je conn-aissais. I used to know or knew. 
Tu conn-aissais, Thou usedst to know, &e. 
Il conn-aissait. Fle used to know. 

Nous conn-aissions. We used to know. 

Vous conn-aissiez. You used to know. 

Ils conn-aissaient. They used to know. 


8. VERBS ENDING IN UJRE,—ConpDUL-RE. See list, 
Lesson 40. 


Je condui-sais. I was leading, &c. or led. 
Tu condui-sais. Thou wast leading, de. 
Tl condui-sait. He was leading. 

Nous condui-sions. We were leading. 

Vous condui-siez. You were leading. 

Ils condni-saient. They were leading. 





* See end of Rule 1, last Lesson 


FRENCH COURSE. 175 


4, VERBS ENDING IN INDRE,—CRaAI-NDRE, See Les- 
son 42. 


Je crai-gnais.* I used to fear 

Tu crai-gnais. Thou used to fear. 
Il crai-gnait. He used to fear. 
Nous crai-gnions. We used to fear. 
Vous crai-gniez. You used to fear. 
Ils crai-gnaient. They used to fear. 


MopEL SENTENCES, 


Que finissiez-vous ce matin? What were you finishing this 


morning ? 
Je finissais mon travail. I was finishing my work. 
Connaissiez-vous ce monsieur? Were you acquainted with that 
gentleman ? 
Je ne !e connaissais pas. I was not acquainted with him. 
Oa conduisiez-vous votre cou- Where were you taking your 
sin ? cousin ? 
Je le conduisais chez nous. I was taking him to our house. 


Le peintre que peignait-il ? What was the painter painting ? 
Il peignait le portrait de ma He was painting my sister's por- 


soeur. trait 2 
A quelle heure veniez-vous? At what hour did you use to 
: come. 
Je venais de bonne heure. I used to come early. 
Mes fréres venaient tard. My brothers used to come late. 
On allaient les ouvriers ? Where were the workmen going 2 
Ils allaient 4 leur travail. They were going to their work. 


Ne craigniez-vous pas le chien? Did you not fear the dog ? 





* Gn is pronounced like ni in minion. 


> 


de ke te — wee «Cc 
a7 
y 
Lh - 
te ~ 
Avge -W 


176 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 
Je ne le craignais pas, I did not fear tt. 
Nous ne craignions rien. We did not fear any thing. 


VOCABULARY. 


Affligé, Grieved. Eteindre, 4. Zo extinguish. 
Agir, 3. Zo act, to behave. Lampe, f. Lamp. 
Aise, Glad. Ot, Where. 
Ancien, Old. Ouvrier, m. Workman. 
Blanchir, 2. Zo whitewash. Paraitre, 4. To appear. 
Chandelle, f. Candle. Personne, f. Person. 
Chien, m. Dog. Personne, Nobody. 
Ceur, m. Heart. Plafond, m. Ceiling. 
Conduire, 4. Zo lead, to Plaindre, 4. Zo pity. 

take, to conduct. Reconnaitre, 4. Zo recog- 
De bonne heure, Zarly. nize. 
Ecole, ££ School. Salir, 2. Zo sod. 
Eglise, f. Church. Tard, Late. 
Eléve, m. Pupil. Théme, m. eercise. 
Envers, Zowards. Tout, Adi. 
Eux, Them. Travail, m. Work. 


ExEeRcIisE 98. 


1 Nous finissions nos thémes. 2 Agissiez-vous bien 
envers vos amis? 3 J’agissais bien envers eux. 4 Le 
peintre blanchissait-il le plafond? 5 Tl ne le blan- 
chissait pas. 6 Le petit garcon salissait-il ses gants ? 
7 Il ne les salissait pas. 8 Salissions-nous les notres ? 
9 Vous ne les salissiez pas. 10 Ne connaissiez-vous pas 
beaucoup. de personnes ici? 11 Nous ne connaissions 
personne. 12 Ces enfants paraissaient-ils bien aises? 


Dot £LWLHC KE SD 
oP ase 


FRENCH COURSE. es 


13 Ils paraissaient bien affligés. 14 Ou conduisaient- 
ils leurs amis? 15 Ils les conduisaient chez leur pére. 
16 Ne reconnaissiez-vous pas vos anciensamis? 17 Je 
ne les reconnaissais pas. 18 Ne plaigniez-vous pas ce 
pauvre ouvrier? 19 Nous le plaignions de (with) tout 
notre ceur. 20 Néteigniez-vous pas la chandelle? 
21 Nous éteignions la chandelle et la lampe. 


Exercise 94, 


1 What were you finishing? 2 I was finishing my 
exercise. 8 We were finishing our work. 4 Where 
were you taking your pupil? 5 I was taking him 
to (¢@?) church. 6 You were not taking those chil- 
dren to (@ 7) school. 7 My brother was acting @s ay ~ 
friend toward you. 8 Was that gentleman behaving 
well toward us? 9 We were not behaving well 
toward him. 16 You were not acting as a (en) friend. 
11 We did not fear you, we feared your cousin. 
12 You did not fear us, you feared our sister. 18 Did 
you pity the poor man? 14 I pitied him with all my 
heart. 15 Did you use to know that workman ? 
16 We used to know him very well. 17 We did not 
recognize all (tous) our friends. 18 Where were they 
going? 19 They were not going to their work. 
20 Did you use to come early or late? 21 Weused 
to come very early. 22 We were leading our little 
brother to school; he feared the dog. 23 The painter 
was painting my friend’s portrait. 24 I did not know 
that gentleman, but I knew his brother. rs 

12 


178 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


LECON XLIX. 


LESSON XLIX. 


THE PLUPERFECT.—PLACE OF ADVERB. 


1. The pluperfect is formed of the imperfect of one 
of the auxiliaries, AVOIR or &TRE, and the past participle 


of the principal verb. 


2. Piuperrecr oF Donner, Fruir, REcEVOoIR, AND 


VENDRE. 


J’avais donné. 

Tu avais fini. 

Il avait recu. 

Nous avions vendu. 
Vous aviez donné. 
Ils avaient fini. 


LI had given. — 
Thou hadst finished. 
Fle had received. 

We had sold. 

You had given. 
They had finished. 


INTERROGATIVE FORM. 


Avais-je donné? or 


Est-ce que j’avais donné ? 


Avais-tu fini ? 
Avait-il recu ? 
Avions-nous vendu ? 
Aviez-vous donné ? 
Avaient-ils fini ? 


Had I given ? 


Hadst thou finished ? 
Had he received ? 
Had we sold ? 

Had you given ? 
Had they finished ? 


2. The adverb which, in tenses not taking avozr or 
étre, follows the verb, is, in those tenses formed with 
avoir or étre, generally placed between these and the 


participle. 


FRENCH COURSE. 179 


Je parle souvent. LT often speak. 

J’ai souvent parlé. I have often spoken. 

Je finis bient6t ma lecon. JZ soon finish my lesson. 

J’ai bientot fini ma lecon. Z have soon finished my 

lesson. 

Je recois toujours mon ar- J always receive my money. 
gent. 

J’ai toujours regu mon ar- J have always received my 
gent. money. 


MopEL SENTENCES. 


Aviez-vous fini 4 temps ? Had you finished in time ? 

Je navais pas fini trop tard. JI had not finished too late. 

Nous avions vendu notre We had sold our house. 
maison. 

Vous n’aviez pas emprunté le You had not borrowed the book, 
livre. 

Il n’avait pas cherché son as- He had not looked for his partner. 
socié. 

Il nous avait envoyé du fruit. He had sent us fruit. 

Ils ne vous en avaient pas en- They had not sent you any. 
voye. | 

Nous!’avionssouventrencontré. We had often met him. 

Nous vous en avions envoyé. We had sent you some. 

N’aviez-vous pas offensé votre Had you not offended your friend? 
ami ? | 

Nous ne l’avions pas offensé. We had not offended him. 

Vous ne m’aviez jamais ren- You had never met me. 
contré. 

Vousm/’aviezdonnéuneardoise. You had given me a slate. 
Elles avaient allumé la chan- They had lighted the candle, 

delle. 

Vous aviez lu votre lecon. You had read your lesson. 


180 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


VOCABULARY. 


Beaucoup, Much. 


Bonne, f. Nursery-maid. 


Bu, Drank. 

Café, m. Coffee. 
Cassé, Broken. 
Chaleur, f. Heat. 
Déchiré, Zorn. 

Deja, Already. 
Délacé, Unlaced. 
Dénoué, Untied. 
Déshabillé, Undressed. 
Eau, f. Water. 

Kerit, Written. 
Encore, Yet, again. 
Excellent, ixcellent. 
Fenétre, f. Window. — 
Fermé, Shut. - 
Froid, m. Cold. 


Gateau, m. Cake. 

Gilet, m. Waistcoat. 

Habillé, Dressed. 

Lacet, m. Lace. 

Lu, Read. 

Marchandise, f. Merchan- 
dise. 

Mauvais, Bad, poor. 

Noué, Tied. 

Ouvert, Opened. 

Persienne, f. Blind. — 

Porte, f. Door. 

Senti, Felt. 

Soulier, m. Shoe. 

Thé, m. Zea. 

Tiroir, m. Drawer. — 

Tout, Ad. 

Vendu, Sold. 


Exercise 98, 
lads tyeEEEROTSE 


1 N’aviez-vous pas ouvert la porte? 2 J’avais ou 


vert la porte et la fenétre. 


les persiennes. 


3 Nous n’avions pas fermé 


4 N’aviez-vous pas fermé le tiroir? 
5 Jene Davais pas fermé. 
Penfant? 7 Elle ne Vavait pas encore habillé. 


6 N’avait-elle pas habillé 
8 La 


bonne avait déshabillé la petite fille. 9 N’ayiez-vous 


pas bu beaucoup d’eau ? 


de thé et de café. 


10 Nous avions bu beaucoup 
11 Aviez-vous mangé du pain ? 


a ol i ‘‘“ VF wu , Ft 


— 
) S\y-y" ft it” 

‘7% / £ 7 
J 
v 


FRENCH COURSE. 181 


12 Nous avions mangé d’excellent pain et de mauvais 
gateau. 13 Aviez-vous noué les lacets de vos souliers ? 
14 Nous avions cassé nos lacets. 15 Mon frére avait 
déchiré ‘son gilet. 16 Nous avions senti le froid. 
17 Cette pauvre femme avait beaucoup senti la chaleur. 
18 Le marchand n’avait pas beaucoup vendu. 19 IJ 
navait pas vendu toute sa marchandise. 


Exercise 96, 


1 Had you unlaced your shoe? 2 I had not unlaced 
my shoe, I had broken my lace. 3 Had you not tied 
your lace? 4 J had not tied my lace, I had untied it. 


//5 What bread had youeaten? 6 I had eaten excellent 


bread. 7 Had the nursery-maid dressed the child ? 
8 She had dressed the children. 9 Had you not un- 
dressed your little brother? 10 I had not undressed 
him, I had dressed him. 11 Had you not opened my 
door? 12 I had not opened your door, I had opened 
your window. 13 Had we not shut our windows? 
14 You had shut your doors and (yowr) windows. 
15 Ha not the merchant, felt the heat mueh? 16 He 
had fe tthe heat mueh, / 17 Had you not untied my 
shoe? 18 Yes, my child, I had untied it. 19 What 
had you torn? 20 I had torn my waistcoat and my 
gloves. 21 Had she shut the blinds of her room ? 
22 She had shut the windows and (the) blinds. 23 Had 
you already received a letter? 24 I had (J’en avais) 
already receivedone} 25 I have already read my book 
and written my lesson. : 


- tnd? dries b ane WCLLA- 


182 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


LECON L. 


LESSON L. 


THE PAST DEFINITE.—ITS USE. 


1. The terminations of the past definite of the first 
conjugation are, a2, as, a, dmes, dtes, érent. 


2. Past Derinire or DonNER, 70 GIVE, 


Je donn-ai. 

Tu donn-as. 

Il donn-a. 

Nous donn-Aames, 
Vous donn-ates. 
Ils donn-érent. 


I gave or did give. 

Thou gavest or didst give. 
He gave or did give. 

We gave or did give. 

You gave or did give. 
They gave or did give. 


INTERROGATIVE FORM. 


Donnai-je? or 

Est-ce que je donnai ? 
Donnas-tu ? : 
Donna-t-il ? 
Donnames-nous ? 
Donnates-vous ? 
Donnérent-ils ? 


3. All verbs ending in er, including All-er, to go, and — 


Did I give ? 


Didst thou give ? 
Did he give ? 
Did we give ? 
Did you give ? 
Did they give ? 


Envoy-er, to send, are conjugated in this tense like the 


above models. 


4. To use this tense, the time should be named or 
alluded to, and entirely past. 


Je parlai hier 4 mon frére, Z spoke to my brother yes- 


terday. 


Je lui envoyai une lettre J sent him a letter last year. 


Pannée derniére, 


ee ee ee ee 


- tals © ~~ OOO. sss ee of fd ( Ph ease 


te pie tot JL y 
$74) j 


A Vis , al 7 
Y omer ile Per etY Aad a eg AAT & pty 


FRENCH COURSE. tre, | fog 7 “ne 


MopEL SENTENCES. 


Hier au soir, je soupai chez moi. Yesterday evening I took supper 
at home. 

Le mois passé, je lui donnai de Last month, I gave him money. 
argent. 

Alors, ils me blamérent beau- Then, they blamed me much. 
coup. 

L’année derniére, j’achetai une Last year, I bought a house. 
maison. 

La semaine derniére, je quittai Last week, I left New York. 
New York. 

Le dix de juin, j’arrivai Boston. The tenth of June, I arrived in 


Boston. 
Avant hier, nous allames ala Zhe day before yesterday, we 
chasse. went hunting. 


Le méme jour, vous allates ala Zhe same day, you went fishing. 
_ péche. 
Le quatre de juillet, j’allai a Zhe fourth of July, I went to 


New York. New York. 
Hier au soir, j’arrivaichez vous. Yesterday evening I arrived at 
your house. 
Il parla de vous, hier matin. He spoke of you, yesterday morn- 
ing. 


Il chassa deux heures, hier. He hunted two hours, yesterday. 


VOCABULARY. 


Acheter, 1. Zo buy. Assurer, 1. Zo assure. 
Admirer, 1. Zo admire. | Chercher, 1. 70 seek, to look 
Aller, 1. Zo go. Sor. 

Année, f. Year. Chez, At or to the house 


Arracher, 1. Zo pull up, to — of. 
tear up. Dernier, Last. 


q 


5 
cS 


Farine, f. Flour. 


eit fF Sica 
° ar a 


" 
g 


184 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


Domestique, m. or f. Ser- Ott, Where. 

vant. Neuf, Vew. 
Donner, 1. Zo give. Panier, m. Basket. 
Envoyer, 1. Zo send. Parler, 1.=Zo speak. 
Etre, 4. Zo be. Piastre, f. Dellar. 
Poste, f. Post-office. 
Précepteur, m. Teacher. 
Quand, When. 


Hier, Yesterday. 
Journée, f. Day. 


Louer, 1. Zo praise. — Tout, Adi. 
Maison (a la), At home. Tout (du) At all. 
Marcher, 1. Zo walk. Travail, Work. 


Matin, m. Morning. Travailler, 1. Zo work. 
Mauvaise herbe, f. Weed. ‘Trouver, 1. Zo find. 
Mois, m. Month. Voyage, m. Journey. 


Exercise 97, 


1 Hier matin, nous allames chez vous. 2 Nous ne 
vous trouvames pas 4 Ja maison. 3 Votre domestique 
nous assura que vous étiez chez votre frére. 4 Nous 
envoyames hier une lettre 4 la poste. 5 Nous louaémes 
beaucoup cet écolier; quand nous parlames 4 son pré- 
cepteur. 6 Je donnai Pannée derniére beaucoup de 
fruit 4 mon cousin. 7 Je lui envoyai un grand panier 
de pommes. 8 Je vous cherchai hier, toute la journée. 
9 Nous achetames beaucoup de farine le mois dernier, 
10 Le jardinier arracha hier toutes les mauvaises herbes 
dans notre jardin. 11 Il travailla toute la journée. 
12 Mon pére Jui donna une piastre pour son travail. 
13 Dans mon voyage 4 Paris j’achetai un habit neuf. 


14 Ma seur acheta un beau chapeau. 15 Mes fréres 


/ ; - phen. SA (Ut aere., 


FRENCH COURSE. ce 185 


ry ad 
n’achetérent rien du tout. 16 Nous restames deux 
mois & Paris. 17 Nous allames 4 Versailles. 18 Nous 
admirames les beaux jardins. 19 Je marchai deux 
- heures hier, de 


Exercise 98, 


1 Did my brother go to Paris last year? 2 He went 
to Paris and to Versailles. 8 Did he not admire the 
gardens? 4 Yes, sir, he admired the gardens. 5 Did 
he not praise the pictures ? (tableaux.) 6 Yes, sir, he 
praised the pictures much. 7 Where (oz) did you go 
yesterday morning? 8 We went to your father’s, 
" 9 Did you find him at home? 10 We did not find 
him at home. 11 Did you speak to the servant ? 
12 We did not speak tothe servant. 13 Did the gar- 
dener pull up all the vegetables in your garden yester- 
day? 14 He did not pull up the vegetables, he pulled 
up the weeds. 15 Did you praise my brother the other 
day? (?autre jour.) 16 We praised him, when he 
spoke to his friend. 17 Histeacher praised him. 18 My 
father gave us a dollar last month. 19 He sent us a 
large basket of apples last year. 20 He gave us much 
fruit. 21 Did you send your letter to the post-office 
yesterday? 22 We did not send our letters. 23 In 
our journey to London (Londres) we bought many 
books. 24 We remained two months in (@) London. 
25 Did you admire the Thames? (Ja Zamise) 26 We 
admired the Thames. 


86 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 
LEGON LI. LESSON LI. 


THE PAST DEFINITE, CONTINUED.—SECOND AND FOURTH 
CONJUGATIONS. 


1. The terminations of this tense, in the second and 
fourth conjugations are, is, is, it, imes, ites, irent. 


2. Past DEFINITE OF Finig, TO FINISH, AND pcos! o. 


T0 SELL. 2 —— pe Ye 
Je fin- is I finished or did finish. Xa 
Je vend- I sold or did sell. 
Tu fin- Thou finishedst or didst finish. 
Tu vend- tis. Thou soldest or didst sell. 

Il fin- He finished or did finish. © 
Il vend- it, He sold or did sell. 
Nous fin- ae We finished or did finish. 
Nous vend- ti We sold or did sell. 
Vous fin- My You finished or did finish. 

Vous vend- ti You sold or did sell. 

Ils fin- irene They finished or did finish. 
Ils vend- "They sold or did sell. 


8. The irregular verbs of the second conjugation, 
ending in tir (Lesson 36), as also cuedllir, offrir, &c., 
(Lesson 34, Rule ), take the above terminations in 
the past definite. : 


Je sort- I went out or did go out. 
Je sent- L felt or did feel. 
Je cueill- I gathered ov did gather. 


J’ offr- I offered or did offer. 


a ee es a tf 
igs sic hcele tye 


FRENCH COURSE. 187 


4, Irregular verbs of the fourth conjugation, which 
end in wire and indre, (see Les., 40 and 42,) take also 
the above endings, but the first part of the word is 


somewhat changed. 


s 


5. Past DeFriniTE oF CoNDUIRE, 70 CONDUCT, AND 


PEINDRE, 70 PAINT, 


Je conduis- * 

Je peign- 
Tu conduis- 
“Tu peign- 


dui | 
Il conduis- 


1 


Il peign- ” 


Nous conduis- 
Nous peign- 
Vous conduis- 
Vous peign- 
Ils conduis- 


Ils peign- 


S. 
imes. 
ites. 


irent. 


I conducted or did conduct. 

I painted or did paint. 

Thou didst conduct. 

Thou didst paint. . 

He conducted or did conduct. 
He did paint or painted. - 

We conducted or did conduct. 
We painted or did paint. 

You conducted or did conduct. 
You painted or did paint. 
They conducted or did conduct. 
They painted or did paint. 


6. In those irregular verbs of the second conjuga- 
tion, which end in enir, (see Les., 37,) 7 is put after the 
@ of the above terminations. 


7. Past Dsrrnire oF VENIR, 70 COME, 


Je v-ins. 

Tu v-ins. 

Tl v-int. 

Nous v-inmes. 
Vous v-intes. 
Ils y-inrent. 


I came or did come. 

Thou camest or didst come. 
He came or did come. 

We came or did come. 

You came or did come. 
They came or did come. 


188 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


MopErt SENTENCES. 


Je finis ma traduction hier J jinished my translation yester~ 
matin. day morning. 

Vous vendites votre maison You sold your house last year. 
l'année derniére. 

Est-ce que je finis mon livre la Did I finish my book last week ? 
semaine derniére ? 

Vous conduisites votre ami en You took your friend to England 


Angleterre avant hier. the day before yesterday. 
Notre jardin produisit bien été Our garden produced well last 
dernier. summer. 


Alors, il feignit de craindre mon Then, he feigned to fear my father. 
pére. 
Je sortis hier 4 cing heures. J went out yesterday at five 


o'clock. 
Il vint chez nous dimanche He came to our house last Sun- 
dernier. day. 


Nous ne sortimes pas du tout. We did not go out at all, 
A quelle heure sortites-vous, Atwhat hour did you go out the 


avant hier? day before yesterday ? 
Jeudi dernier, je lui offris de Last Thursday I offered him 
argent. money. 


Nous lui offrimes aussi des We offered him clothes also. 
habits. 


Lundi, nous cueillimes tout Monday, we picked all our frutt. 
notre fruit. 


Nous ne le vendimes pas alors. We did not sell it then. 


VOCABULARY. 


Absent, Absent. Aprés, After. 
- Agir, 2. To act, to behave. Aussi, Also.. 
Ancien, Old. Avec, With. 


5 sa, Sane 
\ \ 


evo Dot 
FRENCH COURSE. 189 
Cing, Five. Perdre, 4. 70 lose. 
Combien, How much, how Plusieurs, Several. 
many. Pour, For. 
Commis, m. Clerk. Punir, 2. Zo punish. 
Conduire, 4. Zo conduct, to Quatre, Your. 
take. Révolte, f Revolt. 
- Connaissance, f. Acqguaint- Samedi, m. Saturday. 
ance. Sévérement, Severely. 
Dernier, Last. Soir, m. Avening. 


Heure, f. Hour, o'clock. Soldat, m. Soldier. 
Intéressant, Interesting. Sortir, 2. Zo go out. 


Jeudi, m. Thursday. Tache, f. Zask. 
Londres, London. Temps, m. Zime. 
Mal, Badly. Tout & fait, Quite. 
Neveu, m. Vephew. Vendre, 4. Zo sell. 
Officier, m. Officer. Venir, 2. Zo come. 
Offrir, 2. Zo offer. Verge, f. Yard. 
Partir, 4. Zo set out. Voir, 3. Zo see. 


Exercise 99. 


1 Les officiers punirent-ils les soldats aprés la ré- 
volte? 2 Ils les punirent sévérement. 3 Finites- 
vous votre tache, hier? 4 Je ne la finis pas tout 4 
fait. 5 Mes sceurs la finirent pour moi. 6 Ov con- 
duisites-vous votre neveu lundi? 7 Je le conduisis 4 
Pécole. 8 Nous conduisimes aussi nos niéces chez leur 
ancienne amie. 9 Vos commis ne vinrent-ils pas chez 
vous hier au soir? 10 IIs ne vinrent pas chez moi, ils 
agirent trés mal. 11 Combien de verges de drap ven- 


icath dt c aecta clea meee ET f UV VA iA 


190 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


dites-vous hier? 12 Nous en (of ét) vendimes cing 
verges. 13 Ne perdites-vous pas beaucoup de temps 
& Londres? 14 Nous ne perdimes pas de temps. 
15 Votre oncle vous offrit-il de Patgent, jeudi dernier ? 
16 Il ne m/offrit rien. 17 Nos connaissances vinrent 
nous yoir samedi dernier. 18 Nous leur offrimes 
plusieurs livres intéressants. 19 Ls partirent 4 quatre 
heures, et nous sortimes avec eux. AX 


Exercise 100. 


1 Did you conduct your niece to school, yesterday ? 
2 We did not conduct her to school. 3 Did you finish 
that book last Saturday? 4 We did not quite finish 
it. 5 At what hour did you come yesterday morning ? 
6 I came at ten o’clock (a4 dix heures), but you were 
absent. 7 We came to your house the day before 
yesterday. 8 The officers came withus. 9 Your clerks 
did not come to my house yesterday. 10 They came to 
my brother’s, Saturday (az) evening. 11 Did you offer 
them interesting books? 12 Did you not act badly 
towards (envers) your friend? 13 I sold much cloth 
yesterday. 14 We lost many books in (4) London. 
15 Your uncle lost much time. 16 We went out yes- 
terday at four o’clock. 17 We did not go out last 
Thursday. 18 My brothers set out yesterday at four 
o’clock. 19 Did you go out with them? 20 We did 
not go out with them, 21 Did your acquaintances 
come to see you last year? 22 They did not come to 
see us. 23 My brother came to my house yesterday, 
but I was absent. 24 The officers did not punish the 


FRENCH COURBSE. 191 


soldiers before the revolt. 25 They punished them 


severely after the revolt. 
tH Aud gear. - 





LECON LII. LESSON LII. 
THE PAST DEFINE, CONTINUED.—THIRD CONJUGATION, 


1. In the third conjugation, the terminations of the 
past definite are, ws, ws, ut, wmes, tites, urent. 


2. Pasr Derinitz or RxEcrvorr, 70 RECEIVE, 


Je rec-us. LT received or did receive. 

Tu rec-us. Thou receivedst or didst receive. 
Il rec-ut. He received or did receive. 
Nous rec-times. We received or did receive. 
Vous rec-tites. You received or did receive. 

Ils rec-urent. They received or did receive. 


8. Irregular verbs of the fourth conjugation, ending 
in aitre or oitre, take also the above terminations, 


4. Past Derinire or ConnaiTRE, 70 KNOW. 


Je conn-us. I knew, did know, or was acquainted 
with. 

Tu conn-us. Thou knewest or didst know, &e, 

Il conn-ut. He knew or did know. 


Nous conn-times. We knew or did know. 
Vous conn-tites. You knew or did know. - 
Ils conn-urent. They knew or did know. 


5. The following are the principal irregular verbs of 


192 FASQUELLE’S 


INTRODUCTORY 


the second and fourth conjugations, which take the 
endings of the third in this tense: 


Courir, fo run. 
Mourir, to die. 
Boire, to drink. 
Croire, to. believe. 
Lire, to read. 
Plaire, to please. 


PAST DEFINITE. 
Je cour-us, &e., J ran. 


Je mour-us, J died. 
Je b-us, J drank. 
Je cr-us, J believed. 
Je l-us, Z read. 

Je pl-us, J pleased. 


6. Avoir, to have, and Etre, to be, are quite irregular 
in this tense; the terminations, however, are like the 


above. 


7, Past Derinire oF AvVorIrR AND ETRE. 


J’eus. LI had. 
Tu eus. Thou hadst. 
Il eut. He had. 


Nous etimes. We had. 
Vous etites. You had. 
Ils eurent. They had. 


Je fus, IT was. | 
Tu fus. Thou wast. 
Il fut. He was. 


Nous fiimes. We were. 
Vous fiites. You were. 
Ils furent. They were. 


MopEL SENTENCES. 


Je recus des marchandises, hier. 


I received merchandise yesterday. 


Lundi dernier, nous limes deux Last Monday we read two pages. 


pages. 


Alors, nous aperciimes len- 


nemi. 


Je lus six pages mardi dernier. 
Mercredi, nous ffimes bien sur- 


pris. 
Nous ne faimes pas trés fachés. 


Then, we perceived the enemy. 


I read six pages last Tuesday. 

Wednesday, we were much sur- 
prised. 

We were not very sorry. 


ee, Oe We Sf ee I GI Eg Ye Oe 


FRENCH COURSE. 193 


Vos sceurs furent bien étonnées. Your sisters were much aston- 


ished. 

Alors, nous reconniimes leur Zhen, we acknowledged their good 
bonne volonté. will. 

Alors, vous reconnites votre Zhen, you acknowledged your 
erreur. error. , 

Jeudi, vous recites votre re- Thursday, you received your in- 
venu. come. 

Vendredi, il courut chez son Friday, he ran to his father’s. 


pére. 

Samedi, nous bimes de eau a Saturday, we drank ice-water. 
la glace. 

Nous crimes que vous étiez We believed that you were sick 
malade, dimanche dernier. last Sunday. 


VOCABULARY. 


Affligé, Grieved. Croire, 4. Zo believe. 
Aise, Glad. Déjeunex, m. breakfast. 


Apercevoir, 3. Zo perceive. Eau, f. Water. 
Associé, m. Partner. ps Erreur, f. Hrror. 
Aussit6t, Jmmediately. Evangile, m. Gospel. 
Aussit6t que, As soon Faché, Sorry. 


~ 


as. Lire, 4. Zo read. 
Avoir, 3. Zo have. Lundi, m. Monday. seo 
Bientot, Soon. Malade, f. Sickness. Joho 
Billet, m. Note. Mourir, 2. Zo die. 
Boire, 4. Zo drink. Page, f. Page. 


Chapitre, m. Chapter. Paraitre, 4. Zo appear. 
Commencement, m. Be- Plaisir, m. Pleasure. 
ginning. Quand, When. 
Courir, 2. Zo run. Recevoir, 3. Zo receive. 
13 


194 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


Reconnaitre, 4. Zo ac- Trouver) 1. Zo find. 
knowledge, to recognize. Vendredi, m. /riday. 

Semaine, f. Week. Verre, m. Glass. 

Surprig, Surprised. Voir, 3. Zo see. 


Exercise 101, 


1 Quand regtites-vous ce billet? 2 Je le regus au 
commencement de la semaine derniére. 38 Nous re- 
cumes nos amis avec plaisir. 4 Nous ltimes hier, une 
histoire instructive. 5 Nous courtimes jaussitét que | 
nous les apergtimes. 6 Nous etimes beaucoup de plaisix 
quand nous les reconntimes. 7 Mon associé reconnut 
bientot son erreur et fut bien affligé. 8 Dimanche 
dernier il lut un chapitre de ’évangile. 9 Vous ertites 
nous trouver 4 la maison. 10 Nous crtimes que vous 
étiez bien faché. 11 Nous ftimes bien aises de vous 
voir. 12 Nous reconntimes bientot nos amis. 13-11 
but deux verres d’eau hier matin avant le déjeuner, 
T# Nous n’etimes pas le temps de lire beaucoup 
Pannée derniére, - 15 Mon frére parut bien affligé de 
votre maladie. “16 Ils parurent bien aises de nows voir’ 
samedi dernier. 17 Vendredi il lut une page de son 
livre. 18 Nous fiimes surpris de vous voir lundi. 
19 Cet homme mourut l’année derniére. — 


EXERCISE 102. 


1 My brother was very glad to (de) see you yester- 
day. 2 I was much (den) grieved at (de) your sick- 


Fe 
Mt 4 
FRENCH COURSE. (195 


ness last year. 3 We received yesterday a note from 
our father. 4 You received it with pleasure. 5 We 
were very sorry for (de) our error. 6 Last Saturday 
we read four chapters of that book. 7 You read one 
chapter of the gospel. 8 You believed thit we. were 
(étions) very sorry. 9 You appeared very glad to (de) 
see us. 10 You soon recognized your friends. 11 We 
drank yesterday four glasses of water. 12 Yon were 
surprised (de) to see us Sunday. 13 We had time tot, 
read much, yesterday. 14 We read much yesterday 
morning. 15 At the beginning of the year, I received 
a note from my friend. 16 I received it with pleasure. 
17 We read your letter with much pleasure. 18 You 
believed that we were (étions) sick. 19 You ran as 
soon as they appeared. 20 they, appeared last week. 
21 Our friends recognized us sdon. 22 You believed 
to find us (nous lecnitael at home. 23 ,We were absent 
all day yesterday. 24 We had ito pidaaae yester- 
day. 25 Our pee soon Jebitieteaeda his error, 
# 


Ay “wo Viera bulary 
Je Wore. + YecrdeD Tecelier 





LECON LIII. LESSON LIII. 


THE PAST ANTERIOR.—AUSSI, 4S.—PLUS, MORE.— 
MOINS, LESS, ETC. 


1. The past anterior is composed of the past definite 
of Avorr or Erre, and the past participle of the prin- 
cipal verb. | 


196 FASQUELLE S INTRODUCTORY 


2. Past Anterior or Donner, Fintr, Recrvorr, 
AND VENDRE. 


J’eus donné, LT had given. 

Tu eus fini. Thou hadst finished. 

Il eut recu. He had received. 

Nous etimes vendu. We had sold. 

Vous etites donné. You had given. 

Is eurent fini. They had finished. ™* 
INTERROGATIVE FORM. 

Kus-je donné ? or 4 

Est-ce que j’eus donné ? Hi Lan, 

Kus-tu fini ? Hadst thou finished ? 

Kut-il recu ? Had he received ? 

EKimes-nous vendu ? Had we sold ? 

Eites-vous donné ? Had you given ? 

Kurent-ils fini ? Had they finished ? 


8. The past anterior is almost always preceded by 
such words as—a peine, scarcely ; quand, lorsque, 
when ; dés que, aussitét que, as soon as, &e. 


Quand il eut fini, il partit, When he had finished, he 


went out. 3 
Dés quil m’eut vu, il As soon as he had seen me 
sortit, he went out. 


4, Aussi, As. 
Pius, More. 
Pas aussi, Pas st, Wot so, not as. 
“3 Morns, Less. 
Aussi bon que son frére, As good as his brother. 
Il écrit moins que son frére, He writes less than his 
brothe?. 


Qun, As, than. 


pee 7 ot is OX UGE GO 


FRENCH COURSE. 197 


5. In English, r or er, st or est, is sometimes added 
to an adjective or an adverb, instead of putting more 
or most before it: in French, plus or le plus must be 
put before such word. 

Plus beau, -Handsomer. (Lit., More handsome.) 
Le plus beau, Zhe handsomest. (Lit., The most hand- 
g | some.) 


AE 6. Map, Better (Instead of more good.) 
4 tr Mixux, Better. (In a better manner.) 
_ Votre livre est meilleur, Your book “is better: 
Votre livre est mieux écrit, Your book is better written. 
That is, Zs written in a better manner. 


MovpEL SENTENCES. 


Quand j’eus tué loiseau, je When I had killed the bird, I 
pleurai. wept. 

Aussit6t que je lui eus fait un As soon as I had made hima 

_ joli présent, je partis. pretty present, I left. 

Quand vous eites obligé votre When you had obliged your 
ami, il partit. Sriend, he went. 

Nous efimes fini notre travailde We had finished our work early, 
bonne heure, lundi dernier. last Monday. 

Nous ne l’etimes pas fini tard. You had not finished tt late. 

Quand il eut écrit mieux que When he had written better than. 
son frére, son maitre le loua. his brother, his master praised 


him. : 
Quand il eut écrit plus que lui, When he had written more than: 
il sortit. he, he went out. 
Nous eimes fini le miroir dans We had finished the mirror ‘a? 
une heure. an hour. * 


Ce pommier est plus beau que Zhat apple-tree is more beautiful 
ce cerisier. than that cherry-tree, 


198 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUOTORY 


Votre habit est meilleur que le Your coat ts betier than mine. 
mien. 

Il est aussi bien fait que le Jt ts as well made as mine. 
mien. 

Hile travaille aussi bien que sa She works as well as her sister. 

_ soeur. 


 VocaABULARY. 


Aller, 1. To go. Fini, Finished. 

Appris, Learnt. . Habit, m. Coat, Clothes. 
Assez, Enough. | Jouer, 1. Zo play. 

A temps, Jn time. Manteau, m. Cloak. 
Attentif, Attentive. Parler, 1. Zo speak. 


Aussitot que, As soon as. Pleurér, 1. Zo weep. 

Déjeuner, 1. 70 breakfast. Qté, Taken off. = 
, ate ° \ the 

Deéplaisir, m. Displeasure. Ouvrage, m. Work. 


Detts, fi Debt. Partir, 2. Zo go away, to 
Devoir, m. Duty. set out. 

Dix, Zen. Payeé, Paid. 

Donner, 1. Zo give. Présent, m. Present. 

Ecole, f. School. Quand, When. 

Ecrit, Written. Reconnu, Hecognised. 
Etudiér, 1. Zo study. - Remergiér, 1. Zo thank. 
Ku, Had. Sineérité, f. Sincerity. 
Gate, Spoiled. Sortir, 2. Zo go out. 


Exercise 103, 


1 Nous etimes fini hier & dix heures. 2 Nous 
n’eumes pas fini 4 temps. 3 Quand jeus écrit, je 
doe ie Loin ceed cate ie 
jouai. 4 Votre sceur étudie aussi bien™ que vous. 


5 Elle ee attentive & ses devoirs que vous, 6 Quand 
( : i 
hm heat Nh | 
j 


a ee hae , oie 

: / 2 
hi ag ee 

t 2 ty Vi ae CY Ox oe he. fk ‘ a. 

Ae Clerc + FRENCH COURSE. al 


‘ils eurent été leur manteauX ils sortirent. 7 Quand il 
eut payé ses dettes, il partit. 8 [ls partirent quand ils 
eurent fini leur ouvrage. 9 Quand j’eus donné un 
-présent 4 mon ami, il me remercia. 10 Aussitot qu'il 
m’eut remercié, je partis. 11 J’eus moins de sincérité. 
12 Nous etimes beaucoup plus de déplaisir. 13 Quand 
ils eurent gaté leurs habits, ils pleurérert. 14 Quand 
ils eurent assez pleuré, ils étudiérent. 15 _Aenssitot que {) 
j’eus parlé 4 son frére, je sortis. 16 Das que je Peus 5 
reconnu, je Jui parlai. 17 Quand ileut apprissalecon, — 
il joua*"18 Dés qu'il eut joué, il déjeuna. 19 Quand — 
“il eut déjeuné, il alla & Pécole. 20 Nous etimes fini a 


temps hier, ft Vee U LO Ak ua « Rr thy te 
pt lee Exercise 104. 7 eel 


1 When he had studied his lesson, he went out. 
2 When we had finished we went away. 3 When 
they had studied, enough (assez), they breakfasted. 
4 Is your coat better than mine? 5 It is not better 
than yours. 6 Is your cloak andes than your 
brother’s? 7,It is handsomer than my brotherty, 8 It 
is as good as my wousin’s. 9 As soon as he had taken 
off his coat, he played. 10 As soon as he had played, he 
breakfasted. 11 As soon as he had played, he studied 
his lesson. 12 We went away when we had finished 
our work, 13 They wept when they had spoiled their 
coats. 14 We went out as soon as we had spoken to 
our brother. 15 When he had written his lesson, he 
played. 16 When we had breakfasted, we went to 
school. 17 I went away when Thad 4 thanked baa. 
18 She plays less than her brother. 19 Her cousin 


ase ee 


200 FASOU RGhEe INTRODUCTORY 


studies ae ak she. 20 I spoke to your father as 
soon as I had recognized him. 21 When he had 
spoken to me, he went away. 22 She is not more at- 
tentive than you. 23 Your cousin is more attentive to 
his duties. 24 Your sister does not study as well as 
you. 25 When we had written, we played. me 


ii Va rate. a sata Bk 


Oar. FC 
‘5 Oe LIV. LESSON LIV. 





THE FUTURE.—FIRST AND SECOND CONJUGATIONS., 


1. The terminations of the future of every verb in 
the French language are, rai, ras, ra, rons, rez, ront. 


2. The future of the regular verbs of the first and 
second conjugations, may be formed from the infinitive 
by adding the above endings without the r. 


3. Furure oF DoNNER AND FIntr. 
Je donne- ri LI shall or will give. 


Je fini- L shall or will finish. 

Tu donne- Thou shalt or wilt give. 
Tu fini- tas Thou shalt or wilt finish. 
Il donne- ae fle shali or will give. 

I] fini- fle shail ov will finish. 
Nous donne- We shall or will give. 
Nous fini- Ness We shall or will finish. 
Vous donne- You shall or will give. 
Vous fini- Bees You shall or will finish. 
Ls donne- They shall or will give. 
Is fini- Ba They shall or will finish. 


et Fee a Oe er oe 


ed Jel j 
Ff 


¥ 


FRENCH COUBSE. 201 


4, Irregular verbs of the second conjugation, ending 
in ¢ér (Lesson 36), as also Couvrir, Découvrir, Offrir, 
Ouvrir, Recueiller (Lesson 34), are regular in this 
tense, and conjugated like the above model. 


INFINITIVE. FUTURE, 
Sentir, to feel, &e. Je sentirai, Z shall feel. 
Sortir, fo go out. Je sortirai, J shall go out. 
Offrir, ¢o offer. J’offrirai, I shall offer. 
Couvrir, to cover. Je couvrirai, Z shall cover. 


5. Cueillir and its compounds take e instead of z be- 
fore those endings. 
Cueillir, to gather. Je cueillerai, Z shall gather. 


6. Aller and Envoyer are irregular in their first part, 
but the endings are regular. 

Aller, to go. J’irai, I shall or will go. 

Envoyer, to send. J’enverrai, J shall or will send. 


7. Irregular verbs of the second conjugation, ending 
in entr (Lesson 37), are only irregular in the first part ; 
their endings are regular. | 

Venir, to come. Je viendrai, Z shall come. 
Tenir, to hold. Je tiendrai, ZT shall hold. 


8. In speaking of a future time, the French generally 
use the future where the present is often used in English. 


Quand vous viendrez ame- When youcome (shallcome) 
nez votre scur. bring your sister. 


MopErt SENTENCES. 


Je vous donnerai un verre d’eau. J will give you a glass of water. 
Nous vous préterons un fusil. We will lend you a gun. 
9* 


202 


J’irai 4 New York demain. 


¢ sr a. : 


FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


Ishallgo to New York to-morrow. 


Nous quitterons New York We wiil leave New York Satur- 


samedi. 


day. 


J’enverrai un cheval & mon Jshall send a horse to my brother. 


frére. 
Je lui enverrai un cheval. 
Nous sortirons demain matin. 


Vous nesortirez pas aujourd'hui. 


Sa soeur cassera le miroir. 
Elle ne le cassera pas. 


I shall send him a horse. 

We will go out to-morrow morn- 
ing. 

You will not go out to-day. 

His sister will break the mirror. 

She will not break it. 


Le marchand gagnera beau- Zhe merchant will gain much. 
/ 


coup. 
Il nous offrira du fruit. 
Il cueillera une belle rose. | 


Vous ne finirez pas votre lettre. 


Vous agirez bien envers lui. 


fle will offer us fruit. 

Fe will pick a beautiful rose. 
You will not finish your letter. 
You will act well toward him. 


VoOocABULARY. 


Agir, 2. To act, to behave. 
Aller, 1. Zo go. 

An, m. Year. 

Apporter, 1. Zo bring. * 
Assiette, f. Plate. 
Aujourdhui, Zo-day, 
Bague, f. Ring. _ — 

Bel, Handsome. 

Bonne heure (de), Early. 
Casser, 1. Zo break. 
Cueillir, 2. Zo pick. « 
Dans, Zn. ~ 


Demain, To-morrow.’ « 


Envoyer, 1. Zo send. 
Fleur, f. /lower. 
Heure, f. O'clock, hour. 
Jardin, m. Garden. 
Londres, London. 


Meilleur, Better, Best, 


Offriz, 2. Zo offer. 


Oiseau, m. Bird. 
Parler, 1. Zo speak. 


Partir, 2. Zo go, to set out. 
Péche, f. Peach. 

Quand, When. 

Quatre, f. Four. 


oe ig % y 1 

a Z f ihe f B." “for 

oe sik a PIE od Beas sees ; : ia 
; i Ts pler a 

| het rk: 


a7, 





FRENCH COURSE. - 208 
Quelle, '& Whur, which. Tard, Late. 
~ Quitter, 1, Zo leave. Temps (a), Jn time. 
= Kester, 1. Zo remain. Venir, 2. Zo come. 
Sortir, 2. Zo go out. Voiture, f. Carriage, 


Exercise 108. 


a Je quitterai Paris dans un an. 2 Je ne resterai 
qu’un an 4 Londres, 3 Nous irons 4 Ann Arbor de- 
main. 4 Notre ami nous enverra sa voiture. 5 A 
quelle heure lenverra-t-il? 6 Il nous lenverra de 
bonne heure. 7 Je sortirai demain dsix heures. 8 Je 
partirai 4 quatre heures. 9 Nous ne partirons pas 
tard. 10 Quand nous viendrons, nous lui parlerons, 
11 Nous vous donnerons le plus bel oisean. 12 Nous 
vous apporterons une belle bague. 13 Elles casseront 
nos méilleures assiettes. 14 Nous vous offrirons les 
plus belles fleurs de notre jardin. 15 Nous sortirons 
quand vous viendrez, 16 Nous agirons mieux an- 
jourd@’hui. 17 Nous viendrons quand nous sortirons. 
- 18 Nous parlerons mieux ns quelque temps. 19 Nous 
offrirons une plus belle péche 4 notre mére. 20 Vous 
lui offrirez la meilleure que vous cueillerez. % 
ae Wu duty Laity ; sty Us 9 io 
Wd Sr. MAU Sect erd eae ee 
Exrrcisse 106;— 
1 I shall speak to the bird. 2 You will not give me 
a bird. 38 You will go to London to-day. 4 You 
will not break my plate. 5 You will offer me a plate. 
6 We will offer a plate to our friend. 7 I shall finish 
my lesson early. 8 Shall I sénd “you my best ring ? 


pattie pe= Core - 


a ~~ 


re sai 
“hy Ren ty 
204 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


9 When you come you will bring your gold ring. 
10 To-morrow, I will send you a beautiful flower. 
11 You wHl come to-morrow morning at four o’clock. 
12 We mt come early, 13 At what hour shall we 
come? 14 Will you offer me“ beautiful flowers ? 
15 We will give you the most beautiful flowers. 
16 You will go ‘out when I come. (Lit., shall come.) 
17 Your sisters, will speak better after (dans) some 
time. 18 We will go to New York to-day. 19 We 
will send you a fine peach. 20 We shall go out to- 
morrow morning, 21 The gardener will offer us fruit. _ 
22 You will not break the looking-glass. 23 You will . 
offer a beautiful rose to your mother. 24 You will 
come in (dans) one year. 25 You will behave better 
to-morrow. ee 


| AN 
i aT aN: de 


LECON LV. LESSON LY. 





THE FUTURE, CONTINUED.—THIRD AND FOURTH 
CONJUGATIONS. 


1. To form the future of the regular verbs of the 
third and fourth conjugations, the terminations of the 
infinitive, oir and re, are dropped, and the terminations 
of the future substituted. 


INFINITIVE. FUTURE, 
Recev-oir, to receive. Je recey-rai, J shall receive. 
Vend-re, to sell. Je vend-rai, Z shall sell. 


2. Irregular verbs of the fourth conjugation, ending 
in wire, aitre, and indre, are regular in this tense, 


Woiine Tet, or [C121G Gla dA. 
“i i# 5 


eS ge ae tee on lid a it y, 
At ll 7 Sy eae oy aes 
FRENCH COURSE. 205 


8. Furcorz or Recevorr, VENDRE, CoNDUIRE, Con- 
_ NAITRE, AND PEINDRE. 

















Je recev- ) I shall or will receive. 

Je vend- T shall or will sell. 

Je condui- | ral. T shall or will conduct. 
Je connait- T shall or will know. 

Je peind- Rta I shall or will paint. 

Tu recev- , Thou shalt or wilt receive. 
Tu vend- Thou shalt or wilé sell. 
Tu condui- > ras, Thou shalt or wilt conduct. 
Tu connait- Thou shalt or wilt know. 
Tu peind- Thou shalt or wilt paint. 
Il recev- ; Fe shall or will receive. 
Il vend- Fe shall or will sell. 

Tl condui- r Ta. He shall or will conduct. 
Il connait- He shall or will know. 

Il peind- J Ee shall ov will paint. 
Nous recev- ) We shall or will receive. 
Nous vend- We shall or will sell. 
Nous condui- } rons. We shall or will lead. 
Nous connait- We shall or will know. 
Nous vend- J We shall or will paint. 
Vous recev- — You shall or will receive. 
Vous vend- You shall or will sell. 
Vous condui- } rez. You shall or will lead. 
Vous connait- You shall or will know. 
Vous peind- J You shall or will paint. 


206 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUUTORY 


Ils recev- : They shall or will receive, 
Ils vend- They shall or will sell. 

Ils condui- -ront. TZhey shail or will conduct. 
Ils connait- They shall or will know. 
Ils peind- J They shall or will paint. 





4, The future of Avorr and Erne is irregular in the 
first part of the word, but regular in the ending. 


5. Future or Avorn anp Errn. 


Jau-rai. T shall or will have. 

Tu au-ras. Thou shalt or wilt have. 
Il au-ra. Fe shall or will have. 
Nous au-rons. We shall or will have. 
Vous au-rez,. You shall-or will have. 
Ils au-ront. They shall or will have. 
Je se-rai. T shall or will be. 

Tu se-ras. Thou shali or wilt be. 
Tl se-ra. Fe shail or will be. 
Nous se-rons. We shall or will be. 
Vous se-rez. You shall or will be. 
Ils se-ront. They shall or will be. 


MopvpEtL SENTENCES. 


Je les recevrai avec plaisir. I shall receive them with pleasure. 

Vous recevrez vos fréres cor- You will receive your brothers 
dialement. cordially. 

Nous ne les recevrons pas bien. We will not receive them well. 

Je connaitrai mon devoir. I shall know my duty. 

Nous reconnaitrons nos amis. We shall recognize our friends. 

Nous paraitrons satisfaits, We will appear satisfied. 


FRENCH COURSE. 207 


Le teinturier teindra cette soie. The dyer will dye this silk. 

Vous peindrez un beau tableau. You will paint a beautiful picture. 

Nous serons bien aises de vous We shall be very glad to see you. 
voir. | 

Vous aurez beaucoup de plaisir. You will have much pleasure. 

Vous aurez tort, certainement. You will be wrong, certainly. 

Votre sceur n’aura pas honte. Your sister will not be ashamed. 

J’aural bien froid ce soir. I shall be very cold, this evening. 

Hst-ce que j’aurai trop chaud? Shall I be too warm ? 

N’aurai-je pas bien froid ? Shall I not be very cold ? 


VOcCABULARY.( , 
i ot 
Amitié, f. Hriendship. Loyer, m. Rent. 
Apercevoir, 3. Zo perceive. Marché, m. Market. 
Attendre, 4. Zo wait for, Oncle, m. Unele. 


to expect. Paraitre, 4. Zo appear. 
Bibliotheque, fi Library. Question, f. Question. Key, 
—Bientdt, Soon. Répandre, 4. Zo spill. 
~ Chale, m. Shavl. Reépondre, 4. Zo answer, to 
\Charmé, Delighted. reply. 


™ Concevoir, 3. Zo conceive. ie ee 4. To recog- 
Connaissance, f. Acguaint. _ nize. 
Cultivé, Cultivated. [ance. Salle 4 manger, f. Dining - 


Encre, f. Ink. | room. 

Espérance, f. Hope. Tante, f. Aunt. 

Faché, Sorry, angry. Tapis, m. Carpet. 

Feindre, 4. Zo pretend, to Teindre, 4. Zo dye. 
feign. Teinturier, m. Dyer. 

Gater, 1. Zo spoii. Tort, m. Wea 


Libraire, m. Bookseller. Voir, 3. Zo see. 4. 


Deeg _ 17 + See 


LOL JADE Lee 


| Pe 
WIZE > R/O" 4 [he 6 ‘ 


f 


208 FASQUELLES INTRODUCTORY 


Exercise 107, 


1 Vous apercevrez vos connaissances. 2 Nous con- 
cevrons des espérances. 3 Nous ne recevrons pas 
notre loyer. 4 Votre libraire n’aura-t-il pas tort? 
5 Notre tante nous reconnaitra bientét. 6 Elle parai- 
tra charmée de nous voir. 7 Le teinturier ne teindra 
pas bien ce chale. 8 Elles feindront beaucoup d’amitié 
pour nous, \ 9 Nous ne les conduirons pas au marché. 


2-10 Bt-ce que ‘Ne les conduirai chez moi ou chez vous ? 


11 Nous ne serons pas fachés de tout cela. 12 Le 
jardin de notre oncle sera beaucoup plus grand.que le 
mien. 13 Il,sera beaucoup mieux cultivé, 14 Vous 
ne répondrez rien 4 ses questions. 15 Vous répondrez 
ce monsieur que vous étes bien faché. 16 Vous ne 
répandrez pas lencre sur le tapis. 17 Nos fréres ne 
gateront pas leurs chapeaux neufs. 18 Vous nous at- 


tendrez dans la salle 4 manger. 19 Nous vous atten- 
drons dans la biblioth¢que ou dans le jardin. 


‘ ‘ {7 en 
i ort af LA = Mb : pe i é | ye 
A L 
& wie ) Pxunczsn, 108. 


1 I shall receive a an aatien shawl from (de) my 
mother. 2 We shall perceive our uncle. 3 You will 
go to (the) market to-morrow. 4 We shall not answer 
well. 5 Weshall expect you to-morrow at four o’clock. 
6 You will not spill the water on the carpet. 7 We 
shall be delighted to (de) see you. 8 You will be 
wrong to (d’) expect your cousin. 9 You will not be 
cold, (Lesson 20.) 10 We shall be very cold this © 
evening. 11 I shall reply to the lady that I am very 


YA 


FRENCH COURSE. 209 


sorry. 12 We will conceive great (de grandes) hopes. 
13 The dyer will.not dye your shawl. 14 My brother 
will spoil his néw'cdat. 15 My cousin will wait for us 
in the dining-room. 16 You will wait for us in the 
library. 17 Wewill come soon. 18 We will soon go 
into (dans) the library. 19 We shall Nea nas 
again, 20 Weshall know out brother. 21 My garden 
will be better cultivated than yours. 22 We shall be 
sorry for (de) that. 23 You will paint the best picture. 
24 You will reply to my brother’s questions. 25 We 
shall receive our rent to-morrow morning. Hf 


1 Old het, 





LEGON LVI. LESSON LVI. 


THE FUTURE ANTERIOR.—AUTANT DE, 4S MUCH,—PLUS 
DE, MORE, ETC. 


1. The future anterior is composed of the future of 
the verbs Avorr or Erre, and the past participle of the 
principal verb. 


2. Future AnTerior oF Donner, Fryutr, Rece- 
VOIR, AND VENDRE. 


J°aurai donné, I shall or will have given. 

Tu auras fini. Thou shalt or wilt have finished. 
Il aura regu. He shall or will have received. 
Nous aurons vendu. We shail or will have sold. 
Vous aurez donné. You shall or will have given. 

Ils auront fini. They shall or will have finished. 


14 


EO MELLO ET te 


210 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


INTERROGATIVE FORM. 

Aurai-je donné? or 
Est-ce que j’aurai Shall I have given ? 

donné ? 
Auras-tu fini? Shalt thou have finished ? 
Aura-t-il regu ? Shall he have received ? 
Aurons-nous vendu? Shall or will we have sold ? 
Aurez-vous donné? Shall or will you have given ? 
Auront-ils fini ? Shall they have finished ? 


' 
8. AUTANT DE, As much, as many. 
Pius pg, More. 
Pas autTant DE, Wot as much or 
as many. 
Mors vg, Less, fewer. 


| Qu DE, As, 
than. 


The above words come almost always before a noun. 


Autant d’or que d’argent. As much gold as silver. 
J’aurai donné moins de J shall have given less paper 
papier que de carton. than pasteboard. 


MopEL SENTENCES. 


Demain, j’aurai quitté la ville. Zo-morrow, I shall have left the 
city. } 

Je n’aurai pas perdu mon temps. J shall not have lost my time. 

Vous n’aurez pas été attentif. You will not have been attentive. 

Nous n’aurons pas eu trop We shall not have had too much 


d’orgueil, pride. 
Elle aura recu trop de lettres. She will have received too many 
letters. 


Vous aurez vendu trop cher. You will have sold too dear. 


7 


FRENCH COURSE. 211 


_/ Elles n’auront pas vendu a They will not have sold on credit. 


crédit. 
Vous aurez donné plus d’or que You will have given more gold 
d’argent, than silver. 


Elles auront lu moins de lettres. They will have read fewer letters. 
Sa sceur aura étudié moins de His sister will have studied fewer 


lecons. lessons. 
Elles auront eu autant de mo- They will have had as much 
destie. modesty. 


Ce jeune homme auraeuautant This young man will have had as 
de courage que de modestie. much cowrage as modesty. 

I] aura eu plus de vanité que He will have had more vanity 
de mérite. 7 than merit. 


VOcABULARY. 


Année, f. Year. Lu, Read. 
Attendu, Waited for, ex- Mais, m. Maize, corn. ~ 
pected, Meilleur, Better, best. 


Attendre, 4. Zo wait. Modestie, f. Modesty. . 
Autant, Asmuch,asmany. Moins, Less. 
Berger, m. Shepherd. | Moitieé, f. Half. 


_ Blé, m. | Wheat.) 24.27. Montré, Shown. 
x Chagrin, m. Grief. Mouton, m. Sheep. 
Demain, 7o-morrow. Or, m. Gold. 
— Demi, Half. Orge, f. Barley. 
-  Discours, m. Speech. Orgueil, m. Pride —— 
— Dit, Said. Plaisir, m. Pleasure. 
Kerit, Written. Plus, fore. 
Entendu, Heard. Page, f. Page. 
Laine, f. Wool. Quitté, Left. 
~. Longtémps, Zong. Seigle, m. Aye. 


 - tt, gr tee p ee & ie a 


212 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 
Théme, m. Hvercise. Trop, Zoo much. 

— Tondu, Shorn. Vendu, Sold. 
Tout, Add. Vérité, f. Truth. — 


Exercise 109. 


* 1 Aurai-jeattendu trop longtemps? 2 Vous n’aurez 
pas attendu le berger une demi-heure. 3 Aurons-neus 
entendu tout le discours? 4 Vous en aurez entendu 
la moitié. 5 Vous n’aurez pas dit toute la vérité. 
6 Aurons-nous autant de blé que de seigle cette année ? 
7 Vous aurez plus d’orge que de mais. 8 Nous 
aurons eu beaucoup moins de chagrin que de plaisir. 
9 Ces demoiselles auront montré plus d’orgueil que de 
modestie. 10 Auront-elles parlé mieux que leurs amies? 
11 Elles auront parlé beaucoup mieux qu’elles. 12 Le 
berger n’aura-t-il pas tondu tous ses moutons? 13 I] 
aura tondu ses moutons et vendu sa laine. 14 Demain 
matin j’aurai quitté votre maison. 15 N’aurai-je pas 
écrit plus de themes que vous? 16 Vous en aurez 
écrit moins. 17 Nous n’aurons pas lu une demi—page. 
18 Il aura apporté moins d’or que d’argent. 19 Est- 
ce que j’aurai offensé votre pére? 20 Aurai-je offensé 
mon meilleur ami ? aa 


fo¥ lif Exercise 110. 


1 We shall have had more wheat than barley. 2 You 
shall have had less rye than wheat. 3 We shall have 
shorn oursheep. 4 My sisters have shown more pride 
than modesty. 5 You will have read more than your 


ip ), x eal 2 


nacrr Ce = Saar ae ee 

FRENCH COURSE. 213 
“riend. 6 His friend will have written more exercises. 
7 We shall have sold all our corn. 8 They will have 
heard half his discourse (the half of his discewrse). 
9 The shepherd will not have told all the truth. 
10 Weshall have had more pleasure than grief. 11 The 
shepherds will have shorn all their sheepy.12.The 
will not have sold all (tee) their wool. 
they will have left our house. 14 Shall we e have heard 
your father? 15 We shall have heard him. 16 We 
shall not have waited too long. 17 You will have 
written two letters. 18 The gentleman will not have 
left London. 19 You will have read my book. 20 You 
will not have spoken better than I (moi). 21 The 
shepherd will have had (ev) more wool. 22 They will 
not have waited too long. 23 You will have brought 
more gold'than silver. 24 They will have heard their 
best friend. 25 We will not have offended our father, 


VRE REE a EE. 
Olk- 15 +16. Ph. 


Mish tg 209 | ce od A 
LEGON LVII. | LESSON LVII. 


THE CONDITIONAL.—FIRST AND SECOND CONJUGATION. 









1. The endings of the conditional of every French 
verb are, rdis, rais, rait, rions, riez, ratent. 


2. The conditional may be formed from the future 
by putting, instead of the terminations az, as, a, ons, 
ez, ont, those of the imperfect of the indicative, ais, ais, 
ait, ions, tez, arent. . 


214 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


FUTURE. CONDITIONAL. 
1st Conj. Donner, Je donner-ai, Je donner-ais, 
2d Conj. Finir, ~ Je finir-ai, Je finir-ais, 
3d Conj. Recevoir, Je recevr-ai, Je recevr-ais. 
4th Coni. Vendre, Je vendr-ai, Je vendr-ais, 


3. The conditional of verbs of the first and second 
conjugations, may also be formed, by adding the ter- 
minations of the impertect of the indicative, to the in- 
finitive of the verb.* 

INFINITIVE. j CONDITIONAL, 
1st Conj. Donner, to give. Je donner-ais, J should give. 
2d Conj. Finir, to finish. Je finir-ais, [ should finish. 


4, Irregular verbs ending in ¢i7 are regular in this 
tense, as are also Offrir, Couvrir, Ouvrir, &c. Cueillir 
and its compounds take e instead of 7 before r in this 
tense as in the future. (Lesson 34.) 


5, CoNDITIONAL oF Donner, Frtr, SENTIR, OuvRIR, 
AND CUEILLIR. 








Jedonne-  ¥ I should, could, or would give. 

Je fini- I should, could, or would finish. 

Je senti- | rais. I should, could, or would feel. 

J’ouvri- I should, could, or would open. 
Jecueille- | I should, could, or would gather. 

Tu donne- Thou shouldst, couldst, or wouldst give. 
Tu fini- Thou shouldst, couldst, or wouldst finish. 
Tu senti- L rais. Thou shouldst, couldst, or wouldst feel. 
Tu ouvri- Thou shouldst, couldst, or wouldst open. 
Tu cueille- | Thou shouldst, couldst, or wouldst gather. 


, See 





* Except Aller, to go, Envoyer, to send, and verbs ending in enir. 


FRENCH COURSE. 215 


Tl donne- ] 

Il fini- 

Il senti- ralt. 
Il ouvri- | 

Il cueille- 


Nous donne- > 
Nous fini- 
Nous senti- - rions, 
Nous ouvri- 

Nous cueille- ) 





Vous donne- > 
Vous fini- 
Vous senti- 4 riez. 
Vous ouvri- 

Vous cueille- 





Ils donne- \ 
Ils fini- 
Ils senti- raient. 
Ils ouvri- 

Ils cueille- | 





He should, could, or would give. 
He should, could, or would finish. 
He should, could, or would feel. 
He should, could, or would open. 
He should, could, or would gather. 


We should, could, or would give. 
We should, could, or would finish. 
We should, could, or would feel. 
We should, could, or would open. 
We should, could, or would gather. 


You would, could, or should give. 
You would, could, or should finish. 
You would, could, or should feet. 
You would, could, or should open. 
You would, could, or should gather. 


They would, could, or should give. 
They would, could, or should finish. 
They would, could, or should feel. 
They would, could, or should open. 
They would, could, or should gather. 


5. In Aller, to go, Envoyer, to send, as also in verbs 
of the second conjugation ending in enz, the first part 
of the verb is changed, but the terminations are like 


the above. 


INFINITIVE. 


Aller, to go. 


CONDITIONAL. 


J’i-rais, I should go. 


Envoyer, to send. J’enver-rais, J should send. 


Venir, to come. 
Tenir, to hold. 


Je viend-rais, J shoucd come. 
Je tiend-rais, Z should hold. 


rs 


83 


f . et 
5 - # 


+ 
— 


Dacwg ~ A: ¥ : 
916 FASQUELLE’ S *INTRODUCTORY 
de cAd os, SENTENCES. 


Je donnerais du fil au tailleur. J would give thread to the tailor 


Vous finiriez cette page. You would finish that page. ° 
Nous ne sentirions pas le froid. We should not feel the cold. 
Ils ouvriraient les portes. They would open the doors. 
Il cueillerait de belles fleurs. He would pick beautiful flowers. 
Nous irions a l’école. We would go to school. 
Ma sceur enverrait son domes- Jfy sister would send her servant. 
tique. 
Vous viendriez 4 trois heures. You would come at three o'clock. 
Nous tiendrions le cheval. We would hold the horse. 
Hst-ce que je parlerais bien? Should I speak,well ? 
Vous offririez de la viande. You would offer meat. 
Nous n’ouvririons pas le tiroir. We should not open the drawer. 
Nous couvririons les fleurs. We should cover the flowers. 
y Vous iriez chez votre ami. You would go to your friend's, 
es Ris ~ Bac See 
ie — VocasuLary. \” 
Acier, m. Steel. Maintenir, 2. Zo maintain, 


Aujour@’hui, Zo-day. Mieux, Better. 

Ce que, That which, what. Monsieur, m. Gentleman. 
Chez, At or to the house of. Offre, f. Offer. 
Commode, f. Bureau, Opinion, f. Opinion. 


drawers. Ouvrir, 2. Zo open. 
Envers, Towards. Peine, f Trouble. 
Fenétre, f. Window. Polir, 2. Zo polish. 
Fer, m. Jron. Pour, Jor. [ally. 
Fruit, m. Fruit, Ponctuellement, Punctu- 
Gazette, f Paper, News- Por te, f. Door. 

paper. Refiyser, 1. Zo refuse. 


Logement, m. Lodging. Serruriey, m. Locksmith. 


» es “ng. 7} 


Pet Va 
itt = he  acaialn pena 217 
Table, f. Board. U\ Tort, Wrong. 


. i} 


Temps, m. Zime. (NX Toujours, Always. 
“a To hold.» sigh out, Adon TT 





@; os -—- 


‘Tiroir, m. Drawer. - a Viande, f. Meat. 


Lewes < Vay Ee rcisxe ILL. 


1 Je lui parlerais, si j’avais le temps. 2 Le serrurier 
polirait le fer et Pacier. 3 Vous ouvririez les portes et 
les fenétres. 4 Nous viendrions ponctuellement. 5 Ils 
ne viendraient pas chez nous. 6 Vous viendriez chez 
ce monsieur. 7 Is nous enverraient la gazette d’au- 
jour@hui. 8 Vous ne cueilleriez pas tout mon fruit. 
9 Nous ne tiendrions pas ce livre. 10 Vous ne lui 
offririez rien pour sa peine, 11 Ne lui ofiririez-vous 
pas la table et le logement? 12 Nous n’onvririons pas 
tous les tiroirs de cette commode. 13 Est-ce que je 
tiendraisle cheval de mon cousin? 14 Vous ne sentiriez 
pas tous vos torts envers lui. 15 Vous ne maintien- 
driezpas toujours votre opinion. 16 Nous vous offririons 
toujours, tout ce que nous avons. 17 Est-ce que je 
parlerais beaucoup mieux? 18 Nous leur offririons du 
pain et de la viande. 19 Nous refuserions leurs offres. 


Ae 


Exercise 112, AieN 


1 Would you speak to him? 2 We would not speak 
to him. 3 I would not give him the fruit. 4 The 
locksmith would not polish the iron, he would polish 
the steel. 5 We would offer you bread and meat. 
6 We would not open that drawer. 7 Your locksmith 
would open all the drawers. 8 He would give me 

10 


218 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUOTORY 


board and lodging. 9 [should hold my cousin’s horse. 
10 We should open the door; we should not open the 
window. 11 iw uld not maintain my opinion. 12 We 
should feel our wrong towards you, 131 should speak 
much better. 14 They would not come to our house 
to-day. 15 I should send you to-day’s newspaper. 
16 The gentleman youre, ome punctually. 17 She 
would ofteg, Be all (that) sl she has. 18 We would offer 
you all (that) ‘we have. 19 You would pick fine fruit. 
20 We should not refuse your offer. 21 We should 
refuse his offer. 22 You would come in time. 23 He 
would polish the steel. 24 We should open your door. 
25 We should not give you the trouble. , 


Nu \ ¢ Colt ourny us 
(Oy a = { 6 Vester. 


LECON LVIII. LESSON LVIII. 





THE CONDITIONAL, CONTINUED.—THIRD AND FOURTH 
CONJUGATIONS. 


1. What has been said in the last lesson (Rule 2) 
with regard to forming the conditional from the future, 
applies also, as the examples will show, to these two 
conjugations. 


2. In order to form the conditional of the third and 
fourth conjugations from the infinitive, the endings of 
the infinitive must be displaced, and those of the con- 
ditional (rais, rais, rait, rions, riez, raient) substituted, 

INFINITIVE. CONDITIONAL. 
8d Conj. Recev-oir. Je recev-rais, Z should receive. 
4th Conj. Vend-re. Je vend-rais, J should sell. 


FRENCH COURSE. ' 219 


8. This rule will also apply to those irregular verbs 
of the fourth conjugation, ending in wire, ditre, and 
indie. (Lessons 40, 41, 42.) 


4, CoNDITIONAL OF RecrEvorr, VENDRE, ConpDuIRE, 
CeNNAITRE, AND PEINDRE. 


Je recev- > 
Je vend- 
Je condui- . rais. 
Je connait- 
Je peind- 





Tu recev- > 
Tu vend- 
Tu condui- . rais. 
Tu connait- 
Tu peind- J) 





Ii recev- > 
Ii vend- 
Il condui- . rait. 
{lL connait- 


[I] peind- J 





Nous recey- 
Nous vend- 


Nous condui- t rions, 


Nous connait- 
Nous peind- | 


Vous recev- > 
Vous vend- 
Vous condui- . riez, 
Vous connait- 
Vous peind- 





4 


I should, could, or would receive. 
I should, could, or would sell. 

I should, could, or would conduct. 
I should, could, or would know. 
I should, could, or would paint. 


Thou shouldst, couldst, or wouldst receive, 
Thow shouldst, couldst, or wouldst sell. 

Thou shouldst, couldst, or wouldst conduct. 
Thou shouldst, couldst, or wouldst know, 
Thou shouldst, couldst, or wouldst paint. 


He should, could, or would receive. 
He should, could, or would sell. 

He should, could, or would conduct. 
He should, could, or would know. 
fe should, could, or would paint. 


We should, could, or would receive. 
We should, could, or would sell. 
We should, could, or would conduct. 


We should, could, or would know. 


We should, could, or would paint. 


You would, should, or could receive. 
You would, should, or could sell. 
You would, should, or could conduct. 
You would, should, or could know. 
You would, should, or could paint. 


220 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


Ils recey- They would, could, or should receive. 
Ils vend- They would, could, or should sell. 

Ils condui- raient. They would, could, or should conduct. 
Ils connait- They would, could, or should know. 
Ils peind- They would, could, or should paint. 


5. The conditional of Avoir, to have, and Etre, to be, 
has the same irregularities in the first part of the word 
as the futures. 


6. CoNDITIONAL OF AVOIR AND ETRE. 


J aurais. I should have. 
Tu aurais. Thou wouldst have. 
Il aurait. fle would have. 
Nous aurions. We should have. 
Vous auriez. You would have. 
ls auraient. They would have. 
Je serais. I should be. 
Tu serais. Thou wouldst be. 
Il serait. Fle would be. 
Nous serions. We should be. 
Vous seriez. You would be. 
Ils seraient. They would be. 


MopErL SENTENCES. 


Je recevrais des oranges. I should receive oranges. 

Nous devrions beaucoup. We should owe much. 

Vous apercevriez votre faute. You would perceive your fault. 

Vous perdriez l'estime de votre You would lose your brother's 
frére. esteem. 

Ils vendraient a perte. ‘They would sell at a loss, 

Hst-ce que je répondrais bien? Should I answer well? 


FRENCH COURSE. — 221 


Il conduirait ces enfants a He would take those children to 
Véglise. church. 

Nous connaitrions ‘notre devoir. We should know our duty. 

Nous peindrions un grand We should paint a large picture. 
tableau. 

Nous craindrions leur colére. We would fear their anger. 

Ma sceur aurait bien tort.* My sister would be very wrong. 

Nous serions extrémement We should be extremely sorry. 
fachés. 


J’en serais bien aise. I should be very glad of it. 
Je n’aurais pas raison. I should not be right. 
Ma sceur aurait tort. My sister would be wrong. 


VocABULARBY. 


Aise, Glad. Oncle, m. Unele. 
Apercevoir, 3. Zo perceive. Obligé, Obliged. 
Chambre, f. Room. Pauvre, Poor,. — 

Crédit (a), On credit. Peine, f. Trouble... 
Dame, f. Lady. Perdre, 4. 76 lose. . 
Devoir, 3. Zo owe. Plaindre, 4. Zo pity. 
Dollar, m. Dollar. Plaisir, m. Pleasure. 
Etudier, 1. Zo study. Raison, f. Light. - 
Fagilement, Hasily. + Reconnaitre, 4. Zo recog- 
Froid, m. Cold.t nize, to acknowledge. 
Honte,* f. Shame, ashamed. Rendre, 4. To render, to 
Libraire, m. Bookseller. return. 
Malade, m. Sick man. Répondre, 70 answer, to 
Mille, Thousand. reply. 
Mordre, 4. Zo bite. Teindre, 4. Zo dye. 





* See Lesson 20. + Froid, Chaud, Tort, Raison, &c., are nouns. 


en Asatte 
ti 


229 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


Teinturier, m. Dyer Soie, f. Sik. 
Tort, m. Wrong. Soin, m. Care. 
Satin, m . Satin. Trop, Zoo much, too 


Société, f Society, company. many. # 


hii ele eB 113. 


1 Je ne devrais pas mille dollars. 2 Nous n’aperce- 
vrions pas leurs amis. 3 Vous ne répondriez pas & 
toutes leurs questions. 4 Il aurait raison* et vous 
auriez tort.* 5 Nous ne perdrions pas toute notre 
peine. 6 Vous leur rendriez tous leurs livres. 7 Vous 
reconnaitriez cette bonne dame. 8 Le teinturier tein- 
drait la soie et le satin. 9 Nous peindrions deux heures 
et vous étudieriez trois heures. 10 Nous n’aurions* 
pas trop froid dans cette chambre. 11 Vous auriez 
raison et ma sceur aurait tort. 12 Ce bon chien ne 
vous mordrait pas. 13 Le libraire ne vendrait pas a 
crédit. 14 Nous conduirions ce pauvre malade avec 
beaucoup de soin. 15 Je le conduirais avec beaucoup 
de plaisir. 16 Nous le plaindrions beaucoup. 17 Est- 
ce que je ne connaitrais pas mon oncle? 18 Vous le | 
connaitriez facilement. 19 Nous serions bien (very) 
aises de votre société. 20 Nous vous serions fort (very) 
obligés, 21 Je n’aurais pas honte* de ma conduite. 
Vee. 76, tad 

Ee a Exercise 114, | 


1 We should be very glad of your company. 2 My 
brother would owe a thousand dollars, 38 We should 





= 


* Froid, Chaud, Tort, Raison, &c., are nouns, 





FRENCH COURSE. 223 


recognize your brother. 4 You would recognize the 
bookseller. 5 We should lead our ‘friend’s horse, 
6 I should lead that sick man. 7 You would study 
three hours. 8 We should paint four hours. 9 We 
should be wrong and you would beright.* 10 Should 
I recognize my uncle? 11 You would know him cer- 
tainly. 12,My brother would conduct the bookseller 
with much care. 13 We should dye the silk, and the 

- dyer the satin. 14 You would answer the bookseller 
and the dyer. (Put au before the two nouns.) 15 We 
should be cold, and you would be ashamed.* 16 We 
should pity the poor sick man. 17 We would not sell 
on credit, we would sell(for cash (comptant). 18 We 
should study easily. 19 Our sister would study with 
pleasure. 20 Would our dog bite me? 21 Our good 
dog would not bite you. 22 You would lose your 
trouble. 23 I should be obliged to you. 24 My 
father would be very glad of your company. 25 He 
would not perceive his friends, + 





LECON LIX. LESSON LIX. 
THE CONDITIONAL PAST.—THE RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 


1. The past of the conditional is composed of the 
conditional of one of the verbs, avorr and &TRE, and 
the past participle of the principal verb. 





* Froid, Chaud, Tort, Raison, &c., are nouns. 


924 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


2. Past oF THE CoNDITIONAL OF Donner, Fini, 
REcEVOIR, AND VENDRE. 


J’aurais donné., I should have given. 

Tu aurais fini. Thou wouldst have finished. 
Il aurait recu. He would have received. 
Nous aurions vendu. We should have sold. 

Vous auriez donné, You could have given. 

Ils auraient fini. They would have finished. 


INTERROGATIVE FORM. 


Aurais-je donné? or 
| ? 
Est-ce que j’aurais donné? Should L have given : 


Aurais-tu fini ? Wouldst thou have finished ? 
Aurait-il recu ? Should he have received ? 
Aurions-nons vendu ? Would we have sold ? 
Auriez-vous donné ? Should you have given ? 
Auraient-ils fini ? Should they have finished ? 


8. Qui, Who, which, that. 


La dame qui parle, Zhe lady who speaks. 
_ La rose qui sent bon, Zhe rose which smells good. 


4, Qui, Whom, in asking a question. 
Qui auriez-vous vu? Whom would you have seen ? 


5. Qur, Whom, which, what. 
Le libraire que vous louez, The bookseller whom you 


praise. 
Le livre que vous déchirez, Zhe book which you tear. 
Que lisez-vous ? What do you read? 


Que cannot be omitted in French, as which, whom, 
that, often are in English, 


FRENCH COURSE. 225 


The book you have bought, mat the expressed in 
French by: 


‘Le livre que vous avez, The book which you have 
acheté, | bought. 


6. Dont, Of which, of whom, whose, from which, 
Srom whom. 
L’ami dont j’ai parlé, The friend of whom T have 
spoken. 
Le papier dont je parle, Zhe paper of which I speak. 
Dont is not to be put at the beginning of a sentenee, 


7. Du qui, Of whom, from whom. 
Dez quo1, Of what, about what. 
De qui parlez-vous ? Of whom do you speak ? 
De quoi me parlez-vous? Of (or about what) do you 
speak to me ? 


MopEu SENTENCES. 


J’aurais donné un parasol. I should have given a parasol. 

Nous aurions fini notre théme. We should have finished our ex- 
ercise. 

Ils auraient regu un présent. They would have received a pres- 
ent. 

Le marchand aurait vendu un Zhe merchant would have sold a 

voile. veil. 

Le monsieur qui aurait parlé. Zhe gentleman who would have 
spoken. s 

La fleur qui est sur la table. The flower which is on the table. 

Qui serait bien aise?» Who would be very glad? 


Le tapis que vous auriez acheté. Zhe carpet (which) you would 
have bought. 


lie ¥ ‘a 4 


226 FASQUELLE’S 


Le cordon que vous auriez noué. 


Le menuisier dont vous parlez. 


Le poisson dont il parle. 
De qui avez-vous recu cela? 


De quoi auriez-vous parlé ? 


J’aurais eu besoint d'argent. 


INTRODUCTORY 


The string (which) you would 
have tied. 

The joiner of whom you speak. 

The fish of which he speaks. 

From whom have you received 
that ? 

Of what (about what) would you 
have spoken, ? 

I should have been in need of 
money. 


J’aurais été bien aise de vous J should have been very glad to 


voir. 


see YOu. 


Aurions-nous entendu notre Shouldwe haveheard our friend? 


ami ? 


VoOocABULARY. 


Affaire; f. Affair. 
Aise, Glad. 
Apporté, Brought. 
Arrivée, f. Arrival. 
Associé, m. Partner. 


-»aBeignet, m. Priiter. 


Bois, m. Wood. 
Conduite, f Conduct. 
Crayon, m. Pencil. 
Cueilli, Picked. 
Cuisiniére, f. Cook. 
Dans, Jn. 

Déjeuné, Breakfasted. 


Dont, Of which 
Eté, Been. 

Eu, Had. 

Fait, Made. 

Fleur, fi Hlower. 
*Honte, f Shame, ashamed} 
*Huit, Hight. Vi iar 
J ambon, m. Toa 

Jar rdin, m. Garden. 

Louer, 1. Zo pracse. 

Mangé, Haten. 

Mir, Ripe —~ 

Ouvert, Opened. 





‘+ See Lesson 20 


bere 
FRENCH COURSE. 227 
Parasol, m. Parasol. Pupitre, m. Desk. 
Porte, f. Door. . Rien, Nothing, not any 
Pour, For. — thing. 
Plus, More. Taillé, Mended, cut. aa 
toby f ’ tt A , 


Beanies 115, 


1 Le parasol que nous vous aurions donné est beau. 
2 Nous ne l’aurions pas loué. 3 I] nous aurait parlé de 
nos affaires. 4 De quoi vous aurait-elle parlé? 5 Elle 
ne m’aurait parlé de rien. 6 Nous aurions été bien 
aises de leur arrivée. 7 Nous aurions regu plus que 
notre associé. 8 Nous n’aurions pas eu tort.* 9 Elles 
auraient eu honte de leur conduite. 10 Le bois dont 
vous nous parlez f’aurait pas été bon pour nous, 
11 Nous n’aurions pas cueilli cette fleur. 12 Vous 
n’auriez pas ouvert la porte du jardin. 13 Nous 
n’aurions pas mangé le jambon que vous avez apporte. 
14 La cuisiniére nous aurait fait de bons beignets. 
15 Nous aurions déjeuné ce matin 4 huit heures. 16 Le 
fruit que vous auriez apporté n’aurait pas été mir. 
17 Il n’aurait pas taillé ce crayon. 18 Le crayon dont 
vous parlez est dans mon pupitre. 19 De qui l’avez- 
vous recu? Z& = 


Vre. {0 


Exercise 116, 


1 Would you have mended my pencil? 2 I would 
have mended your pencil. 3 You would have given 


a 





* See Lesson 20, — 


228 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


us a fine parasol. 4 We should have praised your 
conduct. 5 What would you have brought? 6 We 
would have brought good wood. 7 Would you have 
been glad of their arrival? 8 We should have been 
very glad of their arrival. 9 We should not have been 
ashamed of our conduct. 10 We should not have 
eaten fipe fruit. 11 We would have eaten the fritters. 
12 Would you not have received more than your 
partner? 13 My partner would have opened the 
garden door. 14 They would have eaten the fruit 
which you have brought. 15 The ham of which you 
speak is good, 16 You would have praised the ham. 
17 The flower of which you speak,is beautiful. 18 Of 
whom do you speak? 19 The wood of which you 
speak is good. 20 You would not have praised him. 
21 My sister would have praised our garden. 22 The 
cook would have made good bread. 23 You would 
have given us the beautiful flower. 24 We should not 
have breakfasted at eight o’clock. 25 What would 
you have opened? 26 J would have opened your desk. 


Ts Var PUN L a. 
WA + 21h. : 


LEGON LX. “ LESSON LX. 


THE IMPERATIVE.—THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS. 





i. The imperative has no first person in the singular. 


2. The terminations of the other persons, in the first 
conjugation, are the same as those of the present of the 
indicative, with the exception of the second person, 


FRENCH COURSE. 229 


which, in the imperative, has no s. The endings are, 
€, €, ONS, €2, ent. 


8, PRESENT OF THE IMPERATIVE OF DONNER, 70 GIVE, 


Donn-e. Give or give thou. 
Qu’il donn-e. Let him give. 
Donn-ons. Let us give. 
Donn-ez. Give or give ye. 
Qwils donn-ent. Let them give. 


4. In the other conjugations, the endings are the 
same as in the present of the indicative, with the ex- 
ception of the third person singular. 

2d Conj. Zs, tsse, issons, tssez, tssent. 

3d Conj. o%s, otve, evons, evez, oivent. 

4th Conj. ds, de, dons, dez, dent. 


5 Inwererative or Finir, RecEvorr, AND VENDRE, 


Fin-is, Rec-ois, Ven-ds, 

Finish (thou). Receive (thou). Sell (thou). 

Qw’il fin-isse, Qwil rec-oive, Qivil ven-de, 
Let him finish. Let him receive. Let him sell. 
Fin-issons, Rec-evons, Ven-dons, 

Let us finish. Let us receive. Let us sell. 
Fin-issez, Rec-evez, Ven-dez, 

Finish (you or ye). Receive (you or ye). Sell (you or Ye). 
Qwiils fin-issent, Qu’ils rec-oivent, Qu’ils ven-dent, 
Let them finish. Let them receive. Let them sell. 


6. Nee@ative Form or THE Imperative. 
Ne donne pas. Do not give. 
Qu’il ne finisse pas. Let him not finish. 
Ne recevons pas. Let us not receive. 


230. FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


Ne vendez pas. Do not sell. 
Qwils ne donnent pas. Let them not give. 


MovpELt SENTENCES. 


Donnez ce beau cheval. Give that beautiful horse. 
Qu’il parle 2 son ancien ami. Let him speak to his old friend. 
Ne prétons pas notre argent. Let us not lend our money. 
Finissez aussitét que possible. /inish as soon as possible, 
Ne recevez pas sa lettre. Do not receive his letter, 
Qu’ils vendent meilleur marché. Let them sell cheaper. 
Vendez toutes vos marchan- Sell all your goods. 
dises. 


Agissez bien envers lui, Act well towards him. 

Agissons toujours bien. Let us always behave well. 

Chérissez toujours vos parents. Always cherish your parents. 

Quils finissent bientét. Let them finish soon. 

Ne donnons pas cette belle Let us not give that beautiful 
péche. peach. 


Mangez un morceau de pain. Lat a piece of bread. 

Apportez ce livre, demain Bring that book to-morrow morn- 
matin. ing. 

Ne perdez pas patience, Do not lose patience. 


VOCABULARY. 


Acier, m. Stéeel. Avertir, 2. Zo warn, to in- 

Admirer, 1. Zo admire. form. 

Adoucir, 2. To soften, to Bonté, f. Kindness. 
alleviate. Commencer, 1. Zo com. 


Agir, 2. To act, to behave.  mence. 
Arrivée, f. Arrival. Ecolier, m. Scholar. 





FRENCH COURSE. 231 


4 a - ip 
Effets, m. pl., Zhings. _y¥ Oiseau, m. Bird. 


Envers, Zowards. Pauvre, m. Poor man. 

Garder, 1. To keep. Perdre, 4. Zo lose. 

Gateau, m. Cake. Préter, 1. Zo lend. 

Héros, m. Hero. Prix, m. Price. 

Heureux, Happy. Punir, 2. Zo punish. 

Juste, Light, correct. Répandre, 70 spill. 

Louer, 1. Zo praise. Rendre, Zo render, to re- 

Mériter, 1. Zo deserve. turn.a,, 

Mesdemoiselles, Young Réputation, fi Reputation. 
ladies. Tapis, m. Carpet. 

Misére, f. Misery. Ternir, 2. Zo tarnish. 

Monde (tout le), very Théme, m. Hexercise. 
body. Tuer, 1. Lo kill. ff 


Exercise 117. 


1 Donnez du gateau 4 ces enfants. 2 Donnez une 
plume d’acier 4 cette petite fille. 3 Ne louez pas ce 
petit garcon, ilne le mérite pas. 4 Gardez le livre que 
je vous ai prété. 5 Mesdemoiselles, commencez votre 
theme. 6 Ne tuez pas ce pauvre oiseau. 7 N’admi- 
rons pas ce héros.t 8 Ne punissons pas ces écoliers, ils 
sont attentifS. 9 Quwil avertisse son pére de notre ar- 
rivée. 10 Adoucissez Ja misére du pauvre. 11 Ne 
ternissez pas la réputation de vos parents. 12 Quwil 
recoive toujours ses amis avec bonté. 13 Vendons 
toujours 4 juste prix. 14 Agissons toujours bien 





——, 


+ The h is aspirated. 


232 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


envers tout le monde. 15 Rendons toujours nos pa- 
rents heureux. 16 Ne répandons pas l’encre sur le 
tapis. 17 Ne perdez pas vos effets, et les effets de 
votre seur, Me FL 


Bee Bi Exrrcisz 118, 


_ 


1 Praise that good girl, she deserves it. 2 Give 
that good steel pen and keep the pencil. 3 Do not 
keep the steel pen. 4 Do not keep the book which I 
have given you. 5 Do not punish that little girl. 
6 Let us receive our friends kindly (with kindness), 
7 Act always well towards your friends. 8 Young 
ladies, finish your exercise. 9 Sell always at a just _ 
price. 10 Do not kill those poor birds. 11 Let him 
not tarnish his father’s reputation. 12 Let us pity the 
poor man’s misery. 13 Admire those heroes.* 14 Al- 
leviate their misery. 15 Act always well towards every 
body. 16 Render your parents happy. 17 Do not 
lose your things. 18 Let us not spill the ink upon the 
table. 19 Punish your scholars, they are not atten- 
tive. 20 Let us commence our exercises, 21 Let us 
inform onr father of our friend’s arrival. 22 Inform - 
my mother of their arrival. 23 Keep the cake which 
your mother has given you. 24 Behave well towards 
him (du). 
vie ew Vines Ula. fvé. ALZ- 


* The h is aspirated. The s of ces is therefore not carried to the 
next word. 





FRENCH COURSE. 233 


LEGON LXI. LESSON LXI. 
THE IMPERATIVE, CONTINUED.—IRREGULAR VERBS. 


1. The verb ALLER, to go, is irregular in this tense ; 
the second person singular, however, is like the third 
person singular of the present of the indicative, and the 
first and second persons plural are like the correspond- 
ing persons of that tense. 


2. Imperative oF ALLER, 70 GO, AFFIRMATIVELY 
AND NEGATIVELY. 


Va, Go thou. 

Qu’il aille. Let him go. 
Allons.* 2 Let us go. 
Allez. Go (ye). 

Qwils aillent. Let them go. 

Ne va pas. Do not go. 

Qu il n’aille pas. Let him not go. 
N’allons pas. Let us not go. 
N’allez pas. Do not go. 
Quw’ils n’aillent pas. Let them not go. 


8. Couvrir, Cueillir, Offrir, &c., (Lesson 34, R. 4.) 
although belonging to the second conjugation, take, in 
the imperative, the regular endings of the jirst. 





. 


* Allons is used as an interjection, and is then rendered in English 
by Come! 
Allons! mes amis, A l'ouvrage! Gome, my friends, to work! 


LEAL LRP ee er eee ee 


34 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 





IMPERATIVE. 
Couvrir, to cover. Couvre, Cover thou. 
Cueillir, to gather. Cueille, Gather thou. 
Offrir, to offer. Offre, Offer thou. 


4, Those verbs of the second conjugation, which end 
in tir and enir, (Lessons 36 and 37), and those of the 
fourth, ending in wire, aitre, and indre, (Lessons 40, 
41, and 42,) are also like the present of the indicative, 
except in the third person singular. 

THIRD PERSON OF IMPERATIVE. 
Sentir, ¢o feel. Quwil sente, Let him feel. 
Venir, to come. Qwil vienne, Let him come. 
Conduire, to conduct. Qu’il conduise, Let him conduct. 
Connaitre, to know. Quwil connaisse, Let him know. 
Peindre, to paint. Qwil peigne, Let him paint. 


5. The imperative of Avorn and Erre is quite ir- 


regular. 

Aie, Have thou. Sois, Be thou. 
Quwil ait, Let him have. Qu’il soit, Let him be. 
Ayons, Let us have. Soyons, Let us be. 
Ayez, LFTave (ye). Soyez, Be (ye). 


Qwils aient, Let them have. Qu’ils soient, Let them be. 


MopEet SENTENCES. 


Allons 4 Paris, demain matin. Let us go to Paris to-morrow 
morning. 
Qu’ils aillent 4 école de bonne Let them go to school early. 
heure. 
Allons! mes enfants, étudiez Come/.my children, study your 
votre lecon. lesson. 


FRENCH COUBSE. 235 


N’allez pas au marché aujour- Do not go to market to-day. 
d’hui. 

Ne cueillez pas cette pomme. Do not pick that apple. 

N’ouvrez pas la fenétre. Do not open the window. 

Offrez cette fleur 4 votre amie. Offer that flower to your friend. 

Fermez cette porte bien vite. Shut that door very quickly. 

Venez 4 deux heures. Come at two o'clock. 

Ne venez pas trop tard. Do not come too late. 

Qu’ils viennent avant trois Let them come before three o'clock. 
heures. 

Conduisez ce pauvre aveugle. Lead that poor blind man. 

Ne paraissez pas affligé. Do not appear grieved. 

Ne craignons pas nos amis. Let us not fear our friends. 

N’ayez pas peurt de ce chien. Do not be afraid of that dog. 

Soyons contents de notre sort. Let us be satisfied with our lot. 


VocABULARY. 


Animal, m. Animal. Fache, Angry, sorry. 

Chat, m. Cat. Gater, 1. Jo spoil. = 
Commission, f. Errand. : Général, m. General. 
Conduite, f. Conduct. *Hache, f. Ae. 

Contre, Against, with. *Honte, f. Shame, ashamed. 


Craindre, 4. To fear. Jours (tous les), Avery day. 
Défendre, 4. Zo defend. Malade, Sick. -- 
Désespoir, m. Despair. Méchant, Cross. 
Désirer, 1. Jo wish, to de- Morceau, m. Piece. 

sire. Oublier, 1. Zo forget. 
Ecole, f. School. Pomme, f Apple. 
Eglise, f. Church. Peur, f. Fear, afraid. 





+ See Lesson 20. 


236 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


Plaindre, 4. Zo pity. - | 'Toucher, 1. Zo touch. 
Quelques, A few. Trop, Zoo much, too many. 
Réduire, 4. Zo reduce. _' Vieille, Old woman. 

Tard, Late. Vite, Quick, quickly. 
Temps (a), Zn time. Voir, 3. Zo see. 


Hépeeisn 119°: ene a 
1 Allez chez ce monsieur, il désire vousvoir. 2 N’allez 
pas 4 Pécole ce matin, vous étes malade. 3 Allons! 
mes amis, cueillez quelques pommes. 4 Ne soyez pas 
faché si nous venons trop tard. 5 N’ayez pas peur,* 
mon enfant, le chat n’est pas méchant. 6 Ne touchons 
pas la hache, nous la gaterions. 7 N’offrez pas de pain 
a cet enfant. 8 Offrez un morceau de viande 4 ce 
monsieur. 9 N’ayez pas honte de votre conduite. 
10 Quw’elles viennent & huit heures. 11 Ne conduisez 
pas ce garcon chez le général. 12 Plaignez cette 
pauvre vieille, 13 Ne craignez pas tous les animaux. 
14 N’oubliez pas ma commission. 15 Ne soyons pas 
fachés contre elle. 16 Ne réduisons pas nos parents au 
désespoir. 17 Défendons toujours nosamis. 18 Venez 
toujours 4 temps. 19 Ne venez jamais trop tard. 

20 Qu’ils aillent 4 l’église tous les jours. ee a a 

| Say tee 

0 


Exercise 120, Ww Avy 
Viens. 


1 Come to my house in time. 2 Do not go to your 
brother’s. 8 Go to her house, she wishes to see you. 





* Seo Lesson 20. 





FRENCH COUBSE. 237 


4 Come, young ladies, pick some flowers. 5 Come at 
eight o’clock. 6 Let us not be afraid of the dog. 
~7 Do not be afraid of the horse, my child. 8 Do not 
touch the cat, he is cross. 9 Let us go to church this 
morning. 10 Let us pick a few apples in the garden. 
11. Do not be angry cok that little girl, she is not 
cross. “12 Let him not reduce (drive) his parents to 
despair. 13 Let us not fear that man. 14 Defend 
always your friends, my child. 15 Let us not come 
too late. 16 Go to school to-day at eight o’clock. 
17 Conduct our friend to the general’s. 18 Offer a 
piece of bread to that child. 19 Do not spoil the axe. 
20 Go to church every day: 21 Lead that poor old_— 
man to your house. 22 Do not be angry with us, 
23 Go to my father’s, he wishes (to) speak to you. 
24 Let us pity the poor old woman. 25 Do not forget 


our errand. Eo kep Syne vig, 
7 ‘ f OF 
Uy, 


. 


Uy hdl. Yk. FH 3A- 





Sad ea AM ject Ao 
LECON LXII. LESSON LXII. 


PLACE OF PRONOUNS WITH: THE IMPERATIVE. 


1. We have seen, Lesson 43, that certain personal 
pronouns are placed before the verb. 


2. When, however, the verb is in the second person 
of the singular, or in the first or second person of the 
plural of the Jmperative Nor conjugated negatively, 
those pronouns come after the verb; two of them, ME 
and Tr, however, are changed into mor and Tor. We 

_ will here repeat the list. 


238 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


“ 


Mor, Me, to me. 

Tor, Thee, to thee. 

Lz, Him, ii, masculine. 

La, Her, it, in the feminine. 

Lu1, Zo him, to her. 

Nous, Us, to us. 

Vous, You, to you. 

Les, TZhem, ) 

Tact, OE) Geer, ‘tis both genders. 

En, Of it, of them, some, any. 

Y, To it, to them, there, at that place. 
Donnez-moi du lait, Give me some milk. 
Parlez-lui cordialement, Speak to him cordially. 


Conduisez-le chez son frére, Zake him to his brother’s. 


Donnez-en, 


Allez-y, 


Give some of it. 
Go there. 


3. With those persons of the Jmperative used affir- 
matively, the pronoun representing the object comes 
before that representing the person. 


Donnez-le-moi, Give it to me. 
Conduisez-le-lui, Take him to him. 


4, Hn and Y, however, follow the other pronouns. 


Donnez-lui-en, | Give him some. 
Conduisez-l’y, Take him there. 


5. With those persons of the Jmperative used nega- 
tively, and with the third person of the singular and 
plural, the pronouns precede the verb according to 
Lessons 43 and 44, 





| 


FRENCH 


Ne le lui donnez pas, 
Ne lui parlez pas, 


Ne Jui en donnez pas, 


Qu’il lui parle, 
Qu’il ne lui parle pas, 


COURSE. 239 


Do not give it to him. 
Do not speak to him. 
Do not give him any. 
Let him speak to him. 
Let him not speak to him. 


MopEL SENTENCES. 


Prétez-moi de l’argent. 

Ne me prétez pas d'argent, 

Vendez-nous cette maison. 

Ne nous vendez pas cette 
maison. 

Vendez-la-lui. 

Ne la lui vendez pas. 

Racontez-nous cette aventure. 

Ne nous la racontez pas. 

Racontez-nous-la. 

Conduisez-nous dans la biblio- 
théque. 

Ne les y conduisez pas. 

Conduisez-nous-y. 

Envoyez-leur de belles péches. 


Envoyez-leur-en. 
Ne leur en envoyez pas. 


Lend me some money. 

Do not lend me any money. 
Sell us that house. 

Do not sell us that house. 


Sell it to him. 

Do not sell it to him. 
Relate that adventure to us. 
Do not relate tt to us. 
Relate it to us. 

Take us into the library. 


Do not take them there. 

Take us there. 

Send them (some) beautiful 
peaches. 

Send them some. 

Do not send them any. 


VOCABULARY. 


Accepter, 1. Zo accept. 
Acheter, 1. Zo buy. 
Aimer, 1. Zo like, to love. 
Aise, Glad. 


Amitié, fi Hriendship. 
Attentivement, Attentively. 
Autrui, Others. 

Bientot, Soon. 


240 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


Bijou, m. Jewel. _ Offrir, 2. Zo offer. 
Cacher, 1. Zo conceal. — Orfevre, m. Goldsmith. 
Chercher, 1. Zo seek. Papier, m. Paper. 
Conduire, 4. Zo conduct, Préter, 1. Zo lend. 

to lead, to take. Propre, Own. 


Défendre, 4. Zo defend. —- Punir, 2. Zo punish. 
Demander, 1. Zo ask. Quand, When. 


Désirer, 1. Zo wish. Raconter, 1. Zo relate. 
Envoyer, 1. Zo send. Refuser, 1. Zo refuse. 
Faute, f. Fault. Rien du tout, Nothing at 
Feuille, f. Sheet. all. 7 | 
Francais, m. French. Sincérement, Sincerely. 
Histoire, f. History. Toujours, Always. 

Lettre, f. Letter. Tout, Adi. 


Mériter, 1. Zo deserve. Sg There. >, 


Exercise 121. 


1 Donnez-leur tout ce qu’ils demandent. 2 Ne leur 
refusez rien du tout. 3 Ne Je cherchez pas ce matin, 
il nest pas chez lui. 4 Offrez-lui votre amitié, il 
Pacceptera. 5 Ne la lui offrez pas, il ne l’acceptera pas. 
6 Conduisez-nous chez Porfévre, nous désirons acheter 
des bijoux. 7 Conduisez-nous-y bientét. 8 Ne nous — 
punissez pas pour les fautes d’autrui. 9 Punissez-nous — 
pour nos propres fautes. 10 Ne leur cachez pas tou- | 
jours vos fautes. 11 Ne les leur cachez pas, ils vous 
aiment sincérement. 12 Défendez-les toujours, ils — 
méritent votre amitié. 13 Etudiez le frangais, étudiez- 
le attentivement. 14 Ne leur envoyez pas cette lettre — 
cette semaine. 15 Envoyez-la-leur quand ils seront 





, & x f ( Ae vt 
Maa CECA PCa 


4 FRENCH COUBSE. 241 


(Lesson 54, Rule 8,) 4 la maison. 16 Prétez-moi une 
feuille de papier. 17 Prétez-m’en une. 18 Ne m’en 
prétez pas. 19 Ne me racontez pas cette histoire. 
20 Racontez-la-leur, ils seront bien aises. # 

a st; 
ue <" Bxurorse 122! 

1 Give them those jewels. 2 Do not give those 
jewels to the goldsmith. 3 Give them to me. 4 Do 
not give them to him. 5 Accept all that he offers 
you. 6 Offer them those jewels, do not offer them to 
me. 7 Do not punish them, punish us. 8 Punish 
them for their own faults. 9 Do not defend them, 
they do not deserve your friendship. 10 Send them 
that letter. 11 Send it to them this week. 12 Do 
not lend them those jewels. . 13 Let us study French 
(le frangais), let us study it attentively. 14 Do-not 
lend them a sheet of paper. 15 Take us to the book- 
seller (libraire), we wish to buy some paper. 16 Do 
not take the child to the goldsmith. 17 Do not punish 
them. 18 Punish him, do not punish her. 19 Relate 
that story to us. 20 Relate it to him. 21 Do not 
relate it tothem. 22 Do not offer him your friend- 
ship. 23 Send it to them when they are at home. 
(See No. 15 of the exercise above.) 24 Offer her that 
jewel, she will accept it. 25 Offer it to her. 26 Do 
not offer it to her. 


os gary that hack 


Ce qe —(yenek,) ig 


242 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


LEGON LXIII. LESSON LXIII. 
THE SUBJUNCTIVE.—FIRST AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS, 


1, The endings of all the French verbs in this tense 
are, €, €8, €, 708, 162, ent. 


2. These terminations, it will be noticed, are like 
those of the present of the indicative of the first conju- 
gation, with the exception of the first and second per- 
sons of the plural, which take 7 before ons, ez. 


8. In the second conjugation, the above endings are, 
in the regular verbs, preceded by ¢ss. 


4, In the regular verbs of the third conjugation, they 
are preceded by o7 in the singular, and in one person 
of the plural. For those two conjugations, see the 
next Lesson. 


5. Present oF THE SurRJUNCTIVE oF DONNER, 70 
GIVE, VENDRE, TO SELL, SENTIR, TO FEEL, OFFRIR, TO 
OFFER, AND CUEILLIR, 70 GATHER, 








Que je donn-_) That I may give. 

Que je vend- That I may sell. 

Que je sent- > e, That I may feel. 

Que j’offr- That I may offer. 

Que je cueill- J That I may gather. 

Que tudonn- That thou mayest give. 
Que tu vend- That thou mayest sell. 
Que tu sent- > eS, That thou mayest feel. 
Que tu offr- | That thou mayest offer. 
Que tu cueill- J That thou mayest gather. 


FRENCH 
Quw’il donn- ; 
Quw’il vend- 
(uw il sent- > 
Qu’il offr- 
Qu’il cueill- 





Que nous donn- 

Que nous vend- | 

Que nous sent- } ions. 
Que nous offr- 

Que nous cueill- 


Que vous donn- 
Que vous vend- 

Que vous sent- > iez. 
Que vous offr- 
Que vous cueill- J 








Qwils donn- ) 
Quwils vend- 

Qwils sent- - ent, 
Qwils offr- 





Qwils cueill- , 


COURSE. 243 


That he may give. 
That he may. sell. 
That he may feel. 
That he may offer. 
That he may gather. 


That we may give. 
That we may sell. 
That we may feel. 
That we may offer. 
That we may gather. 


That you may give. 
That you may sell. 
That you may feel. 
That you may offer. 
That you may gather. 


That they may give. 
That they may sell. 
That they may feel. 
That they may offer. 
That they may gather. 


6. The student will ‘perceive by the above model, 
that Sentir, and the other verbs of the second conjuga- 
tion, ending in tir (Lesson 36), and also Onvrir, Convrir, 
Offrir, Cueillir (Lesson 34), are conjugated in this tense 
like the verbs of the first conjugation. 


7. Verbs of the second conjugation, ending in enzr, 
also take the above endings, but vary in the first part 


Q44 FASQURELLE’S INTKODUCTORY 


of the word; this is the case likewise with those verbs 
of the fourth conjugation ending in wire and indre. 


Venir, to come. Que je vienn-e, That Imay come. 
Conduire, to conduct. Que je conduis-e, Zhat I may 
conduct. 


Peindre, to paint. Que je peign-e, That Imay paint. 


8. Aller, ¢o go, is also irregular in the first part of 
the word, but regular in termination. 


9, PRESENT OF SuBJUNCTIVE oF ALLER, 70 GO, 


Que jraille. That I may go. 

Que tu ailles, That thou mayest go. 
Qu’il aille, That he may go. 

Que nous allions. That we may go. 
Que vous alliez. That you may go. 
Qw’ils aillent. That they may go. 


MopEL SENTENCES. 


Que je vous donne du papier. That I may give you paper. 


Qu’il étudie ses lecons. That he may study his lessons. 

Qu’il m’offre son amitié. That he may offer me his friend- 
ship. 

Je désire qu'il vienne. I wish that he may come. 


Je souhaite que vous alliez 4 J wish that you may go to school. 
lécole. 
Que vous peigniez un portrait. That you may paint a portrait. 
Que nous allionsen Angleterre. That we may go to Lingland. 
Qu’elle cueille une belle fleur. Zhat she may pick a beautiful 
Slower. 

Que nous ouvrions cette porte. That we may open that door. 
Qu’elle arrive au point du jour. Zhat she may arrive at daybreak. 


FRENCH COURSE. 


Qu’il sente ses torts. 


245 


That he may feel his errors. 


Que vous mangiez un morceau. That you may eat a bit. 


VocABULARY. 


Allemagne, f. Germany. 
Aller, 1. Zo go. 
Angleterre, f. England. 
Année, f. Year. 

A temps, Jn time. 
Aussi, Also. 


Littérature, fi Literature. 
Matin, m. Morning. 
Officier, m. Officer. 
Offrir, 2. Zo offer. 
Ouvrir, 2. Zo open. 
Parent, Relation. 


Chez, At or to the house of. Parole, f. Word. 


Coucher, m. Setting. 
Craindre, 4. Zo fear. 
Cueillir, 2. Zo pick. 
Cultiver, 1. Zo cultivate. 
Dire, 4. Zo say, to tell. 
Ecole, ££ School. 
Erreur, f. Mistake. 
Faire, 4. Zo make. 
Désirer, 1. Zo wish. 
Ici, Here. 

Jardinier, m. Gardener. 
Jour, Day. 

Légume, m. Vegetable. 
Lever, m. Rise, rising. 


Porte, f. Door. 
Produire, 4. 70 produce. 
Prune, f. Plum. 
Rester, 1. Zo remain. 
Rue, f. Séreet. 
Service, m. Service. 
Soleil, m. Sum. 
Souhaiter, 1. Zo wish. 
Sortir, 2. Zo go out. 
Tard, Late. 

Tenir, Zo keep. 
Toujours, Always. 
Tout, Avery, ail. 
Vérité, fi Zruth. 


ExxrrciseE 123. 


rae 


me MM 
1 Je souhaite que vous veniez 4 temps. 


aille 4 Pécole tous les jours. 


2 Qu’elie 
38 Que nous leur donnions 


246 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


tout ce qwils désirent.. 4 Que vous les conduisiez chez 
leurs parents. 5 Qu’ils ne craignent jamais de dire la 
yérité. 6 Que nous craignions de faire des erreurs, 
7 Que notre jardinier cueille toujours les plus belles 
prunes. 8 Que nous tenions toujours notre parole. 
9 Que Pofficier tienne toujours sa parole. 10 Je sou- 
haite que vous alliez en Angleterre cette année, car 
us Ae ced . 0s ni oe 

jy Serai aussi. 11 Que je leur offre mes services. 
‘12 Que je ne leur ouvre pas la porte de la rue.. 
13 Que son jardin produise toujours de bons légumes. 
14 Que nous cultivions toujours la littérature. 15 Que 
nous allions chez votre frére tous les matins. 16 Quw’ils 
partent au lever du soleil. 17 Qu’elles restent jusqu’au 
coucher du soleil. 18 Que nous ne sortions pas trop 
tard. 19 Nous désirons que votre sceur aille en Alle- 
magne. 20 Votre mére désire qu'elle reste ici. % 


ExercisE 124. 


1 You wish that I may give you paper. 2 They 
wish that I may go to (en) Germany. 3 We wish that 
she may go to school every day. 4 You wish that she 
may come every day. 5 That you may always culti- 
vate literature. 6 I wish that you may always keep 
your word. 7 I wish that the officer may always keep 
his word. 8 That you may go to your brother’s every 
day. 9 That you may come here every morning. 
10 I wish that you may fear the officer. 11 That the 
gardener may open the door. 12 That the gardener 
may come at sunrise. 13 I wish that he may come 
before (avant) sunset. 14 I wish that you may offer 


FRENCH COUBSE. 247 


them your services. 15 That you may not open the 
street door to them. 16 You wish that our gardener 
may pick the plums. 17 You wish that we may go to 
the gardener’s every morning. 18 I wish that they 
may set out at sunrise. 19 I wish that you may cul- 
tivate literature. 20 1 wish that they may go to 
England this year. 21 That you may not go out too 
late. 22 That you may remain until sunset. 23 I 
wish that you may fear to make mistakes, 24 You 
wish that my sister may goto Germany. 25 That I 
may offer you my word, 26 That the gardener may 
cultivate vegetables,{ 


} 
J{tm) Yr. 





LECON LXIV. LESSON LXIV. 


THE SUBJUNCTIV E, CONTINUED.—-SECOND AND THIRD 
CONJUGATIONS. 


1. As we have said in the last lesson, the termina- 
tions of the present of the subjunctive of regular verbs 
of the second conjugation are, in the present of the 
subjunctive, preceded by ¢ss. They are then Zsse, 
4SSES, 18SE, issions, issiez, issent. 


2. Those irregular verbs of the fourth conjugation, 
ending in @itre or ottre, have the same endings. Such 
verbs, however, retain the a or o of the first part of the 
word. 


248 


FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


8. Present oF THE SuBsuncriveE oF Finir, 70 
FINISH, CONNAiITRE, TO EVOW, AND CROiTRE, 7O GROW, 


Que je fin- 

Que je conna- : 
Que je cro- 

Que tu fin- 
Que tu conna- 
Que tu cro- 


Qw’il cro- 


Que nous fin- 
Que nous conna- 
Que nous cro- 


Que vous fin- 
Que vous conna- 
Que vous cro- 


isslez. 


Quw’il fin- 
Quw’il conna- = isse. 


Quwils fin- 


Qwils conna 


issions. 


That I may finish. 
That I may know. 
That I may grow. 


That thou mayest Jinish. 
That thou mayest know. 
That thou mayest grow. 


That he may finish. 
That he may know. 
That he may grow. 


That we may finish. 
That we may know. 
Nat we MAY grow. 


That you may finish. 
That you may know. 
That you may grow. 


That they may finish. 
That they may know. 


issent, 


4. The regular verbs of the third conjugation take, 
as will be seen in the last lesson, o¢v in the three per- 
sons of the singular and the third person plural before 
the endings of this tense; these terminations become 
then, otve, oives, oive, evions, eviez, oivent. Thec takes 
a cedilla (¢) before o. 


Quwils cro- That they may grow. 


FRENCH COURSE. 249 


5. SuBJUNCTIVE oF RecEvotr, 70 RECEIVE, 


Que je rec-oive. 
Que tu re¢-oives, 
Quwil reg-oive. 
Que nous rec-evions, 
Que vous rec-eviez, 
Q:vils rec-oivent. 


That I may receive. 

That thou mayest receive. 
That he may receive. 
That we may receive. 
That you may receive. 
That they may receive. 


6. This tense, in the verbs Avorr and Errg, is quite 


irregular, 


7. SUBJUNCTIVE OF AvoIR, 70 HAVE, AND ETRE, TO BE. 


Que j’aie. 

Que tu ales. 
Quw’il ait. 

Que nous ayons. 
Que vous ayez, 
Qu’ils aient. 


Que je sois. 

Que tu soils, 
Qu’il soit. 

Que nous soyons, 
Que vous soyez. 
Qwils soient. 


That Iimay have. 

That thou mayest have. 
That he may have. 
That we may have. 
That you may have. 
That they may have. 


That I may be. 

That thou mayest be. 
That he may be. 
That we may be. 
That you may be. 
That they may be. 


MopEL SENTENCES. 


Je désire que vous agissiez bien. J wish that you may behave 


Qv’il finisse de bonne heure. 


Qu’elle soit bien attentive. 


well. 
That he may finish early. 
That she may be very attentive. . 


14* 


250 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


Que nous soyons bien studieux. That we may be very studious. 


Que nous le recevions bien. That we may receive him well. 
Que nous ayons del’amitié pour That we may have friendship for 
tai, him. 


Que vousconnaissiez vos devoirs. That you may know your duties. 
Qu’ils reconnaissent leurs amis. That they may recognize their 
Friends. | 

Que nous n’ayons pas tort. That we may not be wrong. 

Que vous ayez toujours raison. That you muy always be right. 

Je souhaite que ces arbres crois- J wish that those trees may grow 
sent bien. well, : 

Que nous soyons toujours That we may always be happy. 
heureux. | 

Qu'ils soient toujours trop tard. That they may always be too late. 


VOCcABULARBY. 


Agir, 2. Zo act, to behave. Ecolier, m. Scholar. 
Amitié, f. Friendship. Eléve, m. Pupil, 
Apercevoir, 3. Zo perceive. Envers, Towards. 
Beaucoup, Much, many. Espérance, f. Hope. 


Candeur, f. Candor. Kstime, f. Esteem. 
Concevoir, 3. Zo conceive. Grand, Great, large. 
Connaitre, 4. Zo know. Ici, Here. 

Content, Contented. Jamais, JVever. 
Cordialement, Cordially. Légume, m. Vegetable. 
Croitre, 4. Zo grow. Montrer, To show. 
Dame, f. Lady. Paraitre, 4. Zo appear. 
Défaut, m. Defect. Ponctuel, Punctual. 
Désirer, 1. Zo desire. Précepteur, m. Zeacher. 
Devoir, 3. To owe. Prospére, Prosperous. 


Devoir, m. Duty. Rapidement, Rapidly. 


FRENCH COURSE. 251 


Reconnaitre, 4. Zo recog- Souhaiter, 1. Zo wish. 
nize, to acknowledge.  Studieux, Studious. 

Remplir, 2. Zo fudfill. Tard, Late. 

Rester, 1. Zo remain. Toujours, Always. 


Exercise 125, 


1 Que nous concevions de grandes espérances, 
2 Nous désirons que vous restiez toujours ici. 38 Que 
nos éléves solent toujours attentifs. 4 Que ces dames 
soient toujours ponctuelles. 5 Que vous ayez toujours 
raison, et jamais tort. 6 Que vous montriez toujours 
beaucoup d’amitié pour nous. 7 Quwils agissent tou- 
jours avec candeur. 8 Que vous conceviez beaucoup 
d’estime pour lui. 9 Que vous connaissiez vos devoirs. 
10 Que mes entants remplissent toujours leurs devoirs, 
11 Que nous ne devions pas beaucoup. 12 Qu’ils 
apercoivent la maison de leur frére. 13 Que nous ne 
reconnaissions pas nos amis. 14 Je sonhaite que vous 
soyez toujours prospéres, 15 Que ces légumes ne crois- 
sent pas trop rapidement. 16 Que nos écoliers soient 
bien studieux. 17 Quwils agissent toujours cordiale- 
ment envers leurs précepteurs. 18 Que vous n’ayez 
pas toujours tort. 19 Qne nous connaissions nos dé- 
fauts. 20 Que vous paraissiez toujours content. / 


j 
‘ wed 
LA 


Exercise 126. 
Viet &* 
1 I wish that you may conceive much friendship for 


him, 2 That your brother may not conceive great 


\ 
252 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


hopes. 8 That you may always be punctual. 4 That 
your friend may always be prosperous. 5 That he may 
know his duties. 6 That your pupils may always be 
studious. 7 I wish that your trees may alwiys grow 
well (bten). 8 That you may recognize your friends. 
9 That the vegetables may not grow too rapidly. 10 I 
wish that you may receive your friends cordially. 
11 That those scholars may always fulfill their duties. 
12 That you may perceive my house. 13 That the 
scholars may perceive my friendship.. 14 That I may 
not always be wrong. 15 That you may always act 
cordially towards me. 16 That he may conceive mach 
esteem for me. 17 I wish that you may always be 
punctual, 18 That you might know your defects. 
19 That the lady may always fultill her duties. 20 I 
wish that the child may grow rapidly. 21 That you 
may recognize your friends. 22 That they may not 
remain here. 23 That you may not owe much, 
24 That my children may have much esteem for (pour) 
their teacher, 25 That they may always appear con- 


tented. x / 


4 Vi ae 





LECON LXV. LESSON LXV, 
THE PAST OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE.—ENCORE, NE PLUS. 


1. The past of the subjunctive is composed of the 
present of the subjunctive of Avorr or Err, and the 
past participle of the principal verb. 


FRENCH COURSE. 253 


2. Past oF THE SuBsuNcTrIVE oF Donner, Finir, 
RECEVOIR, AND VENDRE. 


Que j’aie donné, That I may have given. 
Que tu aies fini. That thou mayest have finished. 
Qwil ait regu. That he may have received. 


Que nous ayons vendu. Zhat we may have sold. 
Que vous ayez donné. That you may have given. 
Qu’ils aient fini. That they may have finished. 


NEGATIVE FORM. 
Que jen’aie pas donné, That I may not have given. 
‘Que tu n’aies pas fini, TZhat thou mayest not have 
Sinished. 
Qwil n’ait pas recu. TZhat he may not have received. 
Que nous n’ayons pas That we may not have sold. 
vendu. 
Que vous n’ayez pas That you may not have given. 
— donné, 
Quw’ils n’aient pas fini. TZhatthey may not have finished. 


8. ENCORE, more, some more, any more, yet, is not 
used negatively, except in speaking of time, as in the 
last example. 

J’ai encore de l’argent, J have more money. 

Vous avezencore deslivres, You have more books. 

Il n’a pas encore fini sa He has not yet finished his 
iegon, lesson. 


4, NE PLUS, not any more, no more, not any — left. 


Vous n’avez plus de papier, You have no more paper. 
Nous n’avons plus d’encre, We have not any ink left. 


254 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


MopvpEL SENTENCES. 


Que j’aie parlé francais.* That I may have spoken French. 
Qu’il ait parlé anglais. That he may have spoken English. 
Que vous ayez étudié lalle- That you may have studied Ger- 
mand. man. 
Quiils aient répandu le café. That they may have spilled the 
coffee. 
Quils nous aient rendu nos That they may have returned our 
habits. clothes to us. 
Que vous ayez attendu votre That you may have expected your 
pére. Sather. 
Quiils aient balayé la maison. That they may have swept the 
house. 
Que nous ayons encore du drap. That we may have more cloth. 
Que nous en ayons encore. That we may have more. 
Que nous n’en ayons plus. That we may have no more. 
Que sa sceur ait recu une lettre. That his sister may have received 
a letter. 
Qu’elle ait visité le jardin. That she may have visited the 
garden. | 
Que nous ayons encore du papier. That we may have more paper. 
Que nous en ayons encore. That we may have more. 
Que nous n’en ayons plus. That we may have no more. 


VOCABULARY. 


Affable, A ffable. Bon, Good. 
Appris, Learned. Caché, Concealed. 
Attendu, Expected. Carotte, f Carrot. 
Avantageusement, Advan- Chou, m. Cabbage. 
tageously. | Commis, m. Clerk. 





* For the use of capitals, see “ Larger Conrse,” page 461. 











FRENCH 


Conduite, fi Conduct. 
Correctement, Correctly. 
Craint, Feared. 
Demoiselle, f. Young lady. 
Domestique, m. and f. Ser- 
vant. 
Douceur, f. Mildness. 
Kncore, More, yet, still. 
sité, Been. 
Ku, “ad. 
Famille, f. Family. 
*Honte, f. Shame. 
Langue, f. Language. 
Loup, m. Wolf. 


COURSE. 255 


Navet, m. Turnip. 
Nouvelle, News. 
Obtenu, Obtained. 
Parlé, Spoken. 
Place, f. Sitwation. 
Plaisir, m. Pleasure. 
Plus, ore, No more. 
Pois, m. Pea. 
Rave, f. Radish. 
Soie, fi Silk. 

Teint, Dyed. 
Teinturier, Dyer. 
Traité, Treated. 
Vendu, Sold. 


Marchandise, f. Merchan- Vérité, f. Truth. 


 dise. 


Exercise 127, 


1 Que nous ayons parlé correctement. 
fréres aient eu beaucoup de plaisir. 


2 Que ses 
8 Je souhaite 


qwils aient vendu leurs marchandises avantageusement. 


4 Qwils aient obtenu une 


cominis ait obtenu une bonne place. 
ses domestiques avec douceur. 
regu de bonne nouvelles de sa famille. 
pas eu honte de sa conduite. 
10 Que vous ne m’ayez pas caché 
11 Que le teinturier ait teint beaucoup de 
12 Que ces messieurs aient appris la langue 
13 Que nous n’ayons pas attendu notre pére. 


ait été bien affable. 
la vérité. 
sole. 
francaise. 


bonne maison. 5 Que son 
6 Quwil ait traité 
7 Que votre ami ait 
8 Quwil n’ait 
9 Que cette demoiselle 


Pap oy 5S 


258 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


ort 


14 Que vous n’ayez pas craint le loup. 15,‘N’avez- + 
vous plus de légumes? 16 Oui, madame, pei ai encore,+ 
jai encore des carottes, des navets et des raves. 17 Le 
jardinier n’a plus de choux. 18 Il a encore des pois. 
19 Nousen avons encore. 20 L’autre jardinier n’en a 
H Ces 


plus. 
ExerciseE 128. 


i 1 That you may have been affable. 2 I wish that 
his friend may have received good news: 3 That you 
may have treated your family with mildness. 4 I wish 
that you may not have concealed the truth. 5 That 
those young ladies may have learned the French lan- 
guage. 6 That those young ladies may have been 
very affable, 7 That he may have expected his sister. 
8 That he may not have feared the wolf. . 9 I wish 
that the gardener may have more vegetables. 10 The 
gardener has no more vegetables. 11 He has no more 
turnips. 12 He has more carrots and peas. 13 We 
have miore!\* i4 We have Ho‘tiore. 15 That they may 
have spoken correctly. 16 That you may not have 
sold your merchandise advantageously. 17 That the. 
clerk may have received good news from his family. 
18 That he may have obtained a good situation. 
19 That the dyer may have dyed much. 20 That you 
may have learned the French language. 21 That my 
sister may have expected me. 22 That I may have 
expected my brother. 23 That you may have obtained 
a good house. 24 That you may have spoken the 
French language correctly. 25 That he may not have 


spoken correctly. Sh, Re i, ? 


vee oti le. Now Yee. 








Govt ot teed) Dreere pie: Ate 
_ FRENCH COURSE, 257 
 LEOON EXVI.. BESSON LX WE. 


THE IMPERFECT OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE.—FIRST CON- 
JUGATION, 


1. The endings of the imperfect of the subjunctive 
of all the French verbs are, sse, sses, t, ssions, ssiez, 
ssent. "The vowel preceding the ¢ of the third person 
singular has always a circumflex accent (4, ét, ut). 


2. In the first conjugation, those endings are preceded 
by an a, and become asse, asses, dt, assions, assiez, 
assent, 


3. Every verb of the first conjugation is regular in this 
tense. 


4, IMPERFECT OF THE SuBJUNCTIVE OF DoNNER, 70 


GIVE, ALLER, TO GO, AND ENVOYER, TO SEND. 


Que je donn- 

Que jall- 
Que j’envoy- 

Que tu donn- 
Que tu all- 

Que tu envoy- 
Qu’il donn- 
Quw’il all- a 
Qwil envoy- 

Que nous donn- 
Que nous all- 
Que nous envoy- 


assions. 


That I might give. 
That I might go. 
That I might send. 


That thou mightest give. 
That thou mightest go. 
That thou mightest send. 


That he might give. 
That he might go. 
That he might send. 
That we might give. 
That we might go. 
That we might send, 


258 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


Que vous all- That you might go. 


Que vous donn- ) That you might give. 
asslez. 
Que vous envoy- That you might send, 


Qwils all- That they might go. 


Quwils donn- That they might give. 
assent 
Qwils envoy- That they might send. 


NEGATIVE FORM OF DONNER. 


ue je ne donnasse pas. That I might not give. 

Que tu ne donnasses pas. That thou mightest not 
give. 

Qwil ne donnat pas. That he might not give. 


Que nous ne donnassions pas. Zhat we might not give. 
(Jue vous ne donnassiez pas. That you might not give. 
Qwils ne donnassent pas. That they might not give. 


MovpEL SENTENCES. 


Vous désiriez que je vous You wished that I might speak to 
parlasse. you. 
Que vous allassiez a la ville. That you might go to the city. 


Que j’envoyasse une tulipe 4 That [might send a tulip to my © 


ma, soeur. sister. 

Que vous ne donnassiez pas un Zhat you might not give an 
abricot au petit garcon. apricot to the little boy. 

Quwils achetassent un beau That they might buy a beautiful 
cheval. horse. 

Qu’il chassat toute la journée. That he might hunt the whole day. 

Qu’il nous apportat la gazette. That he might bring us the news- 

paper, 

Que V’écolier ne déchirat pas That the scholar might not tear 

son livre. his book. 


i ei 


FRENCH 


Que vous | taillassiez 
crayon. 


Que nous allassions 4 l’église. 


COURSE. 259 


votre Zhat you might mend your 


pencil. 
That we might go to church. 


Que nous étudiassions notre That we might study our lesson, 


legon. 
Que son cousin étudiat lhis- 
toire, 


That his cousin might study his- 
tory. 


VOCABULARY. 


Acheter, 1. Zo buy. 

Algébre, f. Algebra. 

Aller, 1. Zo go. 

Amener, 1. Zo bring. 

An, m. Year. 

.a Cahier, m. Copy-book. 

Chez, Ator to the house of. 

Connaissance, f. Acquaint- 
ance. 

Correctement, Correctly. 

Dans, Jn. 

Dévhirer, 1. Zo tear. 

Demoiselle, f. Young lady. 

Deésirer, 1. Zo desire. 

Dix, Zen. 

Douceur, f. Wildness, kind- 
NESS. 

Drap, m. Cloth. 

Ecolier, m. Scholar. 

Espagnol, m. Spaniard. 

Etudier, 1. Zo study. 


Gens, People. 
Géometrie, f Geometry. 
Gibier, m. Game. 
Heure, f. Hour. 
Italien, Ztalian. 
Jeune, Young. 
Maitre, m. Teacher. 
Marcher, 1. 70 walk. 
Mathématiques, f, pl., Wa. 

thematics. ; 
Médecin, m. Physician. 
Meilleur, Better. 

éner, 1. To take, to lead. 
Monsieur, m. Gentleman. 
Plume, f. Pen. 
Précepteur, m. Teacher. 
Rester, 1. Zo remain. 
Rien, Nothing. 
Tailler, 1. Zo mend. 
Traiter, 1. Zo treat. 
Ville, fi City. Bis 


260 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 
Exxrerciset 129, 


1 Je désirais que vous m’envoyassiez du_ gibier. 
2 Que mon amie les traitat bien. 8 Que nous trai- 
tassions nos enfants avec douceur. 4 Quwils allassent 
chez leur précepteur. 5 Que vous nous amenassiez 
vos meilleurs amis. 6 Qu’il nous amenat ses connais- 
sances. 7 Que notre maitre taillat une plume. 8 Quwil 
menat son cousin chez nous. 9 Que nous n/’allassions 
pas chez ce monsieur. 10 Que les écoliers ne déchi- 
rassent pas leurs cahiers. 11 Que nous étudiassions 
Palgébre. 12 Que ces jeunes gens étudiassent les 
mathématiques. 13 Que notre sceur étudiadt la géo- 
métrie. 14 Que ces demoiselles parlassent correcte- 
ment litalien. 15 Que je ne parlasse pas lespagnol. 
16 Que vous restassiez plus de dix ans dans cette Ville. 
17 Notre médecin désirait que nous marchassions deux 
heures. 18 Quw’il achetat beaucoup de drap. 19 Que 
vous n’achetassiez rien, 


EXEROIS B 130. 
Coz. T 71 ¢@t g wnat Aw b 
1 You would wish (Conditinal, Lesson 57) that I 
might send you a copy-book. 2 That we might send 
you game. 3 That my brother might send you cloth. 
4 That you might send me those young people. 
5 That I might take my children to (chez) my acquaint- 
ance’s. 6 That the physician’s children might study 
(the) mathematics, 7 That those ygung people might — 
study algebra. 8 I should wish “that those young © 
ladies might speak correctly. 9 That we might take 


Ae~ + - Aber nls ~ 


¢ 


FRENCH COURSE. 261 


our cousin to your house. 10 That the physician 
might speak Spanish. 11 'Thatthe teacher might mend 
my pen. 12 The physician desired that Yop Aeewle. * : 
_ walk one hour, 13 That you might not go to that 
gentleman. 14 That the young lady might not tear her 
copy-book. 15 That your acquaintance might bring . 
you to your cousin’s. 16 That I might speak Spanish 
correctly. 17 That the teacher might remain at your 
house. 18 That he might buy cloth. 19 That he 
might take his cousin to our house. 20 That the phy- 
sician might buy the best cloth. 21 That we might 
desire to speak to you. 22 That he might wish to see 
me (me voir). 23 That we might wish to see your 
sister. 24 That you might treat us with (avec) kind- 
ness, 25 That he might treat us with kindness. 4: 


ws Uv. 





LEGON LXVII. LESSON LXVII. 


THE IMPERFECT OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE, CONTINUED.— 
SECOND AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS, 


1. The terminations of the imperfect of the subjunc- 
tive, in the second and fourth conjugations, take 7 be- 
fore the endings given in the first rule of the last lesson, 
and become isseé, tsses, it, issions, tssiez, issent. 


2. IMPERFECT OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF FINIR AND 
VENDRE. 


Que je fin- ae That I might finish. 
Que je vend- oe That I might sell. 


62: FASQUELLE S INTRODUCTORY 


Que tu fin- aa That thou mightest finish, 
Que tu vend- That thou mightest sell. 
Quw il fin- lst That he might finish. 
Qw il vend- E That he might sell. 

Que nous fin- bo That we might finish. 
Que nous vend- ston: That we might sell. 

Que vous fin- eee That you might finish. 
Que vous vend- Ml ap hat you might sell 
Qwils fin- Rabie That they might finish. 
Qu’ils vend- tissen '  Lhat they might sell. 


3. Cueillir, Offrir, and those irregular verbs of the 
second conjugation named in Rule 4 of Lesson 34, take 
the above regular terminations; so do also the verbs 
of the second conjugation ending in dir, such as Sentir, 
Partir, &c. Lesson 36, Rule 1. 


Que je cueill- That I might gather. 
Que joffr- cas That I might offer. 
Que je sent- ' That I might feel. 
Que je part- That I might set out. 


4, In those irregular verbs of the fourth conjugation, 
ending in wie and indre (Lessons 40 and 42), the 
above endings are used; the first part of the word, 
however, is a little changed. 


5. IMPERFECT OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF CONDUIRE 
AND PEINDRE. 
Que je conduis- That I might conduct. 
Que je peign- ~ " Lhat I might paint. 


FRENCH COURSE. 263 


Que tu conduis- ). That thou mightest conduct. 
isses, : 
Que tu peign- That thou mightest paint. 
Qwil conduis- That he might conduct. 
Quwil peign- tit, That he might paint. 
Que nous sonditis- Sie te That we might conduct. 
Que nous peign- ti That we might paint. 
Que vous conduis- “a8 Pe That you might conduct. 
Que vous peign- ti That you might paint. 
Qwils conduis- That they might conduct. 
lj sent. Ge 
Quwils peign- if . That they might paint. 


6. In Venir, to come, and those verbs of the second 
conjugation ending in eni7 (Lesson 37), 2 is put after of 
the ¢ of the above endings, and the e of entr dropped. 


7. ImpERFECT OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE OF VENIR, 70 
COME, 


Que je v-insse. That I might come. 

Que tu v-insses. That thou mightest come. 
Quwil v-int. That he might come. 

Que nous v-inssions, That we might come. 
Que vous v-inssiez. That you might come. 
Quwils v-inssent. That they might come. 


MopErL SENTENCES. 


Vous désireriez que je finisse You would wish that I might 
mon travail. Jinish (or me to finish) my work. 

Que je vendisse la maison. That I might sell the house. 

Que votre frére rendit justice 4 Znat your brother might do (lit., 
ses ennemis. render) justice to his enemies, — 


-264 


Que le professeur vint toujours 
a temps. 


Que nous agissions toujours bien. 


Que je lui offrisse mon amitié. 


Que nous partissions de bonne 
heure. 

Que vous cueillissiez de belles 
roses. 

Que nous ne le conduisissions 
pas. 

Que vous ne détruisissiez pas 
vos habits. 

Qu ils ne peignissent pas bien. 

Qu'ils craignissent leurs parents. 


FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


That the professor might always 
come in time. 

That we might always behave 
well. 

That I might offer him my friend- 
ship. 

That we might go away early. 


That you might pick beautiful 
OSES. 
That we might not lead him. 


That you might not destroy your 
clothes. | 

That they might not paint well. 

That they might fear their parents, 


VoOcABULABY. 


Affaire, f. Affair. 


Délai, m. Delay. 


Agir, 2. To act, to behave. Désirer, 1. To wish. 


Amitié, fi Friendship. 
Beau, bel, Fine, handsome. 
Blame, m. Blame. 


Détruire, 4. 70 destroy. 


Edifice, m. Edifice. 


Hspérauce, f. Hope. 


Bonne heure (de), Harly. Faveur, f. Havor. 
Chez, At or to the house of. Fleur, f. Flower. 
Conduire, 4. Zo conduct, Jamais, Never. 


to lead. 


Jardin, m. Garden. 


Construire, 4. Zo construct. Maison, f. House. 


Craindre, 4. Zo fear. 
Cueillir, 2, Zo gather, to 
pick, 


Marchandise, f. Merchan- 


dise. 
Offrir, 2. Zo offer. 


FRENCH COURSE. 265 


Ouvrir, 2. Zo open. Sentir, 2. Zo feel. 
Partir, 2. Zo go away, to Sortir, 2. Zo go out. 
set out. Souhaiter, 1. Zo wish, to 
Peindre, Zo paint. desire. 
Plus tét, Sooner. Tard, Late. 
Porte, f. Door. Tot, Soon. 
Possible, Possible. Trop, Zoo, too much, too 


Professeur, m. Professor. many. 
Répondre, 4. Zo reply. Vendre, 4. Zo sell. 
Sans, Without. Venir, 2. Zo come. 


Exercise 181. 


1 Vous souhaitiez que je vinsse chez vous. 2 Vous 
désiriez que je vous vendisse cette maison. 3 Que ces 
jeunes gens peignissent bien, 4 Qu’ils ne craignissent 
pas le blame. 5 Qu’ils conduisissent bien leurs affaires. 
6 Que nous sortissions le plus tot possible. 7 Que ces 
messieurs partissent sans délai. 8 Quwils détruisissent 
ces belles espérances. 9 Que nous construisissions un 
bel édifice. 10 Je souhaiterais que vous agissiez tou- 
jours bien. 11 Que nous ne vinssions jamais trop 
tard. 12 Que vous sentissiez ces faveurs. 13 Que je 
noffrisse pas mon amitié. 14 Qu’il nous offrit ses 
services. 15 Que nous cueillissions les plus belles fleurs 
de votre jardin. 16 Que nous lui offrissions ces belles 
marchandises. 17 Que nous lui ouvrissions la porte. 
18 Que le professeur vint toujours chez nous. 19 Quw’il 
vint de bonne heure. 20 Qu’ils vinssent toujours trop 
tard. 21 Quw ils répondissent a notre lettre. 

12 


986 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


Exercise 182. 


1 You wished that we might go out early. 2 Those 
gentlemen wished that we might set out late. 3 That 
you might reply to our letter. 4 That you might 
build (construct) a beautiful house. 5 That our friend 
might always act well. 6 1 wished that you might 
set out without delay. 7 That you might not fear my 
friendship. 8 That you might always come to our 
house. 9 That you,might feel my friendship. 10 That 
yoy,might never coe 60 late to our hotise. 11 That 
wollte offer him our friendship. 12 That the gentle- 
men might offer us their services. 13 That the pro- 
fessor might not come to our house. 14 That you 
might ,feel your friend’s favors. 15 That you might 
pick he most beutiful flowers. 16 That he might 
pick the beautiful roses (roses). 17 That they might 
not destroy my hopes. 18 That you might destroy 
that merchandise. 19 That my friend might come 
without delay. 20 That they might not fear his favors, 
21 That they might sell their merchandise. 22 That 
you might not go away too soon. 23 That they might 
not come too late. 24 That you might come to my 


house. 25 That they might come to the physician’s. 
Naw Wie . 





> 


LECON LXVIII. LESSON LXVIII. 


THE IMPERFECT OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE, CONTINUED.— 
THIRD CONJUGATION. 


1. The general terminations of the imperfect of the 
subjunctive. in the third conjugation, are preceded 


ee 


FRENCH COURSE. 267 


by w, and become usse, wusses, ut, ussions, ussiez, 
wssent, 


2. Those irregular verbs of the fourth conjugation, 
which end in aiétre and oiétre, take in this tense, as in 
the past definite, the terminations of the third conju- 
gation. 


3. IMPERFECT OF THE SuBJUNCTIVE OF Recrvorr, 
TO RECEIVE, AND CONNAiTRE, 70 KNOW, 


Que je rec- saat That I might receive. 
sse, 
Que je conn- That I miqht know. 


Que tu rec- oe That thou mightest receive. 
Que tu conn- t Thai thou mightest know. 
Quwil rec- a That he might receive. 
Qu’il conn- That he might rnow. 
Que nous rec- That we might receive. 
ussions, 
Que nous conn- That we might know. 
Que vous rec- Behe That you might receive. 
Que vous conn- That you might know. 
Quwils rec- Vices Thut they might receive. 
Qwils conn- ' That they might know. 


* 4, Those irregular verbs of the second and fourth 
conjugations which take the endings of the past definite 
of the third conjugation, take also the endings of the 
— imperfect of the subjunctive of the same. 

Courir, to run. Que je cour-usse, Zhat I might run. 
Mourir, to die. Que je mour-usse, That I might die. 


| geil Tis al 3 


288 FASQUELL S'S INTRODUCTORY 


Boire, to drink. Que je b-usse, That I might drink. 
Croire, to believe. Que je cr-usse, Zhat I might believe. 
Lire, to read. Que je l-usse, That I might read. 
Plaire, to please. Que je pl-usse, That I might please. 


5. Avoir and Etre have also the above terminations, 
but are irregular in the first part of the word. 


6. ImpERFECT OF THE SuBJUNCTIVE oF AvoIR, 70 
HAVE, AND ETRE, 7O BE, 


Que j’eusse, That I might have. 
(ue tu eusses, That thou mightest have. 
Qivil etit. That he might have. 
(Que nous eussions., That we might have. 
Que vous eussiez. = That you might have. 
Quwils eussent. . That they might have. 
Que je fusse. That I might be. 

Que tu fusses. That thou mightest be. 
Qivil fit. That he might be. 

Que nous fussions. That we might be. 
Que vous fussiez. That you might be. 
Quwils fussent. That they might be. 


MopErLt SENTENCES. 


Je désirais que vous connussiez I wished that you might know 
vos devoirs. your duties, 

Que vous regussiez mes amis. That you mightreceive my friends. 

Qu'il apergat la colline de sa That he might perceive the hill 
maison, From his house. 

Que je courusse plus vite que Zhat I might run quicker than 
mon frére. my brother. 


VY f 


FRENCH COURSE. 269 

Que je busse trop d’eau. That I might drink too much 
water. 

Quw’il crit tout le monde. That he might believe every body. 

Que nous bussions une tasse de That we might drink a cup of 

thé. tea. 

Que nous n’eussions pas tou~ That we might not always be 

jours tort. wrong. 


Que vous fussiez trés diligente. That you might be very diligent. 
Qu’ils n’eussent jamais raison. That they might never be right. 
Quils parussent toujours con- That they might always appear 


tents. contented. 
Quwils lussent ce livre attentive- That they might read that book 
ment. attentively. 


VocaABULARY. 


Affabilité, f. Affability. | *Honte, f. Shame, ashamed. 
Apercevoir, 3. Zo perceive. Jamais, Vever. 


Avec, With. Jeune, Young. 
Beaucoup, Much. Lire, 4. 70 read. 

Boire, 4. Zo drink. Mieux, Better. 
Convaincu, Convinced. Paraitre, 4. Zo appear. 
Courir, 2. Zo run. Petit, Litile. 

D’abord, At first. Peur, f. Fear, afraid. 
Dans, Zn. Plus, More. 

Décevoir, 3. To deceive. Raison, f. Reason, right. 
Désirer, 1. Zo desire. Reconnaitre, 4. Zo recog- 
Diligent, Diligent. nize. 

Ean, f. Water. Souhaiter, 1. Zo wish. 
Erreur, f. Error. Tort, m. Wrong. 
Fatigué, Zired. 3 Tout a fait, Quite. 


Fille, Girt. Trop, Zoo, too much. 
Homme, m. Man. Vite, Quick, quickly. fa. 


270 FASQUDELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 
Exercise 188. 


1 Que je reconnusse la petite fille. 2 Que son frére 
ne la reconntit pas d’abord. 3 Qu’il ne partit pas tout 
& fait convaincu. 4 Qu’ils ne nous apercussent pas. 
5 Que vous apercussiez votre erreur. 6 Que vous ne 
lussiez pas mes lettres. 7 Que je busse trop d’eau. 
8 Que je ne courusse pas toujours dans le jardin. 
9 Que la petite fille courtit trop vite. 10 Que nous 
ne fussions jamais fatigués. 11 Que vous ne nous 
recussiez pas avec affabilité. 12 Que le jeune homme 
décut les amis de son frére. 13 Nous désirerions que 
vous fussiez beaucoup plus diligents. 14 Nous sou- 
haiterions que vous nous recussiez mieux. 15 Que 
nous n’eussions jamais tort. 16 Que vous eussiez 


toujours raison. 17 Que vos fréres n’eussent ni honte. 


ni peur, 


Exercise 134. 


1 That we might know our duties, 2 That you 
might receive your friends with affability. 3 That 
your brother might appear quite convinced. 4 That I 
might never be tired. 5 That you might never de- 
ceive the young man. 6 That the young man might 
never deceive his brother. 7 That I might drink 
water. 8 That we might not drink too much water. 
9 That we might not run too fast. 10 That you might 
not be too tired. 11 That the little girl might run in 
the garden, .12 He wishes that we might be more 
diligent. 13 We would wish that he might be more 
diligent. 14 That he“might recognize us at first. 


FRENCH COURSE. 271 


15 We would wish that you might perceive your error. 
16 We would wish that you might receive him well. 
17 That you might never be wrong. 18 That I might 
always be right. 19 That you might be neither 
ashamed nor afraid. 20 That you might be convinced. 
21 That he might be diligent. 22 That the little girl 
might not run fast. 23 That you might not run too 
fast. 24 That you might recognize me at_ first. 
25 That you might not recognize him, 26 That we 
might not read his letters, 7 


mere Vae. 





“ 


Poe 


LECON LXIX. LESSON LXIX. 
THE PLUPERFECT OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 


1. The pluperfect of the subjunctive is formed of the 
imperfect of the subjunctive of Avorr or Erre and the 
past participle of the principal verb. 


2. Pruperrecr or Donner, Fintr, REcEvorIR, AND 
VENDRE. 


Que j’eusse donné. That I might have given. 

Que tu eusses fini. That thou mightest have 
finished. 

Quw’il etit recu. That he might have received. 


Que nous eussions vendu, Zhat we might have sold. 

Que vous eussiez donné. TZhat you might have given. 

Quwils eussent fini. That they might have fin 
ished. 


272 FASQUELLES INTRUDUCTORY 


NEGATIVE FORM. 
Que je n’eusse pas donné. That I might not have given. 
Que tu n’eusses pas fini. That thou mightest not have 
Jinished. 
Qu’il n’etit pas regu. That he might not have re- 
ceived. 
Que nous n’eussions pas Zhat we might nothave sold. 
vendu., 
Que vous n’eussiez pas That you might not have 


donné. given. 
Qu’ils n’eussent pas fini. TZhat they might not have 
Jinished. 


MopEL SENTENCES. 


Que l’orateur eft fini son dis- Zhat the orator might have fin- 


cours. - ashed his speech. 

Que nous eussions amusé les Zhat we might have amused the 
enfants. children. 

Qu’ils eussent réussi dans leurs That they might have succeeded 
affaires. in ther affairs. 

Qu’ils eussent été affables. That they might have been affable. 

Que votre frére eft acheté cette That your brother might have 
maison. bought that house. 


Que nous n’eussions pas écrit. That we might not have written. 
Que je ne lui eusse pas raconté That I might not have related to 


cette histoire. him that history. 
Que vous lui eussiez dit cela. That you might have told him 
that. | 
Que le marchand eft vendu That the merchant might have 
tout son drap. sold all his cloth. 


Que nous eussions cultivé notre That we might have cultivated 
jardin, our garden. 


FRENCH COUBSE. 273 


Que votre jardinier eft planté That your gardener might have 
un verger. planted an orchard. 


VoOocABULARY. 


Agi, Acted. Fermé, Shut. 

Attentivement, Attentively. Fleur, fi Wlower. 

Avant, Before. Honojyaple, FTonorable. 

Avis, m. Advice. Intéressant, Interesting. 
- Barriére, t. Gate. Lu, Read. 

Bien, Well. Obtenu, Obtained. 

Cela, That. Occupé, Occupied. 

Ce que, Zhat, what. Ouvert, Opened. 

Dit, Said, told.  Perdu, Lost. 

Donné, Given. Position, f.. Posztion. 

Ecolier, m. Scholar. Progrés, m. Progress. 

Kerit, Written. Rapide, Rapid. 

Entreprise, f. Undertak- Réussi, Succeeded. 

ing. Rien, Nothing. 

Eté, Been. Satisfait, Satisfied. 

Eu, /Zad. Succés, m. Success. 

Fait, Done, made. Tout, Adi. 

Fenétre, Window. Vérité, f Truth. Pe’ 


Anite j i 4 “5° as ol el, ag oO : YY Gi 

G0 2- 77 

1 Que vous eussiez fini avant mol. 2 Que vous 

n’eussiez pas réussi. 8 Quwils eussent obtenu tout ce 

qwils désirent. 4 Que les écoliers eussent fait des 

progrés rapides, 5 Que nous eussions lu attentive- 

ment. 6 Que vous n’eussiez pas perdu votre argent, 

7 Qwil efit occupé une position honorable. 8 Quiils 
18 


974 FASQUELLE’S INTRODUCTORY 


eussent toujours été honorables, 9 Qu’ils eussent satis: 
fait leur parents. 10 Qu’ils eussent toujours eu du 
succés dans leurs entreprises. 11 Qu’ils n’eussent pas 
écrit un livre intéressant. 12 Que vous eussiez ouvert 
les fenétres. 13 Qu’ils eussent fermé la barriére du 
jardin. 14 Que nous n’eussions pas bien agi. 15 Que 
vous leur eussiez dit la vérité. 16 Que nous leur 
eussions dit cela. 17 Que nous vous eussions donné 
notre avis. 18 Que vous leur eussiez donné une fleur. 
19 Que vous n’eussiez rien perdu. 20 Que nous - 
eussions tout perdu. 


Exercrse 186. 


1 That we might have lost nothing. 2 That we 
might not have finished. 3 That he might have finished 
before me. 4 That you might have obtained your 
money. 5 That my brothers might have obtained all 
that they wish. 6 That we might have satisfied our 
parents. 7 That you might have satisfied your friends. 
8 That we might have told the truth. 9 That you 
might have’success. 10 That he might have’success in 
his undertaking. 11 That you might have opened 
the gate. 12 That they might have shut the window. 
13 ‘That you might have written an interesting book. 
14 ‘That your brother might have given his advice. 
15 That you might have given your advice. 16 That 
you might have given me a flower. 17 That they 
might have given a book. 18 That you might have 
satisfied your friend. 19 That we might have satisfied 
our parents. 20 That we might have finished our 


FRENCH COURSE. 275 


book. 21 That our friends might have lost nothing. 
22 That you might not have lost all, 23 That you 
- might not have opened the gate. 24 That you might 
have occupied an honorable position. 25 That my 
friend might not have lost his money. ‘K 





The young student, having now become somewhat 
familiar with the easier principles of the French lan- 
guage, and acquainted with the regular verbs and 
those parts of the irregular verbs which have been 
classified in the foregoing lessons, will now be able to 
take the Larger Course, or “New French Method.” 
The earlier and easier lessons of the book will give him 
a good opportunity of reviewing what he has already 
found in the Introductory Course, and enable him to 
study understandingly the more difficult portions of 
the work. The verbs, in the larger work, are pre- 
sented in different groupings; and when the student 
has passed through the lessons, he will, if his study has 
been diligent, be conversant with the verbs, as well as 
with the other portions of the language. May success 
attend him on that path which we have endeavored to 
render pleasant as weil as profitable ! 


APPENDIX, 





I.—Tue Days OF THE WEEK.—II. THE MONTHS OF THE YEAR. 
—III. Tue Seasons.—IV. THE NumBers.—V. THE AUXILIARY 
Verss.—VI. THE Four CoNJUGATIONS OF VERBS.—VII. THR 
PassivE VerRs.—VIII. THE REFLECTIVE VERB. 


Les Jovurs. I, _ Tue Days. 
Dimanche, . . . Sunday. 
Lundi, ‘ i of tte Monday. 
Mardi, . . ‘ Tuesday. 
Mercredi, . . Wednesday. 
POMS ee hy ts Thursday. 
Vendredi, . ‘ Friday. 
Samedi, : : Saturday. 


Les SaIsons. IIl. 


Lxs Mots. II. Tue Monrus. 
Janvier, January 
Février, February 
Mars, March. 

Avril, April. 

Mai, May. ; 
Juin, . June. 

Juillet July. 

Aott,* : ; August 
Septembre. . September 
Octobre, October 
Novembre, . November. 
Décembre, . ‘ : December. 


Tur SEASONS, 


Le printemps, Spring. 
L’été, . : Summer. 
L’automne, . Autumn. 
L’hiver, Winter. 





_ * Pronounced nearly like oo in English. 


Neuf é r ‘ : ; 9| Neuviéme . 
Dix . ; ‘ 5 ¢ . 10} Dixiéme 7 


APPENDIX. 277 
Lzrs NoMBREs. IV. Tus NuMBERs. 
Nombres Cardinal Nombres Ordina 
Cardinauz, Numbers. | Ordinauz, , we Numbers» 
Un, masc. Une, fem. . « 1] Premier, masc. Premiére, fem. 1st 
Deux . . +» .  « 2|Deuxiéme, second, seconde 2d 
Trois F ; A . 8) Troisiéme . fs E 8d 
Quatre . . ; ‘ . 4/Quatriéme . s % 4th 
Cing - *  «  « + 5|Cinquieme . . 5th 
Six . A : A . 6/Sixiéme A ‘: 6th 
Sept Gc Se recs Satars T\Septiéme, .. . 9s 7th 
Huit ; F 8|Huitiéme . ; r 8th 
. 10th 
Onze . ‘ . - - 11! Onziéme ; ; 
Douze . x . : - 12|Douziéme . : é 12th 
Treize . ; 3 . . 18)| Treiziéme 7 ‘ 13th 


Quatorze . . : . 14] Quatorziéme ‘ 
Quinze . ; ‘ : - 15|Quinziéme ... , 


a Sr ee i ee ee a ee le i ee ee! a) ae ee, 
— 
— 
ct 
o 


Seize ‘ r : ‘ . 16|Seiziéme ; p ; 16th 
TEBE <. FS po bricks» ~ eh 1d | Dixepeptiome:\)).. iy 17th 
Dix-huit . : - ? . 18} Dix--huitiéme 4 18th 
Dix-neuf . - = . 19] Dix-neuviéme . ‘ - 19th 


anges ° ia by . 20|Vingtiéme . ° -  « 20th 
Vinectetun .. «. -+...« 21] Vingt et uniéme. ..... 21st 
Vingt-deux . .  .  . 22} Vingt-deuxiéme .  . 
Vingt-trois . ; . 28] Vingt-troisiéme ‘ 
Vingt-quatre . , 24 | Vingt-quatriéme . : 
Vingt-cing. ° . 20 | Vingt-cinquieme . : 
Vingt-six eae - 26|Vingt-sixiéme .  . 
Vingt-sept . . . 27|Vingt-septiéme . ‘ 
Vingt-huit .  . 28| Vingt-huitiéme , a 
Vingt-neunf. ° . 29|Vingt-neuviéme. . . 29th 
Trente : ‘ . 80|Trentiéme . ; ‘ . 80th 
Trente et un . 31/|Trente et uniéme ‘ . 8l1st 


« * . . e e * 
bo 
Or ev 
ct 
os 


Trente-deux 32 | Trente-deuxiéme 


Trente-trois .. . 33 | Trente-troisiéme. . 33d 
Trente-quatre.  . 34 | Trente-quatriéme « « 84th 
Trente-cing . . 39 | ‘T'rente-cinquiéme «+e 9 85th 
Trenté-six: .  . 86|Trente-sixieme .  . 36th 
Trente-sept . ERE ee 37 | 'Trente-septiéme . 87th 


Trente-huit . 2 F 
‘Trente-neuf : 
Quarante . ‘ . : 
Quarante et un ; 
(Juarante-deux : - 
Quarante-trois 

Quarante-quatre 
Juarante-cing : ‘ 
Quarante-six . i ‘ 
Quarante-sept . . . 
Quarante-huit . 


im 4 
. , 
4 
sl : 
ort * 
—_— 


38 | Trente-huitiéme . é 
39 | Trente-neuviéme 

40 | Quarantiéme ‘ 

Quarante et uniéme . 
42 Quarante-deuxiéme . 
43 | Quarante-troisiéme . 
44) Quarante-quatriéme . 


7) 


45 | Quarante-cinquiéme 
46 | Quarante-sixiéme 
47 | Quarante-septiéme 

. 48 | Quarante-huitiéme 


ih 
— 





i 
oo 
Ru 





278 


Nombres 
Cardinauz, 


Quarante-neuf 

_Cinguante.. 
~Cinquante et un 
Cinq uante-deux 
Cinq uante-trois 


Cinquante-quatre 


Cinguante-cing 
Cinq uante-six . 
* Cinquante-sept 
Cinguante-huit 
Cinguante-neuf 
Soixante . A 
Soixante et un 
Soixante-deux 
Soixante-trois . 
Soixante-quatre 
Soixante-cing . 
Soixante-six . 
Soixante-sept . 
Soixante-huit . 
Soixante-neuf . 
Soixante-dix 
Soixante et onze 
Soixante-douze 
Soixante-treize 


Soixante-quatorze 
Soixante-quinze - 


Soixante-seize 


Soixante-dix-sept 
Soixante-dix-huit 
Soixante-dix-neuf 


Quatre-vingts 
Quatre-vingt-un 


Quatre-vingt-deux 


Quatre-vingt-trois . 
Quatre-vingt-quatre 


Quatre-vingt-cing 


Quatre-vingt-six 


Quatre-vingt-sept 


Quatre-vingt-huit . 
Quatre-vingt-neuf . 


Quatre- vingt-dix 


Quatre-vingt-onze . 


Quatre-vingt-douze 
Quatre-vingt-treize 
Quatre-vingt-quatorze 


Quatre-vingt-quinze 
Quatre-vinet-seize . 


Quatre-vingt-dix-sept 
Quatre-vingt-dix-huit 


e ° - s . ° . e e . . ° + e e e e . e e J e 


Cardinal 
Numbers. 





APPENDIX. 


Nomobres 
Ordinauc. 


Quarante-neuviéme 
Cinquantiéme 
Cinquante et uniéme 


Cinguante-troisiéme 
Cinguante-quatriéme 
Cinquan te-cinguiéme 
Cinquante-sixieme 
Cinquante-septiéme . 
Cinguante-huitiéme 
Cinquante-neuvieme , 
Soixantieme . . : 
Soixante et uniéme . 
Soixante-deuxiéme . 
Soixante-troisiéme  . 
Soixante-quatriéme 


Cinquante-deuxiéme .- 


Soixante-cinguieme eth 


Soixante-sixieme . : 
Soixante-septiéme ; 
Soixante-huitiéme 


Soixante-neuviéme 
Soixante-dixiéme 
Soixante et onziéme 
Soixante-douziéme 
Soixante-treiziéme 
Soixante-quatorziéme 
Soixante-quinzieme 
Soixante-seiziéme ~ 
Soixante-dix-septiéme 
Soixante-dix-huitiéme 
Soixante-dix-neuviéme 
Quatre-vingtieme : 
Quatre-vingt-uniéme . 
Quatre-vingt-deuxiéme 
Quatre-vingt-troisiéme 
Quatre-vingt-quatriéme 
Quatre-vingt-cinguiéme 
Quatre-vingt-sixiéme . 
Quatre-vingt-septiéme 
Quatre-vingt-huitiéme 
Quatre- vingt-neuviéme 
Quatre-vingt-dixiéme . 
Quatre-vingt-onziéme . 
Quatre-vingt-douziéme 
Quatre-vingt-treiziéme 


e . . e e ° e . « 


Quatre-vingt-quatorziéme 


Quatre-vingt-quinziéme 
Quatre-vingt-seiziéme . 


Quatre-vingt-dix-septiéme 
Quatre-vingt-dix-huitiéme 


Ordinal 


Numbers, 


49th 
50th 
dlst 
52d 

53d 

54th 
55th 
56th 
57th 
58th 
59th 
60th 
61st 
62d 

63d 

64th 
65th 
66th 


APPENDIX. 


Nombres Cardinal 
Cardinaux. Numbers. 
Quatre-vingt-dix-neuf . . 99 

ent . : ‘ Pee ts i 

- e ot-u n e ° ° ° B 0 ] 
Cent-deux ° e . » 102 
Cent-trois F ; iden 
Cent-dix Ss - - Pies 2 4. 
Cent-onze . r : Pens 4% | 


Cent-vingt . , : 120 


Deux cents . J ‘ 200 
Deux cent-un 201 
Deux cent-deux . 202 


Mle ete 
Deux mille . ‘ ‘ 4 
Mil huit cent quarante-huit 


1000 
2000 
1848 


Un million . A million 





279 


Nombres Ordinal 
Ordinaux, Numbers, 
Quatre-vingt-dix-neuviéme 99th 
Centiéme . ‘ : - 100th 
Cent-uniéme . 7 - 101st 
Cent-deuxiéme ‘ - 102d 
Cent-troisiéme . 108d 
Cent-dixiéme 110th 
Cent-onziéme . 111th 
Cent-vingtiéme 120th 
Deux centiéme. 200th 
Deux cent-uniéme . 201st 
Deux cent-deuxiéme 202d 
Milliéme . ‘ 1000th 
Deux milliéme . . 2000th 
Mil huit cent quarante- 

huitiéme 1848th 
Millionéme Millionth . 


V. Tue Avuxitiary VERBs.—AVOoIR, 70 HAVE; 
| AFFIRMATIVELY. 


InDICcCATIVE MopE. 


SIMPLE TENSES. 





COMPOUND TENSES. 


PRESENT. PAST INDEFINITE. 
J’ai, I have| J’ai eu, I have had 
Tu as, thou hast|'Tu as eu, thou hast had 
0 he has| ll a eu, he has had 
Nous avons, we have| Nous avons eu, we have had 
Vous avez, you have | Vous avez eu, ou have had 
Ils ont, they have | Ils ont eu, they have had 
, IMPERFECT. PLUPERFECT. 
d’avais, [ had, was having, or Z used \ J’avais eu, LT had had 
to have 
Tu avais, thou hadst | Tu avais eu, thou hadst had 
Tl avait, he had | Il avait eu, he had had 
Nous avions, we had! Nous avions eu, we had had 
Vous aviez, you had | Vous aviez eu, ou had had 
Ils avaient, they had | Ils avaient eu, they had hud 


PAST DEFINITE. 


PAST ANTERIOR. 


J’eus, Thad, or did have | J’eus eu, Thad had 
Tu eus, thou hadst, etc. |Tu eus eu, thou hadst had 
Il eut, he had | Il eut en, he had had 
Nous eimes, we had | Nous etmes en, we had had 
Vous etites, ou had | Vous ettes eu, you had had 
lls eurent, bey had | Us eurent eu, they had had 


280 


SIMPLE TENSES. 


FUTURE. FUTURE ANTERIOR. 
J’aurai, I shall or will have| Dauraien, J shall, will have had 
Tu auras, thou wilt have|Tuauraseu, thou shalt have had 
Il aura, he will have | 11 aura eu, he will have had 
Nous aurons, we shall have} Nous aurons eu, we will have had 
Vous aurez, you will have| Vous aurezeu, you will have had 
Us auront, they will have| ils auronteu, they will have had 
ConpiTionaL Mops. 
PRESENT. ; PAST. 
J’aurais, I should have' Jaurais eu, _ - Tshould) 
Tu aurais, thou couldst have Tu auraiseu, thou wouldst |S 
Il aurait, he would have | I) aurait eu, he should | = 
Nous aurions, we would have| Nous aurionseu, | we should { & 
Vous auriez, you would have; Vous auriezeu, you should | 3 
Is auraient, they would have | Us auraient eu, they should ) 
IMPERATIVE Monk. 

Aie, have thou 

Qu’il ait, let hum have 

Ayons, let us have 

Ayez, have ye or you 


Qwils aient, 


APPENDIX. 


COMPOUND TENSES. 








let them have 


SuBsUNCTIVE Mops. 


PRESENT. 


Que j’aie, that I may have 
Que tu ales, that thow mayest have 
Quwil ait, that he may have 
Que nous ayons, that we may have 
Que vous ayez, that you may have 
Quw’ils aient, 


IMPERFECT. 


Que j’eusse, that I might have 
Que tu eusses, that thou mightest 
have 
Qu’il eit, that he might have 
Que nous eussions, that we might 
have 
Que vous eussiez, that you — 


é 
Qwils eussent, that they might have 


Qui ait eu, 
| Que nous ayons eu, that we may 


PAST. 


Que j’aie eu, that I may 
Que tu aies eu, that thou mayest 
that he may 


have had 


Que vous ayezeu, that you muy 


that they may have; Qwils aient eu, that they may 


PLUPERFEOT. 


Que j’eusse eu, that I might) 

Que tu eusses eu, that thou 
mightest 

Qwil eut eu, that he might 

Que nous eussions eu, that we 
might 

Que vous eussiez eu, that ee 
soht 


have had 


mug 
Qwils eussent eu, that they 
; might ' 














Ny 
J 


APPENDIX. 281 
Infinitive Mope. 

PRESENT. PAST. 

Avoir, to have | Avoir eu, to have had 
PaRTIcIPLe. 

PRESENT. COMPOUND. 

Ayant, having | Ayant eu, having had 
PAST OR PASSIVE. 
Eu, had 
Avorr, 70 HAVE: ConsuGATED NEGATIVELY. 
InvicaTive Mopr. 
SIMPLE TENSES, COMPOUND TENSES. 

PRESENT. PAST INDEFINITE. 
Je n’ai pas, I have not | Je u’ai pas eu, I have) 
Tu n’as pas, thou hast not |'Ta n’as pas eu, thow hast | x3 
Il n’a pas, he has noi} {1 1a pas eu, he has | 3 
Nous n’avons pas, we have not | Nous n’avons pas eu, we have fx 
Vous n’avez pas, you have not) Vous n’avez pas eu, you have | & 
Ils n’ont pas, they have not | Ils n’ont pas eu, they have J 

IMPERFECT, PLUPERFECT. 
Je n’avais pas, Thad not | Je n’avais pas eu, LT had \ 
Tu n’avais pas, thou hadst not |'Tu n’avais pas eu, thou hudst | 3 
Il n’avait pas, he had not | ti n’avait pas en, he had | 3 
Nous n’avions pas, we had not | Nous n’avions pas eu, we had f x 
Vous n’aviez pas, you had not| Vous n’aviez paseu, you had | = 
Ils n’avaient pas, they had not | Ils n’avaient pas eu, they had 
PAST DEFINITE. PAST ANTERIOR, 

Je n’eus pas, Thad not | Je n’eus pas eu, I ae | 
Tu n’eus pas, thou hadst not; Tu n’eus pas eu, thou hadst |» 
Il n’eut pas, he had not | Ii n’eut pas en, hehad\ 3 
Nous n’etimes pas, we had not | Nous n’eumes pas eu, we had { x 
Vous n’eutes pas, you hud not; Vous n’etttes pas eu, you had S 
lls n’eurent pas, they had not | Ils n’eurent pas eu, they had 

FUTURE. FUTURE ANTERIOR, 
Je n’aurai pas, I shall not have | Je n’aurai pas eu, I shall\ 
Tu n’auras pas, thow wilt not have|'Tu n’auras pas eu, thou shalt | & 
Il n’aura pas, he will not have | 11 n’aura pas eu, he will | 8 
Nous n’aurons pas, we shall not have | Nous n’aurons pas eu, we will { 3 
Vous n’aurez pas, you shall not have| Vous n’aurez pas eu, you will | 
Ils n’auront pas, they will not have| Ils n’auront pas eu, they will) & 





282 


APPENDIX. 


ConDITIONAL MopE. 


SIMPLE TENSES. 


PRESENT. 


I should ) 
thou wouldst 


Tl n’aurait pas, he would 
Nous n’aurions pas, we would 


Je n’aurais pas, 
Tu n’aurais pas, 


Vous n’auriez pas, you would 
Ils n’auraient pas, they would ) 





P 


not have 





COMPOUND TENSES. 
PAST. 


Je n’aurais paseu, J should) 
Tu n’aurais pas eu, thou 
shouldst 
Tl n’aurait paseu, he would 
Nous n’aurions pas eu, we 
would 
Vous n’auriez pas eu, you would 
Ils n’auraient pas eu, they would | 





IMPERATIVE Mope. 


N’aie pas, 

Qu’il n’ait pas, 
N’ayons pas, 
N’ayez pas, 
Qu’us n’aient pas, 


have not 
let him not have 
let us not have 
have not ye or you 
let them not have 


Supsuncotive Mopr. 


PRESENT, 


Que je n’aie pas, that Imay) 
Que tu n’aies pas, that thou 
mayest 
Qu’il n’ait pas, that he may 
Que nous n’ayons pas, that we 
ma, 


y 
Que vous n’ayez pas, that you 


; may 
Qwils n’aient pas, that they 
may | 





IMPERFEOT. 


Que je n’eusse pas, that [might ) 


Que tu n’eusses pas, that thou 


mightest 

Quw'il n’eut pas, that he might 

Que nous n’eussions pas, that 
we might 

Que vous n’eussiez pas, that 
you might 


not have 


Ss 
8 





Qwils n’eussent pas, that they 
might 








PAST. 


Que je n’aie pas eu, that I may ) 
Que tu n’aies pas eu, that thou 
mayest 
Qu’il n’ait pas eu, that he may 
Que nous n’ayons pas eu, that 
we may 
Que vous n’ayez pas eu, that 
you May, 


not hate had 


not have had 





Qu’ils n’aient pas eu, that they 
ma 


4 


PLUPERFECT, 


Que je n’eusse pas eu, that I) 
might 
Que tu n’eusses pas eu, that 
thou mightest 
Qu’il n’ett pas eu, that he might 
Que nous n’eussions pas eu, 
that we might 
Que vous n’eussiez pas eu, ‘hat 
ou might 


not have had 





Quw’ils n’eussent pas eu, that 


they might | 


APPENDIX. 


283 


InrinitivE Mope. 
PRESENT, PAST. 
Ne pas avoir, not to have | N’avoir pas eu, _—_ not to have had 
PAaRTICIPLE. 
PRESENT. COMPOUND. 
' N’ayant pas, aot having | N’ayant paseu, not having had 
Past or Passtve. 
Pas eu, Not had 


Avorn: INTERROGATIVELY. 


InpicaTIvE Mopr. 
SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES. 











PRESENT. PAST INDEFINITE, 
Ai-je ? have I? Ai-je eu? have I had ? 
As-tu ? hast thou ?| As-tu eu ? hast thou had ? 
A-t-il ? has he? | A-t-il eu ? has he had ? 
Avons-nous ? have we ?| Avons-nous eu ? have we had ? 
Avez-vous ? have you ?| Avez-vous eu ¢ have you had ? 
Ont-ils ¢ have they ? | Ont-ils eu ¢ have they had ? 
IMPERFECT. PLUPERFECT, 
Avais-je ? had I? | Avais-je eu? had I had ? 
Avais-tu ? hadst thou? | Avais-tu eu ? hadst thou had ? 
Avait-il ? had he ? | Avait-il eu? had he had ? 
Avions-nous # had we ?| Avions-nous eu ? had we had ? 
Aviez-vous ? had you ?| Aviez-vous eu ? had you had ? 
Avaient-ils ? had they ? | Avaient-ils eu ? had they had ? 
PAST DEFINITE. PAST ANTERIOR. 
Eus-je ? had I?' Eus-je eu ? had Thad? 
Eus-tu ? hadst thou ? | Eus-tu eu ? hadst thou had ? 
Eut-il ? had he ?| Eut-il eu ? had he had ? 
Evmes-nous ? had we ?| Kaumes-nous eu ? had we had ? 
Eutes-vous ? had you ? | Eutes-vous eu ? had you had ? 
Eurent-ils ? had they ? | Eurent-ils eu ? had they had ? 
FUTURE. FUTURE ANTERIOR. 

Aurai-je ? shall I have ?| Aurai-je eu? shall I) .- 
Auras-tu ? shalt thou have ?| Auras-tu eu ? shalt thou | rs 
Aura-t-il ¢ will he have ?) Aura-t-il eu ? shall he | 8 
Aurons-nous ¢ shall we have ?, Aurons-nous eu ? shall we { s 
Aurez-vous ? will you have ?| Aurez-vous eu ? shall you 8 
Auront-ils ? shall they 


shall they have ?, Auront-ils eu ? 


284 


APPENDIX. 


ConpiTIOoNAL Mops. 


SIMPLE TENSES. . 


PRESENT. 
Auruais-je ? should I have ? 
Aurais-tu ? shouldst thou have ? 
Aurait-il ? should he have ? 


would we have ? 
should you have ? 
should they have? 


Aurions-nous ? 
Auriez-vous ? 
Auraient-ils ? 





COMPOUND TENSES. 


have had ? 





PAST. 
Aurais-je eu ? should I) 
Aurais-tu eu? wouldst thou 
Aurait-il eu ? would he 
Aurions-nous eu? should we a 
Auriez-vous eu? should you 
Auraient-ils eu? would they | 


+ 
Avorn: NEGATIVELY? AND INTERROGATIVELY. 


InpicaTive Mopr. 


PRESENT. 

N’ai-je pas ? have I not ? 
N’as-tu pas ? hast thou not ? 
N’a-t-il pas ? has he not ? 


have we not ? 
have you not ? 
have they not ? 


N’avons nous pas ? 
N’avez-vous pas ¢ 
N’ont-ils pas ¢ 


IMPERFECT, 


had I not ? 
hadst thou not ? 
had he not ? 
had we not ? 
had you not ? 
had they not ? 


N’avais-je pas ? 
N’avais-tu pas ? 
N’avait-il pas ¢ 
N’avions-nous pas ? 
N’aviez-vous pas ? 
N’avaient-ils pas ?. 


PAST DEFINITE. 


N’eus-je pas # had I not ? 
N’eus-tu pas ? hadst thou not ? 
N’eut-il pas ? had he not? 


N’etmes-nous pas? had we not? 


N’eutes-vous pas? had you not ? 
N’eurent-ils pas? had they not? 
FUTURE. 

N’aurai-je pas ? shali [) | 
N’auras-tu pas ? shalt thou | s 
N’aura-t-il pas ? shall he | § 
N’aurons-nous pas? — shall we {= 
N’anrez-vous pas? shall you| $ 
N’auront-ils pas? shall they} © 














: 
PAST INDEFINITE. 





N’ai-je pas eu ? have I) - 
N’as-tu pas eu ? hast thou | ® 
N’a-t-il pas eu? has he 8 
N’avons-nous pas eu? have we {> 
N’avez-vous pus eu? have you | & 
N’ont-iis paseu? = huve they, 
PLUPERFECT. 
N’avais-je pas eu ? had I) 


N’uvais-tu pas eu? hadst thou 
N’avait-il pas eu ? had he 
N’avions-nous pas en? had we 
N’aviez-vous pas eu? had you 
N’avaient-ils pas eu? had they } 


not had ? 





PAST ANTERIOR, 


N’eus-je pas eu ? had I 
N’eus-tu paseu? hadst thou 
N’eut-il pas eu ? had he 
N’etmes-nous pas eu? had we 
N’etites-vous pas en? had you 
N’eurent-is pas eu? had they ) 





FUTURE ANTERIOR. 


N’aurai-je paseu? ~. shall L) 
N’auras-tu pas eu? shalt thou 
N’aura-t-il pas eu? — shall he 
N’aurons-nous pas eu? shall we 
N’aurez-vous pas eu? shall you 
N’auront-ils pas eu? shall they ) 


not havehad ? 





APPENDIX. 


285 


ConpDITIONAL Mops. 


SIMPLE TENSES. 

PRESENT. 
N’aurais-je pas ¢ should I) 
N’aurais-tu pas ? shouldst thou 


N’aurait-il pas ? should he 
N’aurions-nous pas? should we 


not have ? 


N’auriez-vous pas? should you 


N’auraient-ils pas? should they 
J 








COMPOUND TENSES. 


PAST, 
) N’aurais-je pas eu? should ID) 
N’aurais-tu pas eu? shouldst 
thou ie 
N’aurait-il pas eu? should he| & 
N’aurions-nous pas eu? should | x 
we [(§ 
N’auriez-vous pas eu? should | ‘= 
ou S 
N’auraient-ils pas eu? sould 
i: they | 





Erre, 70 Be; AFFIRMATIVELY. 


INDICATIVE Mopr. 








PRESENT. PAST INDEFINITE. 
Je suis, Iam \ J'ai été, I have been 
Tn es, thou art |'Tu as été, thou hast been 
Il est, he is | I) a été, he has been 
Nous sommes, we are | Nous avons été, we have been 
Vous étes, ye or you are | Vous avez été, you have been 
Ils sont, they are | Lis ont été, they have been 
IMPERFECT. PLUPERFECT. 
J’étais, I was or I used to be} J’avais été, I had been 
Tu étais, thou wast|'Tu avais été, thou hadst been 
Il était, he was | Il avait été, he had been 
Nous étions, we were | Nous avions été, we had been 
Vous étiez, ou were | Vous aviez été, ou had been 
Ils étaient, they were Ils avaient été, they had been 
PAST DEFINITE. PAST ANTERIOR. 
Je fus, Iwas, J’eus été, Lhad been 
Tu fus, thou wast |'Tu eus été, thou hadst been 
Il fut, he was | Il eut été, he had been 
Nous fames, we were} Nous eames été, we had been 
Vous fiutes, you. were| Vous eutes été, you had been 
Ils furent, they were| Lis eurent été, they had been 
FUTURE, FUTURE ANTERIOR. 
Je serai, T shall or will be| Paurai été, I shail have been 
Tu seras, thou wilt be, Tu auras été, thou shalt have been 
Il sera, he shall be| Il aura été, he shall have been 


Nous serons, 
Vous serez, 
lls seront, 


we shali be Nous aurons été, we shall have been 
ow shalt be| Vous aurez été, you will have been 
they shalt be lls auront été, 


they will have been 


286 


APPENDIX. 


ConpiTIonNAL Mops. 


SIMPLE TENSES. 





COMPOUND TENSES. 


PRESENT. PAST. . 
Je serais, I should be| Paurais été, I should ) 
Tu serais, , thou shouldst be|Tu aurais été, thou shouldst 
Il serait, +: he would be | Il aurait été, he would 
Nous serions, we would be; Nous aurions été, we should 
Vous seriez, you should be| Vous auriez été, you should 
Ils seraient, they would be} ls auraient été, they should 
IvprrATIVE Mops. 
Sois, be thou 
Qu’il soit, let him be 
Soyons, letusbe | 
Soyez, be ye or you 
Qu’ils soient, let them 
SuBJUNCTIVE MopE. 
PRESENT. PAST. 
Que je sois, that I may be| Que j’aie été, that I may) 


Que tu sois, that thou mayest be 


Qu’il soit, 
Que nous soyons, 


that he may be 
that we may be 


Que vous soyez, that you may be 


Quw’ils soient, that they may be 
IMPERFEOT. 
Que je fusse, that I might be 


Que tu fusses, that thou mightest be 


Quw il fut, that he might be 
Que nous fussions, that we might be 


Que vous fussiez, that you might be 


Quw’ils fussent, that they might be 








Que tu aies été, that thou 


mayest 
Quw’il ait été, that he may 


Que nous ayons été, that we 


may 
Que vous ayez été, that youmay 





Qu’ils aient été, that they may } 


PLUPERFECT. 


Que j’eusse été, that I might) 
Que tu eusses été, that thou 


mightest 
Qu’il ett été, that he might 
Que nous eussions été, that we 
might 


Que vous eussiez été, that you 


rn 
= 
3 


have been 


have been 





moght 
Qwils eussent été, that they 
might | 


INFINITIVE Mope. 


PRESENT. 
ttre, 


to be | Avoir été, 


PAST, 


to have been 


Lz 


Zet FH" 
ee 


APPENDIX, 


e 


287 


PARTIOCIPLE. 


PRESENT, 


Btant, 


being. | Ayant été, 


COMPOUND. 
having been. 


Past orn PAsstvz. 


Eté, 


been. i 


VI.—Tuet Four ConsvuGatTions,. 


First ConguGatTion ; Enpine in ER. 


MODEL VERB. 
PARLER, TO SPEAK, 


InpicaTive Mops. 


SIMPLE TENSES. 


PRESENT. 
Je parle,  Lspeak 
Tu parles, thou speakest 
Il parle, he speaks 
Nous parlons, we speak 
Vous parlez, you speak 
Ils parlent, they speak 
IMPERFECT. 
Je parlais, J was speaking or I used 
to speak 
Tu parlais, thow wast speaking 
Il parlait, he was speaking 
Nous parlions, we were speaking 


you were speaking 


Vous parliez, 
they were speaking 


ls parlaieut, 


PAST DEFINITE. 


Je parlai, | JLspoke or did speak 
‘Tu parias, -  thow spokest 
Il parla, . he spoke 
Nous parlames, we spoke 
Vous parlates, you spoke 
Ils parlérent, they spoke 











COMPOUND TENSES. 
PAST INDEFINITE, 


J’ai parlé, I have spoken 
Tu as parlé, thou hast spoken 
Ila parlé, he has spoken 
Nous avons parlé, we have spoken 
Vous avez parlé, you have spoken 


Ils ont parlé, they have spoken 





PLUPERFECT, 
J’avais parlé, Thad) 

S 
Tu avais parlé, thou hadst | 8 
Il avait parlé, he had + yy 
Nons avions parlé, we had| ® 
Vous aviez parlé, you had S 
Ils avaient parlé, they had }> 


PAST ANTERIOR. 





J’eus parlé, LT had) 
Tu eus parlé, thou hadst | ., 
Il eut parlé, he had | § 
Nous etmes parlé, we had f 3 
Vous ettes parlé, ou had | * 
Ils eurent parlé, they had } 


FUTURE. FUTURE ANTERIOR. 
Je parierai, {shall or will speak | J’aurai parlé, E; wa | 2 
Tu parleras, thou wilt speak Tu auras parlé, thou shalt | & 
ll parlera he will speak | Il aura parlé, he will | &, 
Nous parlerons, we shall speak | Nous aurons parlé, we shall f 3 
Vous parlerez, ou will speak’ Vous aurez parlé, you will | § 
Ils parleront, they will speak Il auront parlé, they shall} *S 





288 


APPENDIX. 


ConDITIONAL Mops. 


SIMPLE TENSES. 





COMPOUND TENSES. 


have spoken 





PRESENT. PAST. 
Je parlerais, J should, would speak | J’aurais parlé, I should ) 
Tu parlerais, thou shouldst speak\Tu aurais, parlé, thow wouldst 
Il parlerait, he should speak | I) aurait parlé, he would 
Nous parlerions, we would speak) Nous aurions parlé, we would 
Vous parleriez, you would speak| Vous auriez parlé, you would 
Is parleraient, they would speak| Us auraient parlé, they would 
ImpeRATIVE MopeE. 
Parle, kt thou 
Qu’il parle, et him speak 
Parlons, let us speak 
Parlez, spr ye or you 
Qu’ils parlent, et them speak 
Svpsuncrive Mong, 
PRESENT. PAST. 
Que je parle, that I may speak) Que j’aie parlé, that I may) 


Que tu parles, that thou mayest speak 


Qu’il parle, that he may speak 
Que nous parlions, that we may 
speak 


Que vous parliez, that you may 


speak may 
Quw’ils parlent, that they may speuk | Qu’ ils aient parlé, that they may | 


IMPERFECT. 


Que je parlasse, that I might speak 
Que tu parlasses, that thou puightent 


sped 
Qu’il parlat, that he niphrean 
Que nous parlassions, that we might 
speak 
Que vous parlassiez, that you might 


sped, 
Qwils parlassent, that they might 
sped, 








Que tu aies parlé, that thou 
mayest 

Qu’il ait parlé, that he may 

Que nous ayons parlé, that we 


mity 
Que vous ayez parlé, that you 


4 


have spoken 





PLUPERFECT, 


Que j’eusse parlé, that I might) 

Que tu eusses parlé, that thou 
mightest 

Quwil eut parlé, that he might 

Que nous eussions parlé, that 
we might 

Que vous eussiez parlé, that 
ou might 


have spoken 





Qwils eussent pales that they 
might” | 


InFinrtrvE Mope. 


PRESENT, 
Parler, 


to speak | Avoir parlé, 


PAST. 


to have spoken 


APP HN DIX. 














289 


PaRTICIPLE. 
PRESENT, COMPOUND. 
Parlant, speaking | Ayant parlé, having spoken 
Past on Passive. 
Parlé, spoken 
SEconD ConJuGATION: ENnpING IN JR. 
MODEL VERB. 
FINIR, 70 FINISH. - 
InpicativE Mops. 
SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES, 
PRESENT. PAST INDEFINITE. 
Je finis, J finish | Jai fini, - LT have finished 
Tu finis, thou jinishest\Tu as fini, thou hast finished 
Il finit he finishes \ 1) a fini, he has finished 
Nous finissons, we finish | Nous avons fini, we have finished 
Vous finissez, you jinish| Vous avez fini, you have finished 
ls finissent, they finish | Us ont fini, they have finished 
IMPERFECT. PLUPERFECT, 
Je finissais, J wus finishing or used | J’avais fini, Lhad finished 
to finish 
Tu finissais, thou wast finishing |'Tu avais fini, thou hadst finished 
I finissait, he was finishing | \\ avait fini, he had finished 
Nous finissions, we were jinishing| Nous avions fini, we had finished 
Vous finissiez, you were jinishing| Vous aviez fini, you had finished 
lls finissaient, they were finishing | Ils avaient fini, they had finished 
PAST DEFINITE. PAST ANTERIOR. 

Je finis, I finished or did finish | Deus fini, I had finished 
Tu finis, thou didst finish |'Tu eus fini, thou hadst finished 
ll finit, he finished | 1) eut fini, he had jinished 
Nous finimes, we finished | Nous eimes fini, we had finished 
Vous finites, you finished | Vous etites fini, you had finished 
lls finirent, they finished | lls eurent fini, they had finished 
| FUTURE. FUTURE ANTERIOR. 

Je finirai, I shall finish\ J’aurai fini, I shall have 

Tu finiras, thou wilt finish|Tu auras fini, thou wilt have|3 
Il finira, he will finish | 1) aura fini, he shall have | 
Nous finirons, we shall finish| Nous aurons fini, we shall have {3 
Vous finirez, you will finish) Vous aurez fini, you will have |S 
‘ls finiront, they will finish' Is auront fini, they shal) have 


290 


APPENDIX. 


ConpiTIoNAL Mope. 


SIMPLE TENSES. 
PRESENT. 


Je finirais, 

Tu finirais, 

Il finirait, 
Nous finirions, 
Vous finiriez, 
Ils finiraient, 


thou shouldst finish 
he would finish 

we would finish 
you might finish 
they should finish 


I would finish) 





COMPOUND TENSES, 
PAST. 


I should 
thou wouldst 
he might 

we would 

ou might 
they should , 


J’aurais fini, 

Tu aurais fini, 

I) aurait fini, 
Nous aurions fini, 
Vous auriez fini, 
Us auraient fini, 


have finished 





IMPERATIVE Mopk. 


Finis, 

Qw il finisse, 
Finissons, 
Finissez, 

Quw’ils finissent, 


Jinish thou 

let him finish 

x - nish 
nish ye or you 

let them finish 


SupsunctivE Mops. 


PRESENT. 
Que je finisse that I may finish 
Que ae finisses, that thou mayest 


nis 
Qu’il finisse, that he may finish 
Que nous finissions, that we may 
JSimish 
Que vous finissiez, that you may 


: Jjinis 
Qu’ils finissent, that they may finish 


IMPERFECT. 


Que je finisse, that I might finish 
Que tu finisses, that thow mightest 


finish 
Qu’il finit, that he might finish 
Que nous finissions, that we might 


nis 
Que vous finissiez, that you might 


Jinis 
Qu’ils finissent, that they +t tg 
Jjimis 








PAST. 


Que j’aie fini, that I may) 
Que tu aies fini, that thou 
mayest 
Quw’il ait fini, that he may 
Que nous ayons fini, that we 


have finished 


may 
Que vous ayez fini, that you 





may 
Qw’ils aient fini, that they may } 


PLUPERFECT. 


Que j’eusse fini, that I might) 
Que tu eusses fini, that thou 
mightest 
Quw’il ett fini, that he might 
Que nous eussions fini, that we 
might 
Que vous eussiez fini, that ~~ 
might 


have finished, 





Wy 
Qwils eussent fini, that they 
might | 


INFINITIVE MopE. 


PRESENT. 
Finir, 


to finish 


PAST. 


| Avoir fini, to have finished 


APPENDIX. 


291 


PARTICIPLE. 
PRESENT. COMPOUND. 
-Finissant, Jinishing | Ayant fini, having finished 
Past or Passive. 
Fini, Jinished 


THIRD CONJUGATION: ENDING IN OJR. 


MODEL 


VERB. 


RECEVOIR, TO RECEIVE, 


InpicaTIvE Mopr. 


SIMPLE TENSES. 


PRESENT. 
Je regois,* I receive 
Tu regois, thou receivest 
Il regoit, he receives 
Nous recevons, we receive 


Vous recevez, 





you receive 
ils regoivent, they receive 


IMPERFECT. 


Je recevais, I was receiving, or I 
used to receive 

Turecevais, thou wast receiving 

Jl recevait, 


he was receiwing 
Nous recevions, 


we were receiwing 
Vous receviez, you were receiwing 


Ils recevaient, they were receiving 





PAST DEFINITE. 


Jerecus, J recewed or did receive 
Tu regus, thou receivedst 
Il recut, he recewed 
Nous regimes, we recewed 
Vous recites, ou received 
lls regurent, they received 





COMPOUND TENSES, 
PAST INDEFINITE, 


J’ai recu, I have received 
Tu as recu, thow hast received 
Il a recu, he has receiwed 
Nous avons recu, we have received 


ou have received 


Vous avez regu, 
they have received 


Ils ont regu, 


PLUPERFECT, 


Thad received 
Tu avais regu, thow hadst re- 


cew 
Il avait recu, he had received 
Nous avions regu, we had re- } 
ceiwed 
Vous aviez recu, you had re- 
ceiwed 
Ils avaient regu, they had re- 
cevwed 


9 . 
J’avais recu, 





or been receiving 





J 


PAST ANTERIOR. 


J’eus recu, I had receiwed 
Tu eus regu, thou hadst received 
Il eut regu, he had received 
Nous etimes recu, we had received 
Vous ettes recu, you had received 
Ils eurent regu, they had received 





* See Lesson 38, page 132, 


292° APPE 


SIMPLE TENSES. 
FUTURE, 


I shall receive 
thou wilt receive 
he shall receive 
we shall receive 
you will receive 
they will receive 


Je recevrai, 

Tu recevras, 

Il recevra, 

Nous recevrons, 
Vous recevrez, 
Ils recevront, 


NDIX. 


COMPOUND TENSES. 
FUTURE ANTERIOR. 


J’aurai regu, I shall have) 
Tu auras recu, thou wilt have 
Il aura recu, he will have 
Nous aurons regu, we shall have { 
‘Vous aurez regu, you will have 


Ils auront regu, they shall have } 








ConpiTIonaAL Mopr. 


PRESENT. 


I should receive 
Tu recevrais, thou wouldst receive 
Tl recevrait, he should receive 
Nous recevrions, we should receive 
Vous receyriez,. you might receive 
Ils recevraient, they should receive 


Je recevrais, 





PAST. 
J’aurais recu, L should) "3 
Tu auraisrecu, thow wouldst 3 
Il aurait recu, he might | $ 
Nous aurions regu, we should | & 
Vous auriez regu, | you might | & 

‘Ils auraient regu, they should ) 


IMPERATIVE Mopr. 


Recois, 

Qu’il recoive, 
Recevons, 
Recevez, 

Quw’ils regoivent, 


receive thou 

let him receive 
let ws receive 
receive ye OY YOu 
let them receiwe 


SvuBJUNCTIVE Mopkr. 


PRESENT. 


Que je recoive, that I may receive 
Que tu regoives, that thou mayest 
recewe 
Qu’il regoive, that he may receive 
Que nous recevions, that we may 
recewe 
Que vous receviez, that you may 
receive 
Quw ils recoivent, that theymayreceive 


IMPERFEOT. 


Que je recusse, that I might receive 
Que tu regusses, that thou mightest 


receive 
Qwil recut, that he might receive 
Que nous recussions, that we might 
receive 
Que vous regussiez, that you might 
receive 
Qwils regussent, that they might 
receive 


PAST. 


Que j’aie recu, that I may) 

Que tu.aies recu, that thou 
mayest 

Qwil ait regu, that he may 

Que nous ayons regu, that we 
may 

Que vous ayez regu, that you 


have received 








may 
Qu’ils aient recu, that they may | 


PLUPERFECT. 


Que j’eusse regu, that I ae de 
Que tu eusses recu, that thou 
mightest 
Qwil eut recu, that he might 
Que nous eussions recu, that 
we might 
Que vous eussiez recu, that you 
might 


have received 








uy 
Qwils eussent regu, that rg 


might | 


received 


APPENDIX. 


293 


InFinit1vE Mops. 


PRESENT, 


“PAST. 
_ Recevoir to receive | Avoir regu to have received 
PARTIOCIPLE. 
PRESENT. COMPOUND. 
Recevant, receiving | Ayant regu, having received, 
Past or Passive. 
Recu, recewwed 


FourtuH ConJuGATION: Enpine In RE. 


MODEL VERB. 


VENDRE, 


TO SELL, 


InpicaTIvE Mops. 


SIMPLE TENSES. 


PRESENT. 
Je vends, I sell 
Tu vends, thou sellest 
Il vend, he sells 
Nous vendons, we sell 
Vous vendez, you sell 
Ls vendent, they sell 


IMPERFECT, 


Je vendais, J was selling or she? to 
8€ 

thou wast selling 

he was selling 

we were selling 

you were selling 

they were selling 


Tu vendais, 

Il vendait, 
Nous vendions, 
Vous vendiez, 
Ils vendaient, 


PAST DEFINITE, 


Je vendis, I sold or did sell 
Tu vendis, thou soldest 
Il vendit, he sold 


we sold 
you sold 
they sold 


Nous vendimes, 
Vous vendites, 
lissvendirent, 











COMPOUND TENSES. 


PAST INDEFINITE, 


J’ai vendu, LT have sold 
Tu as vendu, thou hast soid 
Il a vendu, he has sold 
Nous avons vendu, we have sold 
Vous avez vendu, you have solid 
Ijs ont vendu, they have sold 


PLUPERFECT, 


J’avais vendu, J had sold or been 


selling 
Tu avais vendu, thou hadst sold 
Il avait vendu, he had sold 
Nous avions vendu, we had sold 
Vous aviez vendu, you had sold 
Ils avaient vendu, = they had sold 
PAST ANTERIOR. 
J’eus vendu, Thad sold 
‘Tu eus vendu, thou hadst sold 
Il eut vendu, he had sold 
Nous elmes vendu, we had sold 
Vous eltes vendu, you had sold 


Ils eurent vendu, they had sold 


294 


SIMPLE TENSES. 


FUTURE. 
Je vendrai, I shall sell 
Tu vendras, thou wilt sell 
Il vendra, he will sell 


we shall sell 


Nous vendrons, 
you will sell 


Vous vendrez, 





APPENDIX. 


“COMPOUND TENSES. 
FUTURE ANTERIOR, 





J’aurai vendu, I ize 
Tu auras. vendu, thou wilt 
Il aura vendu, he shall 
Nous aurons vendu, we shall f 
Vous aurez vendu, ou will 
Ils auront vendu, they shall } 


ConDITIONAL Mops. 


lls vendront, they will sell 
PRESENT. 

Je vendrais, I should sell 

Tu vendrais, thou wouldst sell 

Il vendrait, he might sell 

Nous vendrions, we should sell 


Vous vendriez, might sell 





you 
Ils vendraient, they would sell 


PAST. 


J’aurais vendu, I should) 
Tu aurais vendu, thou wouldst 
Il aurait vendu, he might 
Nous aurions vendu, we should 
hould 


Vous auriez vendu, you & 
Ils auraient vendu, they should | 


. 





IMPERATIVE MopeE. 


Qwils vendent, 


sell thou 

let him sell 
let us sell 
sell ye oY you 
let them sell 


SuspsunoTivE Mopr. 


PRESENT. 


Que je vende, that Imay sell 
Que tu vendes, that thou mayest sell 


Qu’il vende, that he may sell 
Que nous vendions, that we may sell 


Que vous vendiez, that you may sell 


Qwils vendent, that they may sell 





IMPERFECT. 


Que je vendisse, that I might sell 
Que tu vendisses, that thou mightest 


86 
Qu’il vendit, that he might sell 
Que nous vendissions, that we mn 

Sel 
Que vous vendissiez, that you might 





sell 
Qu’ils vendissent, that they might | 


PAST. 


Que j’aie vendu, that Imay) 

Que tu aies vendu, that thou 
mayest 

Quwil ait vendu, ‘that he may 


Que nous ayons vendu, that we 
may 
Que vous ayez vendu, that-you 


i th 
Qwils aient vendu, that they 
ma, 


. See 


PLUPERFECT. 


Que j’eusse vendu, that Imight ) 
Que tu eusses vendu, that ¢ 





mightest 
Quw’il eit vendu, that he might 
Que nous eussions vendu, that 
we might f[ 
Que yous eussiez vendu, that 
ou ht 
Quw’ils eussent veoe. that they 
might / 


have sold 


have sold 


have sold 


have sold 


a’? 


PENDIX. 295 


INFINITIVE MopeE. 


PRESENT. PAST. 
_ Vendre, to sell | Avoir vendu, to have sold 
PARFICIPLE. 
PRESENT, COMPOUND. 
Vendant, selling | Ayant vendu, having sold 
Past oR Passive. 
Vendu, sold 


VII.—ConsuGATION OF 
TO 


A PasstvE Vers: Erre Ari, 
BE LOVED. 


InpIcATIvE Mopr. 


Je suis aimé, m. aimée, /. 


Tu es aimé or aimée, 
Il est aimé, 
Elle est aimée, 


Nous sommes aimés ov aimées, 
Vous étes aimés or aimées, 


Ils sont aimés, m. 
Elles sont aimées, /. 


J’étais aimé, m. aimée, f. 
Tu étais aimé or aimée, 

Il était aimé, 

Nous étions aimés or aimées, 
Vous étiez aimés ov aimées, 
Us étaient aimés, m. 


PRESENT. 


Iam loved 
thou art loved 
he is loved 
she is loved 
awe are loved 
you are loved 
they are loved 
they are loved 


IMPERFECT. 


I was loved, was being loved. 
thou wast loved, wast being loved 
he was loved, was being loved 

we were loved, were being loved 
you were loved, were being loved 
they were loved, were being loved | 


] 


or ened to be 


loved 





PAST DEFINITE, 


Je fus aimé, m. aimée, 7. 


Tu fus aimé or aimée, 
Il fut aimé, 


I was loved 
thou wast loved 
he was loved 


Nous fimes aimés or aimées, 
Vous fates aimés or aimées, 
lls furent aimés, m. 


we were loved 
you were loved 
they were loved 


296 


APPENDIX, 


PAST INDEFINITE, 


J’ai été aimé or aimée, 

Tu as été aimé or aimée, 

Tl a été aimé, 

Nous avons été aimés or aimées, 
Vous avez été aimés or aimées, 
Ils ont été aimés, m. 


J’eus été aiméd, m. aimée, 7. 


Nous serons aimés or aimées, 
Vous serez aimés or aimées, 
Ils seront aimés, m. 


LT have been loved 
thou hast been loved 
he has been loved 
we have been loved 
you have been loved 
they have been loved 


PAST ANTERIOR, 


Thad been loved 

Tu eus été aimée or aimée, thou hadst been loved 

Tl eut été aimé, ; _ he had been loved 

Nous etimes été aimés or aimées, we had been loved 
Vous etites été aimés or aimees, you had been loved 

Ils eurent été aimés, m. they had been loved 

‘PLUPERFECT. 

J’avais été aimé or aimée, Thad been loved 

Tu avais été aimé or aimée, thou hadst been loved 

Tl avait été aimé, he had been loved 

Nous avions été aimés or aimées, we had been loved 

Vous aviez été aimés or aimées, you had been loved 

Ils avaient été aimés, m. they had been loved 

FUTURE. 

Je serai aimé, m. aimée, 7. I shall or will be loved 
Tu seras aimé or aimée, thou shalt or wilt be loved 

Tl sera aimé, he shall or will be loved 


we shall or will be loved 
you shall or will be leved 
they shall or will be loved 


FUTURE ANTERIOR, 


J’aurai été aimé, m. aimée, /. 
Tu auras été aimé or aimée, 
ll aura été aimé, 
Nous aurons été aimés or aimées, 
Vous aurez été aimés or aimées, 
Ls auront été aimés, m. 


I shall, will have been loved 
thou shalt, wilt have been loved 
he shall, will have been loved 
we shall, will have been loved 
you shall, will have been loved 
they shall, will have been loved 


ConpDITIONAL Mop. 
PRESENT, 


Je serais aimé, m. aimée, f. 
Tu serais aimé or aimée, 

Il serait aimé, 

Nous serions aimés or aimées, 
Vous seriez aimés or aimées, 
ls seraient aimés, 2. 


I should, would, could, might be loved 
thou shouldst, couldst, mightest beloved 
he would or might be loved 

we should or would be loved 

you would or might be loved 

they might or should be loved 


APPENDIX. 297 


; PAST. 
J’aurais été aimé, m. aimée, f. I should, would have been loved 
Tu aurais été aimé or aimée, thou wouldst have been loved 

I] aurait été aimé, he would have been loved 


Nous aurions été aimés or aimées, we might have been loved 
Vous auriez été aimés or aimées, you would have been loved 


Ils auraient été aimés, m. they might have been loved 
ImpeRATIVE Mopk. 

Sois aimé, m. aimée, f. be thou loved 

Qu il soit aimé, let him be loved 

Soyons aimés or aimées, let us be loved 

Soyez aimés or aimées, be ye or you loved 

Quwils soient aimés, m. ~—_ let them be loved 


SupsunctivE Mops, 


PRESENT, 
Que je sois aimé, m. aimée, f/. that I may be loved 
Que tu sois aimé or aimée, that thou mayest be loved 
Qu’il soit aimé, that he may be loved 


Que nous soyons aimés or aimées, that we may be loved 
Que vous soyez aimés or aimées, that you may be loved 


Quwils soient aimés, m. that they may be loved 
IMPERFECT. 

Que je fusse aimé, m. aimée, f. = that I might be loved 

Que tu fusses aimé or aimée, that thou mightest be loved 

Qw il fut aimé, that he might be loved 


Que nous fussions aimés or aimées, that we might be loved 
Que vous fussiez aimés or aimées, that you might be loved 


Qu’ils fussent aimés, m. that they might be loved 

PAST. 
Que j’aie été aimé m. aimee, f. that Imay have been loved . 
Que tu aies été aimé or aimée, that thou mayest have been loved 
Quwil ait été aimé, that he may have been loved 


Que nous ayons été aimés or aimées, that we may have been loved 
Que vous ayez été aimés or aimées, that you may have been loved 
Qu’ils aient été aimés, m. that they may have been loved 


PLUPERFECT, 


Que j’eusse été aimé, m. aimée, 7. that Imight have been loved 

Que tu eusses été aimé or aimée, that thow mightest have been loved 

Qwil ett été aimé, that he might have been loved 

Que nous eussions été aimés or that we might have been loved 
aimeées, 

Que vous eussiez été aimés or that you might have been loved 


aimées, 
Qu’ils eussent été aimés, zm. that they might have been loved 
3 13* 


298 APPENDIX. 


Infinitive Moper. 


Present.—Htre aimé, m. aimée, f. to be loved 
Past.—Avoir été aimé, m. aimée, f. to have been loved 
PaRrTIcIPLe, 

Present.— tant aimé, m. aimée, /. being loved 
Compounp.—Ayant été aimé, m. aimée, f having been loved 


VIII.—ConsuGaTIon oF A REFLECTIVE VERB: 
Sz PRoMENER, 70 WALK, 


InpicatIvE Mope. 


Je me proméne, 

Tu te proménes, 

Jl se proméne, 

Nous nous promenons, 
Vous vous promenez, 
ls se proménent, 


Je me promenais, 

Tu te promenais, 

Il se promenait, 

Nous nous promenions, 
Vous vous promeniez, 
lls se promenaient, 


PRESENT. 


I walk, do walk or am walking. 

thou walkest, dost walk or art walking 
he walks, does walk or is walking 
we wilk, do walk or are walking 
you walk, do walk or are walking 
they walk, do walk or are walking 


IMPERFECT. 


Iwas walking or used to walk 

thou wast walking or wast wont towalk 
he was walking or used to walk 

we were walking or used to walk 

you were walking or used to walk 
they were walking or used to walk 


PAST DEFINITE. 


Je me promenai, 

Tu te promenas, 

Ii se promena, 

Nous nous promenames, 
Vous vous promenates, 
Il se promenerent, 


I walked or did walk 

thou walkedst or didst walk 
he walked or did watk - 

we walked or did walk 

you walked or did walk 
they walked or did walk 


PAST INDEFINITE, 


Je me suis promené, 

Tu t’es promené, 

Il s’est promené, 

Nous nous sommes promenés, 
Vous yous étes promenés, 

ls se sont promenés, 


IT have walked 
thou hast walked 
he has walked 
we have walked 
you have walked 
they have walked 


APPENDIX. 


Je m’étais promené, 

Tu t’étais promené, 

Il s’était promené, 

Nous nous étions promenés, 
Vous vous étiez promenés, 
Us s’étaient promenés, 


299 


PLUPERFECT. 


Thad walked 

thou hadst walked 
he had walked 

we had walked 
you had walked 
they had walked 


PAST ANTERIOR. 


Je me fus promené, 

Tu te fus promené, 

Il se fut promené, 

Nous nous fimes promenés, 
Vous vous faites promenés, 
Ils se furent promenés, 


Je me proménerai, 

Tu te proméneras, 

Il se proménera, 

Nous nous proménerons, 
Vous vous proménerez, 
Il se proméneront, 


Thad walked © 
thou hadst walked 
he had walked 

we had walked 
you had walked 
they had walked 


FUTURE. 


I shall or will walk 

. thou shalt or wilt walk 
he shall or will walk 
we shall or will walk 
you shall or will walk 
they shall or will walk 


FUTURE ANTERIOR. 


Je me serai promené, 

Tu te seras promené, 

Il se sera promené, 

Nous nous serons promenés, 
Vous vous serez promenés, 
Is se seront promenés, 


I shall or will have walked 
thou shalt or wilt have watked 
he shall or will have walked 
we shall or will have walked 
you shall or will have walked 
they shall or will have walked 


ConpDITIONAL Mops. 


Je me proménerais, 

Tu te proménerais, 

Ils se proménerait, 

Nous nous proménerions 
Vous vous proméneriez, 
lls se proméneraient, 


Je me serais promené, 

‘Tu te serais promené, 

Il se serait promené, 

Nous nous serions promenés, 
Vous vous seriez promenés, 
Ils se seraient promenés, 


PRESENT, 


I should or would walk 
thou couldst or would walk 
he would or should walk 
we would or should walk 
you could or should walk 
they should or would walk 


PAST, 


I should or could have walked 

thou wouldst or couldst have walked 
he could or should have walked 

we would or should have walked 
you would or could have walked 
they should or could have walked 


300 


APPENDIX. 


IwpERATIVE Mops. 


Proméne-toi, 

Qu’il se proméne, 
Promenons-nous, 
Promenez-vous, 
Qu’ils se proménent, 


walk thou 

let him walk 

let “ walk 
walk (ye or you 
let them walle 


Supsunotrve Mops, 
PRESENT. 


Que je me proméne, 

Que tu te proménes, 

Qwil se proméne, 

Que nous nous promenions, 


that I may walk 

that thou mayest walk 
that he may walk 

that we may walk 


Que vous vous promeniez, that you may walk 

Qu’ils se proménent, that they may walk 
IMPERFECT. 

Que je me promenasse, that I might walk 

Que tu te promenasses, that thou mightest walk 

Qw’il se promenat, that he might walk 

Que nous nous promenassions, that we might walk 


Que vous vous promenassiez, 
Qu’ils se promenassent, 


Que je me sois promené, 
Que tu-te sois promené, 
Qu’il se soit promené, 


that you might walk 
that they might walk 


PAST. 


that I may have walked 
that thou mayest have walked 
that he may have walked 


Que nous nous soyons promenés, that we may have walked 

Que vous vous soyez promenés, that you may have walked 

Quwils se soient promenés, that they may have walked 
PLUPERFECT. 

Que je me fusse promené, that I might have walked 

Que tu te fusses promené, that thou mightest have walked 

Qu’il se fat promené, that he might have walked 


Que nous nous fussions promenés, thai we might have walked 


Que vous vous fussiez promenés, 


Qu’ils se fussent promenés, 


that you might have walked 
that they might have walked 


InFinitivE Mops. 


PresENT.—Se promener, 
Past.—S’étre promené, 


Y 


to walk 
to have walked 


PARTIOIPLE. 


PRESENT.—Se promenant, 


Compounp.—S’étant promené, 


Promené, 7. 
Promenées, f. pl. 


Past.—Promené, m. 
Promenés, m. pl. 


walking 
having walked 
walked 











a 
oF 
. 


ae 
Ont 














Se, 2/2 PE) & 


ASE 


mat 


RY 
THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRAR 











—— — _ 
ees 


ar l aed 
Fe arena 


CE i sa ie: aii 
; 2 








ovkeierat Oe WR peer 
ae Wea gaya re E PP 


es oh ‘athe wth ees ee e cy = = 
Yt aaeout a 








pale wow meen ease 
bet Paras BaD Eby -e 
Pe 


